NCR 7199 Series Thermal Receipt Station

Printer
Programmer's Guide

Publication ID: BCC5-0000-5170

Issue F

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited
The product described in this document is a licensed product of NCR Corporation.

NCR is a registered trademark of NCR Corporation. Product names mentioned in this publication may be
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged.

Where creation of derivative works, modifications or copies of this NCR copyrighted documentation is
permitted under the terms and conditions of an agreement you have with NCR, NCR's copyright notice must
be included.

It is the policy of NCR Corporation (NCR) to improve products as new technology, components, software, and
firmware become available. NCR, therefore, reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.

All features, functions, and operations described herein may not be marketed by NCR in all parts of the
world. In some instances, photographs are of equipment prototypes. Therefore, before using this
document, consult with your NCR representative or NCR office for information that is applicable and
current.

Copyright © 2018, 2023

By NCR Corporation
Global Headquarters
864 Spring St. NW
Atlanta, GA 30308
United States
All Rights Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
ii
Preface
Audience
This book is written for programmers. For additional details, refer to Audience on
page 1.

Note
This document is NCR proprietary information and is not to be disclosed
or reproduced without consent.

References
l NCR 7199 Series Thermal Receipt Printer User Guide (BCC5-0000-5172)
l NCR 7199 Series Thermal Receipt Station Printer Parts Identification Manual
(BCC5-0000-5173)
l NCR7199 Series Thermal Receipt Station Printer Service Guide (BCC5-0000-
5174)
l NCR 7197 to 7199 Thermal Receipt Station Printer Migration Guide (BCC5-0000-
5175)
l NCR 7199 Series i to 7199 Series ii Thermal Receipt Station Printer Migration
Guide (BCC5-0000-5672)
l NCR Retail Controls 3.x UPOS User's Guide for Windows (B005-0000-1619)
l NCR Retail Controls 3.x UPOS User's Guide for Linux (B005-0000-1489)
l NCR Window Printer Driver User Guide for NCR Retail Printers (B005-0000-
1609)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
iii
Table of Contents
General 1

Audience 1

Printer Basic Functions 2

General 2

USB VID/PID 7

Maximum Receipt Printing Speed in each mode 7

Internal buffers 8

RAM 8

Flash memory 8

Summary of Option Interface 9

RS232C interface 9

Ethernet interface 9

TCP socket 10

UDP socket 10

SNMP 10

DHCP 11

HTTP 11

LPR Socket 12

Emulation 13

Command Descriptions 24

Printer Function command 25

Clear printer 25

Perform full knife cut 25

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
iv
 Perform partial knife cut 26

Generate tone 26

Initialize printer 27

Select sensors to stop printing 27

Enable or disable feed button 28

Generate pulse to open cash drawer 29

Select cut mode and cut paper 30

Print configuration form 31

Vertical Positioning and Print commands 32

Print and feed paper one line 32

Print and carriage return 32

Feed n print lines 33

Feed n dot rows 33

Add n extra dot rows 33

Print 35

Set line spacing to 1/6 inch 35

Set line spacing 36

Print and feed paper 37

Print and feed n lines 37

Set horizontal and vertical minimum motion units 38

Horizontal Positioning commands 39

Horizontal tab 39

Set column 39

Set absolute starting position 40

Set horizontal tabs 41

Set relative print position 42

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
v
 Select justification 43

Set left margin 44

Set print area width 45

Print Characteristics commands 46

Select double-wide characters 46

Select single-wide characters 46

Select 90 degrees counter-clockwise rotated print 47

Select pitch (column width) 48

Set character right-side spacing 49

Select print modes 50

Select or cancel font smoothing 51

Select or cancel user-defined character set 52

Defining user-defined characters 53

Select or cancel underline mode 54

Copy character set from ROM to RAM 55

Cancel user-defined characters 55

Select or cancel emphasized mode 56

Select or cancel double strike 57

Select or cancel italic print 58

Select international character set 59

Select or cancel Unicode (UTF-16) mode 62

Select or cancel 90 degrees clockwise rotated print 63

Select print color 64

Select or cancel upside down printing mode 65

Select character size 67

Select or cancel white/black reverse print mode 69

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
vi
 Selects superscript or subscript modes 70

Graphics commands 71

Store the graphics data in the print buffer 71

Print the graphics data in the print buffer 73

Print raster graphics 73

Define bitmap file as logo 74

Select bit image mode 75

Print advanced raster graphics 77

Select single-density graphics 78

Select double-density graphics 78

Select the current logo 79

Define bit image as logo 81

Print current logo 83

Print logo 84

Convert 6 Dots/mm bitmap to 8 Dots/mm bitmap 85

Delete user-defined logo in flash memory 86

Define logo in flash memory by the key code 87

Print user-defined logo in flash memory 90

Delete user-defined logo in RAM 91

Define logo in RAM by the key code 92

Print user-defined logo in RAM 95

Enable watermark printing 96

Transmitting remaining size for user-defined logo area 98

Draw Line 99

Draw Rectangle 103

Status commands 106

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
vii
 Identification of the status 107

Transmit peripheral device status 107

Transmit printer status 108

Transmit printer ID 110

Transmit printer ID, remote diagnostics extension 112

Transmit status 120

Send printer firmware version 123

Execute head failure detection 124

Get detail of head failure detection 125

Get print completion 127

Real-time commands 133

Real–time status transmission 134

Real–time request to printer 139

Extended real–time status transmission 141

Real-time printer status transmission 153

LED control request 155

Real-time printer maintenance 156

Real-time retrieve sensor value 160

Unsolicited Status Update commands 161

Unsolicited status update validation 161

Enable/disable unsolicited status update 161

Baseline state request 162

Status update messages defined 163

Bar Code commands 169

Select printing position for HRI characters 169

Select pitch for HRI characters 170

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
viii
Select bar code height 170

Print bar code 171

Select bar code width 176

QR code: Select the model 177

QR code: Set the size of module 178

QR code: Select the error correction level 179

QR code: Store the data in the symbol storage area 180

QR code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 181

QR code: Transmit the size Information of the symbol data in the sym-
bol storage area 182

MaxiCode : Select the mode 184

Maxicode : Store the data in the symbol storage area 185

Maxicode : Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 186

Maxicode : Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the

symbol storage area 188

Composite Symbology: Set the width of the module 190

Composite Symbology: GS1 DataBar Expanded stacked maximum

width setting 191

Composite Symbology: Select HRI character font 192

Composite Symbology: Store the data in the symbol storage area 193

Composite Symbology: Print the data in the symbol storage area 196

Composite Symbology: Transmit the size information of the symbol

data in the symbol storage area 197

Aztec Code: Set the number of mode types and data layers 200

Aztec Code: Set the size of the module 202

Aztec Code: Set the error correction level 203

Aztec Code: Store the data in the symbol storage area 204

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
ix
 Aztec Code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 205

Aztec Code: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the
symbol storage area 206

DataMatrix: Set the symbol type, number of columns, number of

rows 209

DataMatrix: Set the size of the module 211

DataMatrix: Store the data in the symbol storage area 212

DataMatrix: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 213

DataMatrix: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the

symbol storage area 214

Page Mode commands 217

Print and return to standard mode 218

Cancel print data in page mode 218

Print data in page mode 219

Select page mode 219

Select standard mode 220

Select print direction in page mode 221

Set printing area in page mode 222

Set absolute vertical print position in page mode 223

Set relative vertical print position in page mode 224

Macro commands 225

Start or end macro definition 225

Execute macro 226

User Data Storage commands 227

Write to user data storage 227

Read user defined data 227

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
x
 Select M\memory type for user defined fonts 228

Flash memory allocation for user-defined storage area 230

Erase user-defined storage area in flash memory 231

Printer setting change 232

Erase User-defined storage area in flash memory 251

Read printer setting 251

LED configuration 252

Read LED configuration 256

Store Paper Type Information 257

Read Paper Type Information 258

Select Paper Type 264

Return Printer Configuration 265

Asian Character commands 266

Select print modes for Asian characters 266

Turn underline mode ON/OFF in Asian mode 267

Define user-defined Asian characters 268

Set Asian character spacing 270

Set quadruple mode ON/OFF in Asian mode 271

Flash Download commands in IPL (CPMI) 272

Switch to flash download mode 272

Request printer ID 273

Return segment number status of flash memory 273

Select flash memory sector to download 274

Get firmware sector CRC 274

Return IPL firmware CRC 275

Erase all flash memory 275

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xi
 Return main firmware CRC 276

Erase selected flash sector 276

Download to active flash sector 277

Reboot the printer 277

Flash Download commands in Main Firmware 278

Flash firmware 278

Activate firmware in the alternative area 280

Diagnostics commands 281

Printer exercise 281

Print maintenance information form 282

Dot check pattern test 282

Memory test 283

Left margin adjustment 283

Sensor calibration 284

Reset all printer individual information 287

Retrieve detail log 288

Common printer maintenance interface (CPMI) commands 289

Diagnostics 292

Offline Diagnostic 292

Offline printer configuration 293

Main Menu 293

Explanation 294

Submenu 295

Setting Menu 298

Final Confirmation Menu 298

Offline firmware update 299

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xii
 Offline printer configuration update 302

Maintenance Information Form 303

Printer Configuration Form 304

Printer Errors 308

Error Detection 308

Unrecoverable error 309

Memory error 309

Thermal head abnormal temperature error 309

Recoverable error 310

Paper jam error 310

Cutter error 310

Cover open error 311

Paper end error 311

Thermal head disconnected error 312

Thermal head over heat 312

Warning 312

LED Indication 313

LED pattern in auto mode 313

LED pattern in user mode 316

Printable Area 318

Eco Function 320

General 320

Paper Reduction 321

Remove upper space 321

Remove lower space 322

Line space reduction 322

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xiii
 Line feed reduction 323

Barcode height reduction 324

Registered logo removal 324

Force single high font 325

Remove lines containing only spaces 325

Power Reduction 326

Bold font removal 326

Force single wide font 326

No white/black reverse printing 327

Stand-by mode 327

Power off mode 327

Speed reduction 327

Density reduction 328

Affected Commands 329

Thai Code Page Function 332

Outline 332

Thai Character Configuration 333

Base line characters 334

Top level/Above level characters 335

Below level characters 335

Thai Character Data Procedure 336

Notes for this Function 337

Arabic Font Support 338

Contextual Forms 339

Word Ligatures 339

Reverse the Arabic Strings 339

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xiv
 Proportional Font 340

Proportional Font Conversion Handling of Arabic 341

Limitations 342

Invalid command list 342

Horizontal positioning commands 344

Invalid command (example) 345

Invalid command in middle of the line (example) 346

Printing layout (over the area) 346

Lower base character to process outside Arabic engine 347

Character Sets 353

ESC/POS Emulation Support 424

Command Descriptions 424

Printer Function commands 425

Initialize printer 425

Select peripheral device 425

Select paper sensors to stop printing 425

Enable/disable panel buttons 425

Generate pulse to open cash drawer 425

Select cut mode and cut paper 425

Perform full knife cut 426

Perform partial knife cut 426

Vertical Positioning and Print commands 427

Print and feed paper one line 427

Print and carriage return 427

Set line spacing to 1/6 inch 427

Set line spacing 427

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xv
 Print and feed paper 427

Print and feed n lines 427

Set horizontal and vertical minimum motion units 427

Horizontal Positioning commands 428

Horizontal tab 428

Set absolute starting position 428

Set horizontal tabs 428

Set relative print position 428

Select justification 428

Set left margin 428

Set print area width 428

Printer Characteristic commands 429

Set character right-side spacing 429

Select print mode(s) 429

Select or cancel user-defined character set 430

Define user-defined characters 430

Cancel user-defined characters 430

Select or cancel emphasized mode 431

Select or cancel double strike 431

Select character font 431

Select an international character set 432

Select or cancel 90 degrees clockwise rotated print 434

Select character code table 434

Select character size 436

Select or cancel upside down printing mode 437

Summary of rotated printing 437

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xvi
 Select or cancel white/black reverse printing mode 437

Select or cancel font smoothing 437

Turn underline mode on/off 437

Graphics commands 438

Transmits set values for top/bottom logo printing 438

Set top logo printing 441

Set bottom logo printing 442

Make extended settings for top/bottom logo printing 443

Enable/disable top/bottom logo printing 444

Select bit image mode 445

Transmit entire capacity of user-defined logo in flash memory 445

Print the graphics data in the print buffer 447

Transmit remaining size for user-defined logo area in flash memory 448

Transmit remaining size for user-defined logo area in RAM 449

Transmit the key code for user-defined logo in flash memory 450

Delete all logo in flash memory 452

Delete specified logo in flash memory 453

Define logo in flash memory by the key code 454

Print user-defined logo in flash memory 457

Transmit the key code for user-defined logo in RAM 458

Delete all User-defined logo in RAM 460

Delete specified user-defined logo in RAM 461

Define logo in RAM by the key code 462

Print user-defined logo in RAM 465

Store the graphics data in the print buffer 466

Define bit image as logo 467

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xvii
 Cancel set values for top/bottom logo printing 468

Print current logo 469

Print logo 470

Define bit image in flash memory 471

Draw Line 471

Draw Rectangle 471

Print raster bit image 472

Define Windows BMP graphics data in flash memory 473

Define Windows BMP graphics data in RAM 475

Status commands 477

Transmit printer ID 477

Transmit status 479

Transmit peripheral device status 481

Specifies the process ID response 482

Transmit printer status 484

Real-time commands 485

Real-time status transmission 485

Real-time request to printer 489

Generate pulse in real time 490

Execute power off sequence 491

Control buzzer (internal buzzer) 492

Control buzzer 493

Clear buffer(s) 496

Enable/disable real-time command 497

Unsolicited Status commands 498

Enable/disable automatic status back (ASB) 498

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xviii
 Enable/disable automatic status back (ASB) for optional functions
(Extended status) 502

Bar code commands 504

QR code: Select the model 504

QR code: Select the size of module 504

QR code: Select the error correction level 504

QR code: Store the data in the symbol storage area 504

QR code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 504

QR code: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the sym-
bol storage area 504

2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Set the module width 505

2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Set the maximum width of GS1 DataBar

expanded stacked 506

2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Store data in the symbol storage area 507

2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Print data in the symbol storage area 508

2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Transmit size information of the symbol

data in the symbol storage area 509

Select printing position of HRI characters 510

Select font for HRI character 510

Set bar code height 511

Set bar code width 511

Print bar code 512

PDF417: Set the number of columns in the data region 518

PDF417: Set the number of rows 519

PDF417: Set the width of the module 520

PDF417: Set the row height 521

PDF417: Set the error correction level 522

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xix
PDF417: Select the options 524

PDF417: Store the data in the symbol storage area 525

PDF417: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 526

PDF417: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the sym-
bol storage area 527

Maxicode: Select the mode 528

Maxicode: Store the data in the symbol storage area 528

Maxicode: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 528

Maxicode: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the

symbol storage area 529

Composite Symbology: Set the width of the module 529

Composite Symbology: GS1 DataBar Expanded stacked maximum

width setting 529

Composite Symbology: Select HRI character font 529

Composite Symbology: Store the data in the symbol storage area 529

Composite Symbology: Print the data in the symbol storage area 530

Composite Symbology: Transmit the size information of the symbol

data in the symbol storage area 530

Aztec Code: Set the number of mode types and data layers 530

Aztec Code: Set the size of the module 530

Aztec Code: Set the error correction level 530

Aztec Code: Store the data in the symbol storage area 531

Aztec Code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 531

Aztec Code: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the
symbol storage area 531

DataMatrix: Set the symbol type, number of columns, number of

rows 531

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xx
 DataMatrix: Set the size of the module 531

DataMatrix: Store the data in the symbol storage area 531

DataMatrix: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area 532

DataMatrix: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the

symbol storage area 532

Page code commands 533

Select page mode 533

Select standard mode 533

Select print direction in page mode 533

Set printing area in page mode 533

Set absolute vertical print position in page mode 534

Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) 534

Cancel print data in page mode 534

Print data in page mode 534

Set relative vertical print position in page mode 534

Macro commands 535

Start and terminate macro definition 535

Execute macro 535

User data storage commands 536

Write to user memory in flash memory 536

Read from user memory in flash memory 537

Change into the user setting mode 538

End the user setting mode session 539

Set the customized setting values 540

Transmit the customized setting values 550

Set the configuration item for the serial interface 551

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxi
 Transmit the configuration item for the serial interface 553

Set conditions for USB communication 554

Transmit conditions for USB communication 556

Select the print speed 557

Set print position to the beginning of print line 559

Specify Batch Print 561

Asian character commands 563

Select Asian character mode 563

Select print modes for Asian characters 563

Turn underline mode ON/OFF in Asian mode 563

Cancel Asian character mode 563

Define user-defined Asian characters 563

Select Asian character code system 564

Set Asian character spacing 565

Set quadruple mode ON/OFF in Asian mode 565

Select character encode system 566

Diagnostics commands 567

Execute test print 567

Initialize maintenance counter 569

Transmit maintenance counter 571

Maintenance commands 573

User Data Storage commands 573

Flash Download commands in IPL (CPMI) 573

Flash Download commands in Main Firmware 574

Diagnostics commands 574

Same code commands with different parameters 575

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxii
 Resolution commands 576

SBCS2, SBCS3 Font Support 578

Paper End Detection 580

Paper Low Detection 581

Paper Low Detection Process 583

Buffered Printing 585

USB PRTR and NHPI Real-time Command 586

PRTR 586

NHPI 586

Change USB Type Setting by Feed Key Operation 587

NHPI 587

ION(Epic) 587

PRTR 588

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxiii
Revision Record
Issue Date Remarks

A Jun 2017 First Issue

B Jan 2018 Updated the commands and added a note for 7199 1.1 development on
Chapter 2

C Apr 2018 Added commands for ESC/POS Emulation Support

D Feb 2023 l Added SBCS2, SBCS3

l Updated the range of pn for the following:
o Define Logo in Flash Memory by the Key code
o Define logo in RAM by the Key Code

l Updated the response format of Transmit Remaining Size for User-

defined Logo Area
l Added a note for the Paper Jam Error under Real Time Status
Transmission and Unsolicited Status Update
l Updated the last digit of part number of MFW and IPL fixed to
SPACE
l Remove Auto NHPI switching feature from Printer Setting Change
l Updated the Print density options in Printer Setting Change
l Updated the Select or cancel 90 degrees clockwise rotated print
l Corrected the example in Send printer firmware version
l Corrected parameter m value range for Write User Defined Data
and Read User Defined Data

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxiv
Issue Date Remarks

D Feb 2023 l Added the following under Printer Setting Change:

(cont.)
o New Special Font options and notes
o New Default code page options
o New Receipt synchronization option (Legacy)
o USB Type options and note
o BitImage Max Speed options
o Compatibility Barcode Length options
o Compatible top margin time out
o Auto column mode for PDF417 Print Column
o Legacy Paper Jam
o A note stating that Fixed ION is to be same as ION (Epic)
o A note on Default LPI settings impact of constructed Thai
selection

l Added the following character sets:

o Romania
o CP855 (IBM Cyrillic)
o CP1250 (Windows Eastern European)
o CP1251 (Windows Cyrillic)
o CP928 (Greek)
o CP737 (DOS Greek)
o GB18030

l Added the following special fonts:

o Greek
o Constructed 874 LF
o 850 Mini

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxv
Issue Date Remarks

D Feb 2023 l Added the following:

(cont.)
o Paper End Detection
o Paper Low Detection

l Updated screenshots in Offline Printer Configuration

l Updated the Printer Configuration Form section
l Updated the Offline printer configuration update section
l Added Paper Jam and Paper Low tallies to the Diagnostics
Information table under Extended real–time status transmission
l Removed "Clear PCB part number" option from the Common
printer maintenance interface (CPMI) commands table
l Added Configuration sector erase cycle tally to Transmit printer ID,
remote diagnostics extension and to Reset all printer individual
information
l Corrected the parameter (E2) of "Clear Maintenance tally"
l Updated Receipt Direction in offline diag spec
l Added ‘1D 1A’ commands for retrieving sensor LED values
l Added the following under Transmit printer ID, remote diagnostics
extension:
o Table firmware CRC
o Jam sensor calibration tally
o Overall sensor calibration tally

l In Bar Code Commands, added a note that HRI Characters printing

is not supported in PDF417 and QR code.
l Updated bytes information for Maintenance Information Log for
"Retrieve detail log" command
l Corrected the Set Printing Area in Page Mode command by
removing 7D from Hexadecimal format
l Added Thermal Head Type options to the Transmit printer ID
command

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxvi
Issue Date Remarks

D Feb 2023 l Updated Thermal Head source to the following commands:

(cont.)
o Execute Head Failure Detection
o Get Detail of Head Failure Detection

l Updated the Bootup LED Pattern in LED Indication

l Updated notes for constructed Thai function and related functions
l Added to the following commands a note stating that the USB type
will not be reset when the main firmware is the “Default NHPI FW”:
o Reset all printer individual information
o Reset all setting to Default

l Added an exception to the Add n extra dot rows command

E May 2023 Converted to Guild template

F Sep 2023 Added NCR 7199 Series ii information

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxvii
General
Audience
The NCR 7199 Series Thermal Receipt Station Printer Programmer's Guide is not
intended for programmers who are using an Application Programming Interface
(API), such as OPOS/JavaPOS or Microsoft Windows Printer API.

For programmers who are using OPOS/JAVAPOS, refer to the UnifiedPOS

Specification for UnifiedPOS methods, properties, events, and escape sequences
to use to communicate with the printer. This guide may provide useful
information about the physical characteristics of the printer, but the commands
listed in this guide shuld not be used for OPOS/JavaPOS. Additional NCR–specific
information for OPOS/JavaPOS can be found in the NCR Retail Controls 3.x UPOS
User's Guide for Windows (B005-0000-1619) and in the NCR Retail Controls 3.x
UPOS User's Guide for Linux (B005-0000-1489).

For programmers using the Microsoft Windows Printer API, refer to the Microsoft
SDK for information on the programming interface. Additional NCR–specific
information can be found in the NCR Window Printer Driver User Guide for
NCR Retail Printers (B005–0000–1609).

This guide is intended to be used by programmers who are directly controlling

the printer from their application without any middleware driver. Programmers
directly controlling the printer from their application without middleware will
send the command in this guide directly to the printer over the low level
hardware interface. The low level interfaces are RS232 (including USB Virtual
COM), USB HID, and Ethernet Socket Sevice.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
1
Printer Basic Functions
General
Resolution 203.2 dpi x 203.2 dpi (8 dots/mm)

Interface USB Type-B 2.0 High Speed / Full Speed

(communicate with a Printer class (PTPR), HID class (NHPI), Vendor specific class (EPiC)
system)
Note
For more information, refer to the USB VID/PID table below.

Interface USB Type-A 2.0 High Speed

(communicate with Mass storage class

USB memory device)
l File format supported: FAT12, FAT16, FAT32, VFAT
l Max. size of USB memory device supported: 32 GB

Emulation Mode l NCR 7199

l ECS/POS

Receipt Printing Speed Series i: Maximum 14 ips (inch per second)/Minimum 1.5 ips

Series ii: Maximum 16 ips (inch per second)/Minimum 1.5 ips

Printing speed is defined according to print density.

Note
For more information, refer to the Maximum receipt Printing Speed in
each mode table below.

Character attribute Double width, double high, rotate, under line, scalable, bold, superscript,
italic, subscript, inverse image characters

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
2
Character Cell Size SBCS Font A 13(H) X 24 (V) dots

SBCS Font B 10(H) X 24(V) dots

SBCS2 Font A 13(H) X 28 (V) dots

SBCS2 Font B 10(H) X 20(V) dots

SBCS3 Font A 13(H) X 28 (V) dots

SBCS3 Font B 10(H) X 28(V) dots

DBCS 1 byte (Standard) 12(H) X 24(V) dots

DBCS 2 byte (Standard) 24(H) X 24(V) dots

DBCS 1 byte (Compress) 10(H) X 24(V) dots

DBCS 2 byte (Compress) 20(H) X 24(V) dots

Column Width 80mm Paper mode 58mm Paper mode

SBCS Font A 44 columns 32 columns

SBCS Font B 56 columns 42 columns

SBCS2 Font A 42 columns 30 columns

SBCS2 Font B 56 columns 40 columns

SBCS3 Font A 42 columns 30 columns

SBCS3 Font B 56 columns 40 columns

DBCS 1 byte (Standard) 48 columns 35 columns

DBCS 2 byte (Standard) 24 columns 17 columns

DBCS 1 byte 57 columns 42 columns

(Compress)

DBCS 2 byte 28 columns 21 columns

(Compress)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3
Printable Width 80mm Paper mode 58mm Paper mode

SBCS Font A 572 dots (71.57 mm) 416 dots (52.05 mm)

SBCS Font B 560 dots (70.07 mm) 420 dots (52.55 mm)

SBCS2 Font A 546 dots (68.32 mm) 416 dots (52.05 mm)

SBCS2 Font B 560 dots (70.07 mm) 390 dots (48.80 mm)

SBCS3 Font A 546 dots (68.32 mm) 416 dots (52.05 mm)

SBCS3 Font B 560 dots (70.07 mm) 390 dots (48.80 mm)

DBCS 1 byte (Standard) 576 dots (72.07 mm) 400 dots (50.05 mm)

DBCS 2 byte (Standard) 576 dots (72.07 mm) 408 dots (51.05 mm)

DBCS 1 byte 570 dots (71.32 mm) 420 dots (52.55 mm)
(Compress)

DBCS 2 byte 560 dots (70.07 mm) 420 dots (52.55 mm)
(Compress)

Graphics 576 dots (72.07 mm) 424 dots (53.05 mm)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4
Character Set For Series i:

l SBCS
l CP497 (DOS USA)
l CP850 (DOS Latin 1)
l CP852 (DOS Latin 2)
l CP858 (DOS Latin 1 + Euro)
l CP860 (DOS Portuguese)
l CP862 (DOS Israel)
l CP863 (DOS French Canadian)
l CP864 (DOS Arabic)
l CP865 (DOS Nordic)
l CP866 (DOS Russian)
l CP874 (ISO Thai)
l CP928 (Greek)
l CP737 (DOS Greek)
l CP855 (IBM Cyrillic)
l CP1250 (Windows Eastern European)
l CP1251 (Windows Cyrillic)
l CP1252 (Windows Latin 1)
l CP1256 (Windows Arabic)
l Katakana
l Hungary
l Romania
l DBCS
l 932 (Japanese)
l 936 (Simplified Chinese)
l 949 (Korean)

Note
Take note of the following:
l A1 < =First Byte <=AC , A1<= Second Byte <=FE
l B0 <= First Byte <=FD , A1< =Second Byte <=FE

l 950 (Traditional Chinese)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5
 l GB18030 (Chinese)

Note
Take note of the following:
l Double Byte:
80<First Byte<FF, 40<Second Byte <FF
l Four Byte:
If First Byte = 81, Second byte =39, EE<= Third Byte <= FE,
30 <=Fourth Byte <= 39
If First Byte = 82, 30 <= Second byte <=35, 81<= Third Byte
<= FE, 30 <= Fourth Byte <= 39

l Unicode support (UTF-16)

For Series ii only:

l CP1254 (Windows Turkish)

l CP1255 (Windows Hebrew)

Print line height l Minimum 51 dots (4 LPI / Constructed 874 Large Font (874 LF))
l Minimum 24 dots (8.46 LPI / Standard font mode)
l Minimum 20 dots (10.5 LPI / 850 Mini Font B)
l Minimum 16 dots (12.7 LPI / 866 Mini Font B)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
6
USB VID/PID
USB VID USB PID NCR Class# Description

0x0404 0x036B 7199 7199 Printer Boot Loader

0x0404 0x036C 7199 7199 Printer, Printer Class Interface

0x0404 0x036D 7199 7199 Printer, NHPI Interface

0x0404 0x0312 7197 Receipt (EPiC Interface)

Note
For USB VID/ PID or other USB Descriptor information, endpoint numbers
are the same for each USB mode (NHPI, PRTR, EPiC) in ESC/POS emulation
mode.

Maximum Receipt Printing Speed in each mode

Mode Maximum Speed

Receipt Sync Disabled Series i: 14 ips

Series ii: 16 ips

Receipt Sync Mode 1 Series i: 14 ips

Series ii: 16 ips

Receipt Sync Mode 2 4 ips

Print Quality Mode 10 ips

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7
Internal buffers
RAM
Total size Series i: IRAM 1.25 MB, DRAM 8 MB

Series ii: IRAM 1 MB, DRAM 32 MB

Interface Receive Data Buffer 64 KB

Interface Send Data Buffer 1 KB

User-defined Logo Buffer 256 KB

Macro Buffer 2 KB

Flash memory
Total size Series i: 8 MB

Series ii: 16 MB

User-defined Logo area 256 KB

User-defined Character area 64 KB

User-defined Data area 64 KB

Macro area 2 KB

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
8
Summary of Option Interface
The printer initially has USB type-B interface as the primary interface.

It additionally allows an operator to install either RS232C interface card or

Ethernet interface card as an option.

In order to make the option interface card available, the USB interface cable has
to be disconnected.

It is because the option interface card is not activated if USB connection is

established with a system. If USB interface is disconnected in this condition, the
printer is automatically reset and the option interface card becomes available. In
addition to this, if USB type-B is connected while the option interface is
communicating with a system, the printer is reset and its control is changed to
USB.

RS232C interface
Protocol DTS / DSR, XON / XOFF

Data Length 8,7 bits

Stop Bit 1,2 bits

Parity Non, Even, Odd

Baud Rate 9600,19200,38400,57600,115200 bps

Ethernet interface
Application Layer TCP Socket, UDP Socket, SNMP, DHCP, HTTP

Transport Layer TCP, UDP

Network Layer IP, ICMP, ARP

Data Link Layer CSMA/CD

Physical Layer 10BASE–t, 100BASE–TX (IEEE802.3 Conforming)

Auto negotiation 10/100Mbps Full/Half Duplex

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
9
TCP socket
It transfers printing commands and data, several status commands and those
responses by direct socket communications.

Port number 9100 (Default)

Maximum simultaneous sessions 1

Maximum simultaneous connections 6

Time out 120 seconds (Default)

UDP socket
It transfers real time commands and those responses.

Port number 3000 (Default)

SNMP
SNMP is used by the SNMP manager to acquire the printer information and
status from SNMP agent (Printer).

SNMP version SNMP v1 (RFC1157) compliant

Transport protocol UDP/IP

MIB support Part of MIB-II (RFC1213)

Part of HOST Resource MIB

Part of Printer MIB

PDU support Get Request

Get Next Request

Get Response

Trap

Port number of Server 161

Port number for Trap transmit 162

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
10
DHCP
DHCP is used by the DHCP client (Printer) to acquire IP address, Subnet mask,
and Gateway address from the DHCP server.

Transport protocol UDP/IP

HTTP
HTTP is used to configure the network setting by WEB Provision.

HTTP version V1.1

Transport protocol TCP/IP

Items to be able to configure IP address

Subnet mask

Default Gateway

DHCP

DHCP address

TCP max. connection

Ethernet Physical LAN Speed

LAN Real Time Command Protocol

Link Down Timeout

TCP idle Timeout

TCP Port number

UDP Port number

SNMP Trap 1

SNMP Trap 2

SNMP Community (R/W)

SNMP Trap 1 Community

SNMP Trap 2 Community

SNMP Trap 1 IP Address

SNMP Trap 2 IP Address

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
11
LPR Socket
LPR Socket is TCP Communication port by LPR.

Port number 515

Maximum simultaneous sessions 1

Maximum simultaneous connections 1

Time out 6 seconds

Note
The LPR socket settings is available in NCR 7199 Series ii only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
12
Emulation
Note
Items marked with an asterisk (*) in the Command Number column are
available in NCR 7199 Series ii only.

The printer supports the following commands.

Command
Command sequence Function
Number

Printer Function Commands

DLE 10H Clear Printer 1

EM or ESC i 19H or 1BH 69H Perform Full Knife Cut 2

SUB or 1AH or 1BH 6DH Perform Partial Knife Cut 3

ESC m

ESC BEL 1BH 07H Generate Tone 4

ESC @ 1BH 40H Initialize Printer 6

ESC c 4 1BH 63H 34H Select Sensors to Stop Printing 7

ESC c 5 1BH 63H 35H Enable or Disable Feed Button 8

ESC p 1BH 70H Generate Pulse to Open Cash Drawer 9

GS V 1DH 56H Select Cut Mode and Cut Paper 10

US t 1FH 74H Print Configuration Form 11

Vertical Positioning and Print Commands

LF 0AH Print and Feed Paper One Line 20

CR 0DH Print and Carriage Return 21

DC4 14H Feed n Print Lines 22

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
13
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

NAK 15H Feed n Dot Rows 23

SYN 16H Add n Extra Dot Rows 24

ETB 17H Print 25

ESC 2 1BH 32H Set Line Spacing to 1/6 Inch 26

ESC 3 1BH 33H Set Line Spacing 27

ESC J 1BH 4AH Print and Feed Paper 28

ESC d 1BH Print and Feed n Lines 29

GS P 1DH 50H Set Horizontal and Vertical Minimum 30

Motion Units

Horizontal Positioning Commands

HT 09H Horizontal Tab 40

ESC DC4 1BH 14H Set Column 41

ESC $ 1BH 24H Set Absolute Starting Position 42

ESC D 1BH 44H Set Horizontal Tabs 43

ESC \ 1BH 5CH Set Relative Print Position 44

ESC a 1BH 61H Select Justification 45

GS L 1DH 4CH Set Left Margin 46

GS W 1DH 57H Set Print Area Width 47

Print Characteristic Commands

DC2 12H Select Double-Wide Characters 50

DC3 13H Select Single-Wide Characters 51

ESC DC2 1BH 12H Select 90 Degrees Counter-Clockwise 52

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
14
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

ESC SYN 1BH 16H Select Pitch (Column Width) 53

ESC SP 1BH 20H Set Character Right-Side Spacing 54

ESC ! 1BH 21H Select Print Modes 55

ESC % 1 BH 25H Select or Cancel User-defined Character 56

Set

ESC & 1BH 26H Define User-defined Characters 57

ESC - 1BH 2DH Select or Cancel Underline Mode 58

ESC : 1BH 3AH Copy Character Set from ROM to RAM 59

ESC ? 1BH 3FH Cancel User-defined Characters 60

ESC E 1BH 45H Select or Cancel Emphasized Mode 61

ESC G 1BH 47H Select Double Strike 62

ESC I 1BH 49H Select or Cancel Italic Print 64

ESC R or 1BH 52H or 1BH 74H Select International Character Set 65

ESC t

ESC V 1BH 56H Select or Cancel 90 degrees Clockwise 66

Rotated Print

ESC r 1BH 72H Select Print Color 67

ESC { 1BH 7BH Select or Cancel Upside & Down Printing 69

Mode

GS ! 1DH 21H Select Character Size 70

GS B 1DH 42H Select or Cancel White/Black Reverse 71

Printing Mode

GS b 1DH 42H Select or Cancel Font Smoothing 72

US ENQ 1FH 05H Select Superscript or Subscript Modes 73

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
15
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

ESC + 1BH 2BH Select or Cancel Unicode (UTF-16) Mode 74

Asian Character Command

FS ! 1CH 21H Select print modes for Asian characters 80

FS - 1CH 2DH Turn underline mode ON/OFF in Asian 81

mode

FS 2 1CH 32H Define user-defined Asian characters 82

FS S 1CH 53H Set Asian character spacing 83

FS W 1CH 57H Set quadruple mode ON/OFF in Asian 84

mode

Graphics Command

GS 8L 1DH 38H 4CH Store the graphics data in the print buffer 88

GS (L 1DH 28H 4CH Print the graphics data in the print buffer 89

DC1 11H Print Raster Graphics 90

ESC "BMP 1BH "BMP file" Define Bitmap File as Logo 91

file"

ESC * 1BH 2AH Select Bit Image Mode 92

ESC . 1BH 2EH Print Advanced Raster Graphics 93

ESC K 1BH 4BH Select Single Density Graphics 94

ESC Y 1BH 4CH or 1BH 59H Select Double-Density Graphics 95

GS # 1DH 23H Select the Current Logo 97

GS * 1DH 2AH Define Bit Image as Logo 98

GS / 1DH 2FH Print Current Logo 99

FS p 1CH 2FH Print Logo 100

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
16
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

US EOT 1FH 04H Convert 6 Dots/mm Bitmap to 8 Dots/mm 101

GS (L 1DH 28H 4CH Delete User-defined Logo in Flash 102

Memory

GS 8L 1DH 38H 4CH Define Logo in Flash Memory by the key 103
code

GS (L 1DH 28H 4CH Print User-defined Logo in Flash Memory 104

GS (L 1DH 28H 4CH Delete User-defined Logo in RAM 105

GS 8L 1DH 38H 4CH Define Logo in RAM by the key code 106

GS (L 1DH 28H 4CH Print User-defined Logo in RAM 107

GS (L 1DH 28H 4CH Enable Watermark printing 108

GS (L 1DH 28H 4CH Transmit Remaining Size for User-defined 109

Logo Area

GS (Q pl ph 1D 28 51 pl ph 30H Draw Line 200*

30H

GS (Q pl ph 1D 28 51 pl ph 31H Draw Rectangle 201*

31H

Status Commands (Batch Mode)

ESC u NULL 1BH 75H 00H Transmit Peripheral Device Status 110

ESC v 1BH 76H Transmit Printer Status 111

GS 1 1DH 49H Transmit Printer ID 112

GS 1 @ 1DH 49H 40H Transmit Printer ID, Remote Diagnostics 113

Extension

GS r 1DH 72H Transmit Status 114

US V 1FH 56H Send Printer Firmware Version 115

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
17
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

US SUB 02 1FH 1AH 02H Execute Head Failure Detection 117

US SUB 01 1FH 1AH 01H Get Detail of Head Failure Detection 118

US LF 1FH 0AH Get Print Completion 119

Status Commands (Real Time)

GS EOT or 1DH 04H or 10H 04H Real-time Status Transmission NA

DLE EOT

GS ETX or 1DH 03H or 10H 05H Real-time Request to Printer NA

DLE ENQ

DLE EM 10H 19H Extended Real-time Status Transmission NA

GS ENQ 1DH 05H Real-time Printer Status Transmission NA

GS z 1DH 7AH LED Control Request NA

GS SUB 1DH 1AH Real-time Printer Maintenance NA

Unsolicited Status Update

GS a 1DH 61H Unsolicited Status Update Validation 120

GS US 1DH 1FH Enable / Disable Unsolicited Status 121

Update

GS RS 1DH 1EH Baseline State Request 122

Barcode Commands

GS H 1DH 48H Select Printing Psition of HRI Characters 130

GS f 1DH 66H Select Pitch for HRI Characters 131

GS h 1DH 68H Select Bar Code Height 132

GS k 1DH 6BH Print Bar Code 133

GS w 1DH 77H Select Bar Code Width 134

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
18
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

GS (k pL pH 1 DH 28H 6BH pL pH cn QR Code: Select the model 135

cn 41H 41H

GS (k pL pH 1DH 28H 6BH pL pH cn QR Code: Set the size of module 136

cn 43H 43H

GSk pL pH cn 1DH 28H 6BH pL pH cn QR Code: Select the error correction level 137
45H 45H

GS (k pL pH 1DH 28H 6BH pL pH cn QR Code: Store the data in the symbol 138
cn 50H 50H storage area

GS (k pL pH 1DH 28H 6BH pL pH cn QR Code: Print the symbol data in the 139
cn 51H 51H symbol storage area

GS (k pL pH 1DH 28H 6BH pL pH cn QR Code: Transmite the size information 140

cn 52H 52H of the symbol data in the symbol storage
area

GS ( k pl ph 1D 28 6B pl ph cn 41H MaxiCode: Select the mode 179*

cn 41H

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 50H MaxiCode: Store the data in the symbol 180*

cn 50H

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 51H MaxiCode: Print the symbol data in the 181*

cn 51H symbol storage area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 52H MaxiCode: Transmit the size information 182*

cn 52H of the symbol data in the symbol storage
area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 43H Composite Symbology: Set the width of 183*

cn 43H the module

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 47H Composite Symbology: GS1 DataBar 184*

cn 47H Expanded stacked maximum width
setting

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 48H Composite Symbology: Select HRI 185*

cn 48H character font

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
19
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 50H Composite Symbology: Store the data in 186*

cn 50H the symbol storage area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 51H Composite Symbology: Print the symbol 187*

cn 51H data in the symbol storage area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 52H Composite Symbology: Transmit the size 188*

cn 52H information of the symbol data in the
symbol storage area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 42H Aztec Code: Set the number of mode 189*

cn 42H types and data layers

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 43H Aztec Code: Set the size of the module 190*

cn 43H

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 45H Aztec Code: Set the error correction level 191*

cn 45H

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 50H Aztec Code: Store the data in the symbol 192*

cn 50H storage area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 51H Aztec Code: Print the symbol data in the 193*

cn 51H symbol storage area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 52H Aztec Code: Transmit the size information 194*

cn 52H of the symbol data in the symbol storage
area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 42H DataMatrix: Set the symbol type, number 195*

cn 42H of columns

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 43H DataMatrix: Set the size of the module 196*

cn 43H

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 50H DataMatrix: Store the data in the symbol 197*

cn 50H storage area

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 51H DataMatrix: Print the symbol data in the 198*

cn 51H symbol storage area

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
20
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

GS ( k pL pH 1D 28 6B pL pH cn 52H DataMatrix: Transmit the size information 199*

cn 52H of the symbol data in the symbol storage
area

Page Mode Commands

FF 0CH Print and return to Standard Mode 150

CAN 18H Cancel Print Data in Page Mode 151

ESC FF 1BH 0CH Print Data in Page Mode 152

ESC L 1BH 4CH Select Page Mode 153

ESC S 1BH 53H Select Standard Mode 154

ESC T 1BH 54H Select Print Direction in Page Mode 155

ESC W 1BH 57H Set Printing Area in Page mode 156

GS $ 1DH 24H Set Absolute Vertical Print Position in 157

Page Mode

GS \ 1DH 5CH Set Relative Vertical Print Position in Page 158

Mode

Macro Commands

GS : 1DH 3AH Start and Terminate Macro Definition 160

GS ^ 1DH 5EH Execute Macro 161

User Data Storage Commands

ESC ' 1BH 27H Write User Defined Data 165

ESC 4 1BH 34H Read User Defined Data 166

GS " 1DH 22H Select Memory Type for User Defined 167
Data

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
21
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

GS " U 1DH 22H 55H Flash Memory Allocation for User-defined 168
Storage Area

GS @ 1DH 40H Erase User-defined storage area in Flash 169

Memory

US DC1 1FH 11H Printer Setting Change 170

US DC2 1FH 12H Read Printer Setting 171

US DC3 1FH 13H LED Configuration 172

US DC4 1FH 14H Read LED Configuration 173

US NAK 1FH 15H Store Paper Type 174*

US SYN 1FH 16H Read Paper Type 175*

US ETB 1FH 17H Select Paper Type 176*

GS ( K pL pH 1D 28 4B pL pH 32H Select Print Speed 177*

US CAN 1FH 18H Return Printer Configuration 178*

Flash Download Commands in IPL (CPMI)

ESC [} 1BH 5BH 7DH Switch to Flash Download Mode NA

GS NULL 1DH 00H Request Printer ID NA

GS SOH 1DH 01H Return Segment Number Status of Flash NA

Memory

GS STX 1DH 02H Select Flash Memory Sector to Download NA

GS ACK 1DH 06H Get Firmware Sector CRC NA

GS BEL 1DH 07H Return IPL Firmware CRC NA

GS SO 1DH 0EH Erase all Flash Memory NA

GS SI 1DH 0FH Return Main Firmware CRC NA

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
22
 Command
Command sequence Function
Number

GS DLE 1DH 10H Erase Selected Flash Sector NA

GS DC1 1DH 11H Download to Active Flash Sector NA

GS SP 1DH FFH Reboot the Printer NA

Flash Download Commands in Main Firmware

ESC [ | 1BH 5BH 7CH Flash Firmware NA

ESC [ { 1BH 5BH 7BH Activate Firmware in the alternative area NA

Diagnostics Commands

ESC z 1BH 7AH Printer Exercise NA

GS d 1DH 64H 01H Print Maintenance Information Form NA

GS d 1DH 64H 05H Dot check pattern test NA

GS d 1DH 64H 06H Memory test NA

GS d 1DH 64H 11H Left Margin adjustment NA

GS d 1DH 64H 15H Sensor Calibration NA

GS d 1DH 64H 16H Reset all printer individual information NA

GS d 1DH 64H 20H Retrieve Detail Log NA

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
23
Command Descriptions
This section provides the detailed description of the commands. These
commands are separated into groups according to their function or use. The
previous sections can be used as an index for the following sections.

The following table lists and describes the headings used to present the
elements of the commands in the descriptions in this section. Each command
code is presented in ASCII, hexadecimal, and decimal formats. Select the format
that best suits the programming implementation. The printer interprets the 8-bit
bytes it gets through the communication interface, regardless of the format the
program lists them in.

Name Name of Command

ASCII The ASCII representation of the command control code followed by its operands.

Hexadecimal The hexadecimal representation of the command control code followed by its
operands.

Decimal The decimal representation of the command control code followed by its
operands.

Operand n A description of the command operand. Other command operands may be m, p1,
p2, x, or y.

Range of n The upper and lower limits or list of possible values of the command operand. The
values are listed as decimal values unless specified otherwise.

Default of n The command operand default value after printer reset or startup.

Description A brief description of the use of the command.

Formulas Any formulas used for this command.

Exceptions Describes any exceptions to this command, for example, incompatible commands.

Related Describes related information and notes for this command, for example, bit
Information information.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
24
Printer Function command
Clear printer
ASCII DLE

Hexadecimal 10

Decimal 16

It clears the print buffer and resets the printer settings to the condition when the
printer is turned on except the barcode related settings.

Exception:
This command is ignored when the printer is in the page more.

Perform full knife cut

ASCII EM
or
ESC i

Hexadecimal 19
or
1B 69

Decimal 25
or
27 105

It fully cuts receipt paper. If the knife supports the partial cut only, it performs
the partial cut by this command.

Exceptions
NCR 7199 Series i and Series ii do not support full cut mechanically.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
25
Perform partial knife cut
ASCII SUB
or
ESC m

Hexadecimal 1A
or
1B 6D

Decimal 26
or
27 109

It partially cuts receipt paper. If the knife supports only the full cut, it fully cuts
receipt paper by this command.

Generate tone
ASCII ESC BEL

Hexadecimal 1B 07

Decimal 27 7

It generates an audible tone.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
26
Initialize printer
ASCII ESC @

Hexadecimal 1B 40

Decimal 27 64

Default:
It clears the print buffer and resets the printer settings to the condition when the
printer is turned on.

The user-defined logos, characters and data in RAM are cleared by this
command. However, the defined data in the flash memory is not cleared. The
macro is also not cleared.

Select sensors to stop printing

ASCII ESC c 4 n

Hexadecimal 1B 63 34 n

Decimal 27 99 52 n

Values of n:

Bit Function Off On

0 (Default) To determine if it suspends printing when it detects Ignore Suspend

paper low.

1 To determine if it suspends printing when it detects Ignore Suspend

paper low.

2–7 (Reserved) N/A N/A

It enables or disables to suspend printing data if the paper low is detected while
printing data. Once printing is suspended by this function, it does not resume
printing until the certain paper is supplied.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
27
Enable or disable feed button
ASCII ESC c 5 n

Hexadecimal 1B 63 35 n

Decimal 27 99 53 n

Value of n l 0—Enable
l 1—Disable

Default 0 (Enable)

It enables or disables the paper feed button. If it is disabled, updating status in

terms of the feed button pressed information (Real time status, Batch status,
USU status) is also disabled.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
28
Generate pulse to open cash drawer
ASCII ESC p n p1 p2

Hexadecimal 1B 70n p1 p2

Decimal 27 112 n p1 p2

Value of n l 0,48—Drawer1
l 1,49—Drawer2

Value of p1 It defines the pulse on time. the unit is 2 milliseconds.

Value of p2 It defines the pulse off (delay) time before processing the next
operation.

The unit is 2 milliseconds.

Range of p1, p2 0–255

It generates the pulse to open the cash drawer, and defines the pulse off time
(delay) after the pulse. During the pulse off time, the printer does not process the
next operation.

Formulas:
Pulse ON time = p1 x 2 milliseconds

Pulse OFF (Delay) time = p2 x 2 milliseconds

Note
If this command is sent multiple times, the next command is buffered and
processed only after the current command is completed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
29
Select cut mode and cut paper
ASCII GS V m
or
GS V m n

Hexadecimal 1D 56 m
or
1D 56 m n

Decimal 29 86 m
or
29 86 m n

Value of m It defines the cut mode. For values of m, refer to the table below.

Value of n When n is 65 or 66, it defines the extra feed amount fed before cutting.

When n is 103 or 104, it defines the extra reverse feed amount fed after cutting.

The vertical motion unit (1/203 inch, 0.125 mm) is used to define the extra feed.

Range of n 0–255

Values of m:

m Feed and Cut Mode

0,48 Full cut (no extra feed).

If the knife supports the partial cut only, it performs the partial cut.

1,49 Partial cut (no extra feed).

If the knife supports the full cut only, it performs the full cut.

65 Full cut with extra feed.

If the knife supports the partial cut only, it performs the partial cut.

66 Partial cut with extra feed.

If the knife supports the full cut only, it performs the full cut.

103 Full cut with extra reverse feed.

If the knife supports partial cut only, it performs the partial cut.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
30
 m Feed and Cut Mode

104 Partial cut with extra reverse feed.

If the knife supports the full cut only, it performs the full cut.

Exceptions:
If m is out of the specified range, the command is ignored.

If m=103,104 is executed, the printer ignores the Compatible Top Margin feed
even if the setting is enable. These m values are only supported in Series ii.

NCR 7199 Series i and Series ii do not support full cut mechanically.

Print configuration form

ASCII US t

Hexadecimal 1F 74

Decimal 31 116

It prints the current printer configuration on the receipt.

If there are data in the print buffer, it prints first those data by force and then
starts printing the configuration form. After printing the configuration form, it
resets the printer attributes to the same condition as power-on.

Whenever the printer prints this form, it executes the thermal head failure
detection, and this result is included in this form.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
31
Vertical Positioning and Print commands
Print and feed paper one line
ASCII LF

Hexadecimal 0A

Decimal 10

It prints data in the print buffer and performs one line feed. If this command
used along with CR (0x0D) it only performs one line feed although CR itself
requires one line feed.

Print and carriage return

ASCII CR

Hexadecimal 0D

Decimal 13

It prints data in the print buffer and feeds paper one line. If this command used
along with LF (0x0A), it only performs one line feed although LF itself also
requires one line feed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
32
Feed n print lines

ASCII DC4 n

Hexadecimal 14 n

Decimal 20 n

Value of n The number of lines to feed at current line height setting.

Range of n 0–255

It feeds paper n lines based on the current line pitch. This command is ignored
when the current line buffer is not empty.

Feed n dot rows

ASCII NAK n

Hexadecimal 15 n

Decimal 21 n

Value of n n/203 inch

Range of n 0–255

It feeds paper n dot rows. This command is ignored when the current line buffer
is not empty.

Add n extra dot rows

ASCII SYN n

Hexadecimal 16 n

Decimal 22 n

Value of n n/203 inch

Range of n 0–12

It adds n extra dot rows based on the character height to change the line space.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
33
The following table indicates lines per inch according to the extra dot rows added
by this command.

Extra Rows Lines Per Inch Dot Rows

0 8.47 24

1 8.13 25

2 7.81 26

3 7.52 27

4 7.25 28

5 7.00 29

6 6.77 30

7 6.55 31

8 6.35 32

9 6.16 33

10 5.98 34

11 5.81 35

12 5.64 36

Exceptions:
This command is ignored in Page Mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
34
Print
ASCII ETB

Hexadecimal 17

Decimal 23

It prints data in the print buffer and performs one line feed. The printer behavior
is same as LF (0x0A) command.

Set line spacing to 1/6 inch

ASCII ESC 2

Hexadecimal 1B 32

Decimal 27 50

It defines the default line spacing to 4.25 mm (6 lines per inch).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
35
Set line spacing
ASCII ESC 3 n

Hexadecimal 1B 33 n

Decimal 27 51 n

Value of n n/406 inches

Range of n 0–255

It defines the default line spacing to n/406 inches. The minimum line pitch
depends on the selected font. The minimum line pitch of all fonts except 866
Mini Font is 0.118 inches (8.47 LPI) whose parameter n is 48. If the parameter n is
less than 48, it is ignored. In 866 Mini font B, the minimum line pitch is 0.078
inches (12.7 LPI) whose parameter n is 32. If parameter n is less than 32, it is
ignored.

If the vertical minimum motion unit is changed by Set Horizontal and Vertical
Minimum Motion Units command (1D 50) the parameters of this command is
interpreted accordingly.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
36
Print and feed paper
ASCII ESC J n

Hexadecimal 1B 4A n

Decimal 27 74 n

Value of n n/203 inches receipt

Range of n 0–255

It prints data in the print buffer and feeds paper n dot rows. The minimum feed
amount is 0.118 inches, so the valid minimum parameter n is 24. It feeds the
minimum feed amount (n=24) by force if parameter n is less than 24 except 0. If
parameter n is set to 0, it just prints data in the print buffer without feeding.

If the vertical minimum motion unit is changed by Set Horizontal and Vertical
Minimum Motion Units command (1D 50), the parameters of this command is
interpreted accordingly.

Print and feed n lines

ASCII ESC d n

Hexadecimal 1B 64 n

Decimal 27 100 n

Value of n Number of lines to be printed and feed.

Range of n 1–255

It prints data in the buffer and feeds paper n lines according to the current line
spacing.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
37
Set horizontal and vertical minimum motion units
ASCII GS P x y

Hexadecimal 1D 50 x y

Decimal 29 80 x y

Value of x Horizontal

Value of y Vertical

Range of x 0–255

Range of y 0–255

Default of x 203

Default of y 203

It sets the horizontal and vertical motion units to 1/x inch and 1/y inch
respectively.

When x or y is set to 0, the default setting for that motion unit is used.

The default horizontal motion is x, y = 203.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
38
Horizontal Positioning commands
Horizontal tab
ASCII HT

Hexadecimal 09

Decimal 9

It moves the print position to the next horizontal tab position set by the Set
Horizontal Tab Positions (1B 44 n1 n2 ... 00) command.

Set column
ASCII ESC DC4 n

Hexadecimal 1B 14 n

Decimal 27 20 n

Value of n l 1–44 (Standard, 80 mm)

l 1–56 (Compressed, 80 mm)
l 1–32 (Standard, 58 mm)
l 1–42 (Compressed, 58 mm)

It defines number of characters to be printed in the current line. In order to make

it valid, it must be defined before the first character in the current line is
processed. The definition is valid in the current line only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
39
Set absolute starting position
ASCII ESC $ n1 n2

Hexadecimal 1B 24 n1 n2

Decimal 27 36 n1 n2

Value of n Number of dots to be moved from the beginning of the line.

Value of n1 Remainder after dividing n by 256.

Value of n2 Integer after dividing n by 256.

It moves the print position to the point defined (n1 + n2 x 256 dots) from the left
edge of the print area.

The definition is valid in the current line only.

Related information:
This command is also available for the graphics data.

If the horizontal minimum motion unit is changed by Set Horizontal and Vertical
Minimum Motion Units command (1D 50), the parameters of this command is
interpreted accordingly.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
40
Set horizontal tabs
ASCII ESC n1 n2 ...nk NUL

Hexadecimal 1B 44 n1 n2 ...nk 00

Decimal 27 68 n1 n2 ...nk 0

Value of n The number of columns from the left edge of

the print area

Range of n 1 ≤ n1 ≤ n2 ≤ ... ≤ nk < 255

Value of k The number the horizontal tab position set by

this command

Range of k 0 ≤ k ≤ 32

Default n = 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ... , 232, 240, 248

It sets the horizontal tab positions. This command does not move the current
print position.

If n is not specified (1B 44 00), it clears all tabs.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
41
Set relative print position
ASCII ESC \ n1 n2

Hexadecimal 1B 5C n1 n2

Decimal 27 92 n1 n2

Value of n 27 92 n1 n2

Range of n -32768 ≤ n1 + n2 x 256 ≤ 32767

It moves the print position to the relative position specified by ((n1 + n2 x 256) x
(horizontal motion unit)) from the current print position.

The horizontal unit follows Set Horizontal and Vertical Minimum Motion Units
(1D 50) command.

The positive number moves the print position to the right, the negative number
moves to the left.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
42
Select justification
ASCII ESC a n

Hexadecimal 1B 61 n

Decimal 27 97 n

Value of n l 0, 48—Left Aligned

l 1, 49—Center Aligned
l 2, 50—Right Aligned

Range of n l 0–2
l 48–50

Default 0 (Left aligned)

It specifies the alignment of the characters, graphics, logos, and bar codes on the
receipt station.

Exceptions:
The command is valid only when it is specified at the beginning of a line.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
43
Set left margin
ASCII GS L nL nH

Hexadecimal 1D 4C nL nH

Decimal 29 76 nL nH

Range of nL 0–255

Range of nH 0–255

Default l 80 mm paper width: 576 dots (the maximum printable

area)
l 58 mm paper width: 424 dots (the maximum printable
area)

It sets the left margin of the printing area to ((nL + nH x 256) x (horizontal motion
units)). The horizontal motion unit follows Set Horizontal and vertical Minimum
Motion Units (1D 50) command.

The maximum printable area is 576 dots. See the following diagram. If the left
margin specified by this command exceeds the current printable area, it is
ignored.

Exceptions:
The command is valid only when it is specified at the beginning of a line.

This command is available for the receipt station only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
44
Set print area width
ASCII GS W nL nH

Hexadecimal 1D 57 nL nH

Decimal 29 87 nL nH

Range of nL 0–255

Range of nH 0–255

Default l 80 mm paper width: 576 dots (the maximum

printable area)
l 58 mm paper width: 424 dots (the maximum
printable area)

It sets the print area to ((nL + nH x 256) x (horizontal motion unit)). The horizontal
motion unit follows Set Horizontal and vertical Minimum Motion Units (1D 50)
command.

The maximum printable area is 576 dots. See the following diagram. If the left
margin specified by this command exceeds the current printable area, the width
of the maximum printable area is used.

Exceptions:
The command is valid only when it is specified at the beginning of a line.

This command is available for the receipt station only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
45
Print Characteristics commands
Select double-wide characters
ASCII DC2

Hexadecimal 12

Decimal 18

It prints characters in double width. It automatically comes back to single-wide

mode after one line data has been printed or Initialize Printer (1B 40) / Clear
Printer (10) command is received.

Limitation:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Select single-wide characters

ASCII DC3

Hexadecimal 13

Decimal 19

It prints characters in single (normal) width.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
46
Select 90 degrees counter-clockwise rotated print
ASCII ESC DC2

Hexadecimal 1B 12

Decimal 27 18

It rotates characters 90 degrees counter-clockwise. The setting specified by this

command is reset by the following commands.

l Initialize Printer (1B 40) / Clear Printer (10)

l Select or Cancel Upside & Down Printing Mode (1B 7B)
l Select or Cancel 90 Degrees Clockwise Rotated Print (1B 56)

Limitations:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

The definition is valid in the current line only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
47
Select pitch (column width)
ASCII ESC SYN n

Hexadecimal 1B 16 n

Decimal 27 22 n

Value of n l 0—Standard Pitch

l 1—Compressed Pitch

Default 0 (Standard pitch)

It selects the character pitch.

Formulas:
The following table provides the maximum number of characters printed in one
line in each CPI.

Pitch Colums Receipt Columns CPI

Standard l 44 for a 80–mm paper 15.6

l 32 for a 58–mm paper

Compressed l 56 for a 80–mm paper 20.3

l 42 for a 58–mm paper

Limitation:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
48
Set character right-side spacing
ASCII ESC SP n

Hexadecimal 1B 20 n

Decimal 27 32 n

Value of n 0–32

Default 0

It sets the right side character spacing to [n x (horizontal or vertical motion

units)]. Values for this command are set independently in Standard and Page
Mode.

The horizontal and vertical motion unit follows Set Horizontal and Vertical
Minimum Motion Units (1D 50) command.

In Standard Mode, the horizontal motion unit is used to specify the character
right side spacing.

In Page Mode, either horizontal or vertical motion is used to specify the character
right side spacing according to the print direction.

Limitation:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
49
Select print modes
This command is supported for single-byte characters when Asian mode setting
is “GB18030 ON”.

ASCII ESC ! n

Hexadecimal 1B 21 n

Decimal 27 33 n

Value of n Print mode

Default 0

Bit Function 0 1

Bit0 Pitch Standard pitch: 15.6 CPI Compressed pitch: 20.3 CPI

44 Col/line (80 mm) 56 Col/line (80 mm)

32 Col/line (58 mm) 42 Col/line (58mm)

Bit1,2 (Reserved) Fixed to zero NA

Bit3 Emphasized mode Canceled Set

Bit4 Double height Canceled Set

Bit5 Double width Canceled Set

Bit6 (Reserved) Fixed to zero NA

Bit7 Underline mode Canceled Set

It defines the print modes to specify the several character attributes.

Limitation:
Bit0 setting is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Bit3, Bit4, Bit5 and Bit7 settings are available in some limited condition in 1256
(Arabic) proportional font mode. For more information, refer to Arabic Font
Support on page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
50
Select or cancel font smoothing
ASCII GS b n

Hexadecimal 1D 62 n

Decimal 29 98 n

Value of n l 0—Disable Font

Smoothing
l 1—Enable Font
Smoothing

Default 0 (Disable Font Smoothing)

It disables or enables the font smoothing for characters enlarged by the

following commands:

l Select Double-Wide Characters (DC2)

l Select Print Modes (ESC ! n)
l Select Character Size (GS ! n)
l Select print modes for Asian characters (FS
! n)
l Set quadruple mode ON/OFF in Asian (FS W n)

Limitation:
This command is not effective for the characters in 1256 (Arabic) proportional
font mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
51
Select or cancel user-defined character set
ASCII ESC % n

Hexadecimal 1B 25 n

Decimal 27 37 n

Value of n l 0—Code Page 437 or Code Page

GB18030
l 1—User-defined
l 2—Code Page 850

Range of n 0–2

Default 0 (Code Page 437 or Code Page GB18030)

It selects or cancels the user-defined character set. If undefined character code is

specified when it is in the user-defined character mode (n=1), the same character
code of the previous code page will be selected.

Note
Take note of the following:

l Code Page 437 will be selected when Standard DBCS (CP 932, 936,
949, 950) is loaded. Code Page GB18030 will be selected when
GB18030 DBCS is loaded.
l Code Page 850 selection will be ignored when GB18030 DBCS is
loaded.

Limitation:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
52
Defining user-defined characters
ASCII ESC & 3 c1 c2 [x1 d1 d2 ... d(x1 x 3)] ... [xk d1 d2 ... d(xk x 3)]

Hexadecimal 1B 26 3 c1 c2 [x1 d1 d2 ... d(x1 x 3)] ... [xk d1 d2 ... d(xk x 3)]

Decimal 27 38 3 c1 c2 [x1 d1 d2 ... d(x1 x 3)] ... [xk d1 d2 ... d(xk x 3)]

Range of n 32 ≤ c1 ≤ c2 ≤ 126

Value of c ASCII character code of the first (c1) and the last (c2) character to define

Value of c1, c2 Hex 20-FF (Hex 20 is always printed as a space)

Note
To define only one character, use the same code for both c1 and c2.

Value of x The number of dots in the horizontal direction of each user-defined character

1 ≤ x ≤ 13 standard pitch

1 ≤ x ≤ 10 compressed pitch

Value of d Column data for the nth character as specified by d1...dn.

The total number of bytes of defined data for each character cell is (3 x x) bytes.

The bytes are printed down and across each cell.

Value of k The number of user-defined characters defined by this command at the same time

k = c2 – c1 + 1

This command defines the user-defined characters into the target memory
specified by Select Memory Type for User Defined Data (1D 22 n) command for
both the receipt printing and the slip printing.

If the target memory is RAM, characters defined are no longer available once the
printer is turned off or Initialize Printer command (1B 40) is processed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
53
Defining user-defined characters

Select or cancel underline mode

ASCII ESC – n

Hexadecimal 1B 2D n

Decimal 27 45 n

Value of n l 0, 48—Cancel underline mode (Default)

l 1, 49—Select underline mode (1 dot height)
l 2, 50—Select underline mode (2 dots height)

Default of n 0 (Cancels underline mode)

This command turns underline mode on or off. Underline is not printed for
spaces set by the Horizontal Tab, Set Absolute Stmed2 Position, or Set Relative
Print Position commands.

The printer behavior of this command and Select Print Modes (Bit 7) is
completely same.

Limitation:
This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)
proportional font more. For more information, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
54
Copy character set from ROM to RAM
ASCII ESC : 0 0 0

Hexadecimal 1B 3A 30 30 30

Decimal 27 58 48 48 48

This command is ignored.

Cancel user-defined characters

ASCII ESC ? n

Hexadecimal 1B 3F n

Decimal 27 63 n

Value of n Specified character code

Range of n 32–255

It cancels a user-defined character specified by n.

Limitation:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
55
Select or cancel emphasized mode
ASCII ESC E n

Hexadecimal 1B 45 n

Decimal 27 69

Value of n l 0 (Bit0)—Off
l 1 (Bit0)—On

Range of n 0–255

Default 0 (Bit0)—Off

It turns the emphasize mode on or off. Only the lowest bit of n is effective.

The printer behavior of this command and Select Print Modes (Bit 3) is
completely same.

Exception:
This command is not available for image printing.

Limitation:
This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)
proportional font mode. For more information, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
56
Select or cancel double strike
ASCII ESC G n

Hexadecimal 1B 47 n

Decimal 27 71 n

Value of n l 0 (Bit0)—Off
l 1 (Bit0)—On

Range of n 0—255

Default 0 (Bit0)—Off

This command turns double strike mode on or off. Only the lowest bit of n is
effective.

The printer behavior of this command is completely same as Select or Cancel

Emphasized Mode command.

Exception:
This command is not valid for image printing.

Limitations:
This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)
proportional font mode. For more information, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
57
Select or cancel italic print
ASCII ESC I n

Hexadecimal 1B 49 n

Decimal 27 73 n

Value of n l 0 (Bit0)—Off
l 1 (Bit0)—On

Range of n 0–255

Default 0 (Bit0)—Off

This command turns Italic print mode on or off. Only the lowest bit of n is
effective.

Italic print mode is available for both resident fonts and user-defined characters.

Limitations:
This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)
proportional font mode. For more information, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
58
Select international character set
ASCII ESC R n
or
ESC t n

Hexadecimal 1B 52 n
or
1B 74 n

Decimal 27 82
or
27 116 n

Value of n Refer to the following table

Default 0 (Code Page 437)

Values of n:

n Description

0 Code Page 437

1 Code Page 850

2 Code Page 852

3 Code Page 860

4 Code Page 863

5 Code Page 865

6 Code Page 858

7 Code Page 866

8 Code Page 1252

9 Code Page 862

10 Code Page 1256

20 Code Page Katakana

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
59
 n Description

21 Code Page 874

22 Code Page 864

24 Code Page 928

25 Code Page 737

26 Code Page 855

27 Code Page 1250

28 Code Page 1251

126 Romania

127 Hungary

128 Code Page 932

129 Code Page 936

130 Code Page 949 (Extended Korean)

131 Code Page 950 (Traditional Chinese + Hong Kong Chinese)

29 Code Page 1254

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

2329 Code Page 1255

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

This command selects the international character set to be used.

There are two command codes to select the international character set and the
functionality of both commands are completely the same.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
60
Note
l Code Pages 1254 and 1255 are supported in Series ii only.
l Code Page 949
o Series i supports Code Page 949 without extended Korean.
o Series ii supports Code Page 949 with extended Korean.
l Code Page 950
o Series i supports Code Page 950 without HKSCS.
o Series ii supports Code Page 950 with HKSCS.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
61
Select or cancel Unicode (UTF-16) mode
ASCII ESC + n

Hexadecimal 1B 2B n

Decimal 27 43 n

Value of n l 0—International character set

l 1—Uni-code UTF-16

Default 0 (International character set)

This command turns Unicode mode on or off.

Note
In Unicode mode, a character is specified in two bytes as follows:

<nL> <nH> (0 ≤ nL + nH x 256 ≤ 65535)

Exceptions:
All characters defined by Unicode are not fully supported. The characters
specified in "SPAA-494 NCR RSD POS Printer Character Set Specification" are able
to print as the Unicode characters.

In Series ii models, all Special Fonts are supported by selecting their values with
UTF-16.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
62
Select or cancel 90 degrees clockwise rotated print
ASCII ESC V n

Hexadecimal 1B 56 n

Decimal 27 86 n

Value of n l 0, 48—Off
l 1, 49—On

Default 0—Off

This command rotates characters 90 degrees clockwise.

The setting specified by this command is valid until the printer is reset or the
following command is received:

l Initialize Printer (1B 40)

l Clear Printer (10)
l Select or Cancel Upside & Down Printing Mode (1B 7B)

Limitation:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
63
Select print color
ASCII ESC r n

Hexadecimal 1B 72 n

Decimal 27 114 n

Value of n l 0—Monochrome
l 1—Color

Default 0—Monochrome

This command turns the color mode on or off. Color printing is available when
the printer is configured to the two–color paper mode and setting the two–color
thermal paper is required to actualize the color printing.

Limitation:
This command is not available to print multi-tone data.

This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)

proportional font mode. For more information, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Example
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H72) & Chr$(n)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
64
Select or cancel upside down printing mode
ASCII ESC { n

Hexadecimal 1B 7B n

Decimal 27 123 n

Value of n l 0 (Bit0)—Off
l 1 (Bit0)—On

Range of n 0–255

Default 0 (Bit0)—Off

This command turns upside-down print mode on or off. Only the lowest bit of n
is effective.

The upside-down print mode is also cancelled by Select 90 Degrees Counter-

Clockwise Rotated Print (1B 2B) command.

Exceptions:
The command is valid only when it is specified at the beginning of a line.

Limitation:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.
Summary of rotated printing
The following table shows the final output based on the combinations of Select
or Cancel Upside & Down Printing Mode (1B 7B), Select or Cancel 90 Degrees
Clockwise Rotated Print (1B 56) and Select 90 Degrees Counter-Clockwise
Rotated Print (1B 2B).

Upside Down Rotate Clockwise Rotate Counter-Clockwise

Output
(1B 7B) (1B 56) (1B 2B)

Off Off Off

Off On X

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
65
Upside Down Rotate Clockwise Rotate Counter-Clockwise
Output
(1B 7B) (1B 56) (1B 2B)

On Off X

On On X

X X On

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
66
Select character size
ASCII GS ! n

Hexadecimal 1D 21 n

Decimal 29 33 n

Value of n l Bit 0 to 3—Height magnification (0–7)

l Bit 4 to 7—Width magnification (0–7)

Range of n 0 ≤ n ≤ 7, 16 ≤ n ≤ 23, 32 ≤ n ≤ 39, 48 ≤ n ≤ 55, 64 ≤ n 71, 80 ≤ n ≤ 87, 96 ≤ n ≤ 103,

112 ≤ n ≤ 119

Default 0

This command selects the character height by bits 0 to 3 and the character width
by bits 4 to 7, as follows:
Character Width Selection

Hex Decimal Width

00 0 1 time (normal)

10 16 2 times

20 32 3 times

30 48 4 times

40 64 5 times

50 80 6 times

60 96 7 times

70 112 8 times

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
67
Character Height Selection

Hex Decimal Height

00 0 1 time (normal)

01 1 2 times

02 2 3 times

03 3 4 times

04 4 5 times

05 5 6 times

06 6 7 times

07 7 8 times

Exceptions:
This command is not effective for bar code HRI characters.

Limitation:
This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)
proportional font mode. For more information, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
68
Select or cancel white/black reverse print mode
ASCII GS B n

Hexadecimal 1D 42 n

Decimal 29 66 n

Value of n l 0 (Bit0)—Off
l 1 (Bit0)—On

Range of n 0–255

Default of n 0 (Bit0)—Off

This command turns White/Black reverse print mode on or off. Only the lowest
bit of n is effective.

In this mode, print dots and non-print dots are reversed. It is also applied to
character specified by Set Character Right-Side Spacing command (1B 20).

However, it is not applied to all vertical spacing such as line feed and horizontal
spacing created by Horizontal Tab (09), Set Absolute Stmed2ing Position
command (1B 24), and Set Relative Print Position command (1B 5C). Whil the
printer is printing data in white/black reverse print mode, the underline mode is
temporarily disabled.

Limitation:
This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)
proportional font mode. For more information, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
69
Selects superscript or subscript modes
ASCII US ENQ n

Hexadecimal 1F 05 n

Decimal 31 05 n

Value of n l 0—Normal size

l 1—Select subscript size
l 2—Select superscript size

Default 0 (normal size)

This command turns superscript or subscript modes on or off.

Limitation:
This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)
proportional font mode. For more information, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
70
Graphics commands
Store the graphics data in the print buffer
ASCII GS 8L p1, p2, p3, p4 m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1, p2, p3, p4 m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Decimal 29 40 76 p1, p2, p3, p4 m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Range of pn 12 ≤ (p1 + p2 × 256 + p3 × 65536 + p4 × 16777216) ≤ 165900

(0 ≤ p1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p2 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p3 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p4 ≤ 255)

It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data

after p4.

Value of m 48

Value of fn 112

Value of a 48, 52

Value of bx 1, 2

Value of by 1, 2

Range of xL, xH 1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 576 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 2)

Range of yL, yH 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)

Range of c l 49 (when a = 48)

l 49 ≤ c ≤ 52 (when a = 52)

Range of d 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Value of k (int ((xL + xH × 256) + 7) / 8) × (yL + yH × 256)

This command stores the graphic data (raster format) in the print buffer.

a Specifies the data format of the defined data.

l 48—Monochrome (digital)
l 52—Multi-tone

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
71
bx, by Specifies the size of the graphic image.

The graphic image is enlarged by bx and by in the horizontal and vertical directions.

xL, xH Specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH x 256).

yL, yH Specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL +yH x 256)

c Specifies the color of the defined data.

l 49—Color 1
l 50—Color 2
l 51—Color 3
l 52—Color 4

The color of the selectable defined data (c) is Color 1 when a = 48 (monochrome).

The colors of the selectable defined data (c) are Color 1 ~ Color 4 when a = 52
(multi-tone).

d Specifies the defined data (raster format).

Note
To print long grayscale image larger than over maximum range of height
size (y=2304) with this command, it is recommended to divide image to
small image block per height size (y=50) to print smoothly. For USB NHPI
interface, it is recommended to set USB speed mode setting to High speed
mode to print smoothly.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
72
Print the graphics data in the print buffer
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn)

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 2, 50

This command prints the buffered graphics data stored by Store the graphics
data in the print buffer command.

Print raster graphics

ASCII DC1n1 ... nk

Hexadecimal 11n1 ... nk

Decimal 17n1 ... n72

Value of n n specifies the defined data (Raster image format)

Range of n 0–255

Value of k l 72—80 mm
l 53—58 mm

This command prints one raster image data.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
73
Define bitmap file as logo
ASCII ESC (+*.BMP file)

Hexadecimal 1B (+*.BMP file)

Decimal 27 (+*.BMP file)

Value l Maximum width—576

l Maximum height—512

This command defines the monochrome BMP file as the user-define logo into the
target memory. As for the detail of logo definition sequence, please refer to
Select the current logo on page 79.

Exceptions:
BMP file images must be monochrome image format, otherwise it is ignored. If
the logo size of this command is larger than the free space of the user-defined
logo area of the flash memory, a logo is tentatively stored into RAM and this
status is reflected to bit 3 in Flash memory user sector status (parameter n=4, 52)
of Transmit Status (1D 72) command.

This command is sharing the same flash memory / RAM area with Define Logo in
Flash Memory by the key code command or Define Logo in RAM by the key code
command. However, they are incompatible with each other due to different
command parameters and data storing structure.

When this command is executed, all images stored in the user defined logo area
of the flash memory / RAM defined by Define Logo in Flash Memory by the key
code command or Define Logo in RAM by the key code command are erased.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
74
Select bit image mode
ASCII ESC * m n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Hexadecimal 1B 2A m n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Decimal 27 42 m n1 n2 d1 ... dn

This command prints the bit image data by "d" according to the mode specified
by m as follows.
Values (m):

Vertical
m Mode Horizontal direction Number of Dots/Line
direction

0 8 Dot Single 8 (68 DPI) l 0–288 (101DPI, 80 mm) l 8x288 (80 mm)
Density
l 0–212 (101DPI, 58 mm) l 8x212 (58 mm)

1 8 Dot Double 8 (68 DPI) l 0–576 (203DPI, 80 mm) l 8x576 (80 mm)
Density
l 0–424 (203DPI, 58 mm) l 8x424 (58 mm)

32 24 Dot Single 24 (203 DPI) l 0–288 (101DPI, 80 mm) l 24x288 (80 mm)
Density
l 0–212 (101DPI, 58 mm) l 24x212 (58 mm)

33 24 Dot Double 24 (203 DPI) l 0–576 (203DPI, 80 mm) l 24x576 (80 mm)
Density
l 0–424 (203DPI, 58 mm) l 24x424 (58 mm)

Values (n and d):

n (8 Dot Single Density n (24 Dot Single Density

d
Mode) Mode)

n1 + (256 x n2) 3 x [ n1 + (256 x n2)] Number of bytes of Data

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
75
Formulas:

l 8 Dot Single Density n1 + (256 x n2)

l 24 Dot Single Density 3 x [n1 + (256 x n2)]

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
76
Print advanced raster graphics
ASCII ESC . m n rl rh d1 … dn

Hexadecimal 1B 2E m n rl rh d1 … dn

Decimal 27 46 m n rl rh d1 … dn

Value of m Horizontal offset from left margin = 8 x m dots

Value of n Number of data bytes that compose the raster

Value of r Number of raster lines (256 x rh + rl)

Value of d d1 … dn

Range 0 ≤ m, n ≤ 72 (80mm), 0 ≤ m, n ≤ 53 (58mm)

0 ≤ r ≤ 65536
0 ≤ d1 … dn ≤ 255

It prints the raster graphic data specified by "d" with the offset value specified by
"m".

Exceptions:
Advanced Raster graphics is not available in Page Mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
77
Select single-density graphics
ASCII ESC Kn1 n2 d1 … dn

Hexadecimal 1B 4Bn1 n2 d1 ... dn

Decimal 27 75n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Values:

n d

3 x (n1 + 256 x n2) Number of Bytes of Data

This command prints the bit image data defined by "d" in 24 dots single density
mode. the usage of this command is completely same as 24 Dot Single Density
Mode (m=32) of Select Bit Image Mode (1B 2A m n1 n2 d1 ... dn)
command.

Select double-density graphics

ASCII ESC Y n1 n2 d1 … dn or ESC L n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Hexadecimal 1B 59 n1 n2 d1 ... dn or 1B 4C n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Decimal 27 89 n1 n2 d1 ... dn or 27 76 n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Values:

n d

3 x [n1 + (256 x n2)] Number of Bytes of Data

This command prints the bit image data defined by "d" in 24 dots double density
mode. The usage of this command is completely same as 24 Dot Double Density
Mode (m=33) of Select Bit Image Mode (1B 2A m n1 n2 d1 ... dn)
command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
78
Select the current logo
ASCII GS # n

Hexadecimal 1D 23 n

Decimal 29 35 n

Value of n Logo ID

Range of n 0–255

This command selects the current user-defined logo according to ID specified by

"n" when a user defines a logo or prints a logo.
Logo definition
This command specifies the logo ID so that the logo is defined with this ID
whenever a user defines a logo. To specify the logo ID, follow these steps:

1. Select the current logo with ID by this command.

2. Specify the target memory (RAM or Flash memory) to define the current
logo by Select Memory Type for User Defined Data (1D 22 n) command.
3. Define the current logo by either Define Bitmap File as Logo(1B + BMP file)
command or Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1 ... dn)
command.

If there is the existing logo with same ID already, the new logo replaces it, and
the old logo is deactivated. the deactivated logo data is not erased from the user-
defined logo area.
Logo print
This command specifies the logo ID that the user intends to print. To print the
logo, follow these steps:

1. Select the current logo with ID by this command.

2. Print the logo by Print Current Logo (1D 2F m) command.

The current logo selected is not changed either until the different ID is specified
by this command or the printer is turned off. The default ID after power on is
zero.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
79
Related information
Select Memory Type for User Defined Data (1D 22 n)

Print Current Logo (1D 2F m)

Define Bitmap File as Logo (1B + BMP file) command

Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1 ... dn) command

Erase User-defined storage area in Flash Memory (1D 40 n)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
80
Define bit image as logo
ASCII GS * n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Hexadecimal 1D 2A n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Decimal 29 42 n1 n2 d1 ... dn

Value of n1 See the following table.

Value of n2 See the following table.

Value of d See the following table.

Value of n1 Value of n2 Value of d

1–72 1–64 Bytes of Data

(8 x n1: Number of Horizontal
(Number of vertical Bytes)* (Printed down, then across)
dots)

The number of bytes sent is calculated by the following formula:

n = 8 x n1 x n2 (1 ≤ n1 ≤ n2 ≤ 4608)

It defines the user-defined logo into the target memory in the same manner as
Define Bitmap File as Logo (1B+BMP file) command. For more information,
refer to "Select the Current Logo" section of Graphics commands on page 71.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
81
Format of the downloaded bit image:

Exceptions:
If the logo size of this command is larger than the free space of the user-defined
logo area of the flash memory, a logo is tentatively stored into RAM and this
status is reflected to bit 3 in Flash memory user sector status (parameter n=4, 52)
of Transmit Status (1D 72) command.

This command is sharing the same flash memory / RAM area with Define Logo in
Flash Memory by the key code command or Define Logo in RAM by the key code
command. However, they are incompatible with each other due to different
command parameters and data storing structure.

When this command is executed, all images stored in the user defined logo area
of the flash memory / RAM defined by Define Logo in Flash Memory by the key
code command or Define Logo in RAM by the key code command are erased.

In RS232C interface, DSR signal is activated (ON) while writing logo data into the
flash memory.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
82
Print current logo
ASCII GS / m

Hexadecimal 1D 2F m

Decimal 29 47 m

Value and range of m:

Value of m Print Mode Vertical DPI Horizontal DPI

0 Normal 203 203

1 Double Width 203 101

2 Double Height 101 203

3 Quadruple 101 101

This command prints the current logo. For more information, refer to "Select the
Current Logo" section of Graphics commands on page 71.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
83
Print logo
ASCII FS p n m

Hexadecimal 1C 70 n m

Decimal 28 112 n m

Value of n Logo ID

Range of n 0–255

Value and range of m:

Horizontal DPI (Dot density

Value of m Print Mode Vertical DPI
measured in dots per inch)

0 Normal 203 203

1 Double Width 203 101

2 Double Height 101 203

3 Quadruple 101 101

This command prints the logo specified by n in the density specified by m. For
more information, refer to "Select the Current Logo" section of Graphics
commands on page 71.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
84
Convert 6 Dots/mm bitmap to 8 Dots/mm bitmap
ASCII US EOT n

Hexadecimal 1F 04 n

Decimal 31 04 n

Value of n l 0—off
l 1—on

Default 0 (Off)

This command converts 6 dot/mm image data to 8 dots/mm. Once it is enabled,

all image data such as logos and graphics are expanded horizontally and verticaly
to emulate its size on a 6 dot/mm printer. It also emulates the horizontal
specified by the horizontal positioning commands.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
85
Delete user-defined logo in flash memory
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL p m fn kc1 kc2

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Range of pL, pH 0 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 65535

It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after pH.

Value of pL, pH 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 66

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

This command deletes the logo in the user-defined logo area of the flash
memory defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2) of Define Logo in Flash Memory
by the key code command.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for logos defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo
(1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2
d1 ... dn) command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
86
Define logo in flash memory by the key code
ASCII GS 8L p1, p2, p3, p4 m n fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1, p2, p3, p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b

Range of pn 12 ≤ (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) ≤ 663566

(0 ≤ p1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p2 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p3 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p4 ≤ 255)

It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after p4.

Value of m m = 48

Value of fn fn = 67

Value of a a = 48, 52

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Range of b l b=1 (when a = 48)

l 1 ≤ b ≤ 4 (when a = 52)

Range of xL, xH 1 ≤ (xL + xH x 256) ≤ 576 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 2)

Range of yL, yH 1 ≤ (yL + yH x 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)

Range of c l c=49 (when a = 48)

l 49 ≤ c ≤ 52 (when a = 52)

Value of k k = (int ((xL + xH x 256) + 7) / 8) x (yL + yH x 256)

This command defines the graphics data (raster format) as the logo specified by
the key codes (kc1, kc2) in the user-defined logo area of the flash memory.

a Specifies the data format of the defined data.

l 48—Monochrome (digital)
l 52—Multi-tone

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
87
 b Specifies the number of the color of the defined data.

The number of the selectable color (b) is 1 when a = 48 (monochrome).

The number of the selectable color (b) is 1–4 when a = 52 (multi-tone).

xL, xH Specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as

(xL + xH x 256).

yL, yH Specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as

(yL +yH x 256).

c Specifies the color of the defined data.

l 49—Color 1
l 50—Color 2
l 51—Color 3
l 52— Color 4

The color of the selectable defined data (c) is Color 1 when a = 48 (monochrome).

The colors of the selectable defined data (c) are Color 1 ~ Color 4 when a = 52
(multi-tone).

d Specifies the defined data (raster format).

Exceptions:
The maximum width of each logo is 576/203 inches, and the maximum height of
each logo is 2304/203 inches. If a logo size is more than this, it is not printed.

If the graphic size defined by this command is larger than the free space of the
user defined logo area of the flash memory, it firstly erases all logo data in the
user-defined area and defines this new logo data. To avoid erasure on the
current logo data in the user-defined area, it is recommended to use the
Transmit Remaining Size for User-defined Logo Area command to validate the
remain flash memory / RAM size can fit by new define logo size

This command is sharing the same flash memory / RAM area with the Define
Bitmap File as Logo (1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo
command. However, they are incompatible with each other due to different
command parameters and data storing structure.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
88
When this command is executed, all images stored in the user defined logo area
of the flash memory defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo (1B + BMP file)
command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1 ... dn)
command are erased.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
89
Print user-defined logo in flash memory
ASCII GS 8L ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Range of pL, pH 0 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 65535

It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after pH.

Value of pL, pH 6 (pL = 6, pH = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 69

Range of Kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of Kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Value of x 1, 2

Value of y 1, 2

This command prints the user-defined logo defined by the key codes (kc1 and
kc2) of Define Logo in Flash Memory by the key code command. The logo image
is enlarged by x and y in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for logos defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo
(1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1
... dn) command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
90
Delete user-defined logo in RAM
ASCII GS 8L ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Range of pL, pH 0 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 65535

It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after pH.

Value of pL, pH 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 82

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

This command deletes the logo in the user-defined logo area of RAM defined by
the key codes (kc1 and kc2) of Define Logo in RAM by the key code command.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for logos defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo
(1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2
d1 ... dn) command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
91
Define logo in RAM by the key code
ASCII GS 8L ( p1, p2, p3, p4, m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1, p2, p3, p4, m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b

Value of pn 12 ≤ (p1 + p2 x 256 + p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) ≤ 663566

(0 ≤ p1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p2 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p3 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p4 ≤ 255)

It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after p4.

Value of m 48

Value of fn 83

Value of a 48, 52

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Range of b 1 (when a = 48)

1 ≤ b ≤ 4 (when a = 52)

Range of xL, xH 1 ≤ (xL + xH x 256) ≤ 576 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 2)

Range of yL, yH 1 ≤ (yL + yH x 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)

Range of c 49 (when a = 48)

49 ≤ c ≤ 52 (when a = 52)

Range of d 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Value of k k = (int ((xL +xH x 256) + 7) / 8) x (yL + yH x 256)

This command defines the graphics data (raster format) as the logo specified by
the key codes (kc1, kc2) in the user-defined logo area of RAM. Graphic data
format is completely same as Define Logo in Flash Memory by the key code
command (1D 38 4C).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
92
 a Specifies the data format of the defined data.

l 48—Monochrome (digital)
l 52—Multi-tone

b Specifies the number of the color of the defined data.

The number of the selectable color (b) is 1 when a = 48 (monochrome).

The number of the selectable color (b) is 1–4 when a = 52 (multi-tone).

xL, xH Specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as

(xL + xH x 256).

yL, yH Specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as

(yL +yH x 256)

c Specifies the color of the defined data.

l 49—Color 1
l 50—Color 2
l 51—Color 3
l 52—Color 4

The color of the selectable defined data (c) is Color 1 when a = 48 (monochrome).

The colors of the selectable defined data (c) are Color 1 ~ Color 4 when a = 52
(multi-tone).

d Specifies the defined data (raster format).

Exceptions:
The maximum width of each logo is 576/203 inches, and the maximum height of
each logo is 2304/203 inches. If a logo size is more than this, it is not printed.

If the graphic size defined by this command is larger than the free space of the
user defined logo area of the flash memory, it firstly erases all logo data in the
user-defined area and defines this new logo data. To avoid erasure on the
current logo data in the user-defined area, it is recommended to use the
Transmit Remaining Size for User-defined Logo Area command to validate the
remain flash memory / RAM size can fit by new define logo size.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
93
This command is sharing the same flash memory / RAM area with Define Bitmap
File as Logo (1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo command.
However, they are incompatible with each other due to different command
parameters data storing structure.

When this command is executed, all images stored in the user defined logo area
of RAM defined by Define Bit Image as Logo (1B + BMP file) command and Define
Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1 ... dn) command are erased.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
94
Print user-defined logo in RAM
ASCII GS ( L pL, pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Value of pn 0 ≤ (pL + pH x 256 ) ≤ 65535

It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after pH.

Value of pL, pH 6 (pL= 6, pH = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 85

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Value of x 1, 2

Value of y 1, 2

This command prints the user-defined logo defined by the key codes (kc1 and
kc2) of Define Logo in RAM by the key code command. the logo image is enlarged
by x and y in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for logos defined by Define Bit Image as Logo (1B
+ BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1
... dn) command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
95
Enable watermark printing
ASCII GS ( L pL, pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y b yL, yH

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y b yL, yH

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y b yL, yH

Range of pL, pH 0 ≤ (pL + pH x 256 ) ≤ 65535

It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after pH.

Value of pL, pH 9 (pL= 9, pH = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 99

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Value of x 1, 2

Value of y 1, 2

Range of b 0≤b≤5

Range of yL, yH 1 ≤ (yL + yH ≤ 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)

x, y It specifies the horizontal / vertical magnification. The watermark is

enlarged by x and y in the horizontal and vertical directions.

b It specifies the alignment of the watermark.

l 0—Left alignment
l 1—Center alignment
l 2—Right alignment
l 3—Roll 1 (Left→Center → Right → Left → ...)

l 4—Roll 2 (Right → Center → Left → Right → ...)

l 5—Twist (Left → Center → Right → Center → Left → ...)

yL, yH It specifies the offset from the bottom of one watermark to the top of
the next watermark by the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL
+ yH x 256).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
96
This command enables to use the logo defined by either Define Logo in Flahs
Memory by the key code (kc1 and kc2) command or Define Logo in RAM by the
key code (kc1 and kc2) as watermark.

If the key code (kc1 and kc2) is out of the range or there is no logo registered in
the specified key code, it disables the watermark.

If there are data in the print buffer when the watermark is enabled by this
command, the printer enables the watermark after it forcefully all prints data in
the print buffer with one line feed at the end.

It similarly prints all the data in the print buffer when the watermark is disabled
by this command.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for logos defined by Define Bit Image as Logo (1B
+ BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1
... dn) command.
Due to the memory restriction, one cycle of the watermark, which includes offset
as follows, has to be within 2500 raster (12.3 inches), and the height of a logo
printed in Watermark mode has to be within 2250 raster (11 inches).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
97
Transmitting remaining size for user-defined logo area
ASCII GS ( L pL, pH m fn

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn

Range (pL + pH x 256 ) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn l 3, 51—Flash memory

l 4, 52—RAM

This command transmits the remaining memory size for user-defined Logo area
in either flash memory or RAM.

Note
The response format is shown in the following table. The decimal value is
converted to text data and sent starting from the high order end.

Example
123456 bytes for RAM size → 0x37 0x32 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36
0x00

Response Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37 H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier l 31 H (Flash memory) l 49 (Flash memory) 1 byte

l 32 H (RAM) l 50 (RAM)

(3) Data 30 H to 39H 48 to 57 1 to 8 bytes

(4) NUL 00H 0 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
98
Draw Line
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS ( Q pl ph fn x1L x1H y1L y1H x2L x2H y2L y2H c m1 m2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 51 pl ph fn x1L x1H y1L y1H x2L x2H y2L y2H c m1 m2

Decimal 29 40 81 pl ph fn x1L x1H y1L y1H x2L x2H y2L y2H c m1 m2

Range of n 0 – 255

Default (pL + pH x 256) = 12 (pL = 12, pH = 0)

Value of fn 48

Value of c 1

Range of m1 1–3

Value of m2 48

When the start position specified with ESC T is top left or bottom right:

l (x1L + x1H × 256) = 0 – 575 (80mm paper width)

l (x1L + x1H × 256) = 0 – 423 (58mm paper width)
l (y1L + y1H × 256) = 0 – 1999
l (x2L + x2H × 256) = 0 – 575 (80mm paper width)
l (x2L + x2H × 256) = 0 – 575 (58mm paper width)
l (y2L + y2H × 256) = 0 – 1999

When the start position specified with ESC T is bottom left or top right:

l (x1L + x1H × 256) = 0 – 1999

l (y1L + y1H × 256) = 0 – 575 (80mm paper width)
l (y1L + y1H × 256) = 0 – 423 (58mm paper width)
l (x2L + x2H × 256) = 0 – 1999
l (y2L + y2H × 256) = 0 – 575 (80mm paper width)
l (y2L + y2H × 256) = 0 – 423 (58mm paper width)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
99
This command saves the line data in the print buffer when Page Mode is
selected.

x1L, x1H, y1L, y1H set the line drawing start coordinate [X start position, Y start
position] as the start position reference.

l X start position: [(x1L + x1H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units]
l Y start position: [(y1L + y1H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units]

x2L, x2H, y2L, y2H set the line drawing end coordinate [X end position, Y end
position] as the start position reference.

l X end position: [(x2L + x2H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units]
l Y end position: [(y2L + y2H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units]

Note
Start position (X,Y) and end position (X,Y) should not exceed printable area
set by ESC W.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
100
m1 sets the types of line. The line width differs according to the model.

m1 Line type

1 Continuous line: Thin

2 Continuous line: Moderately thick

3 Continuous line: Thick

X and Y are the horizontal and vertical motion units used for the start position
specified with ESC T changed as shown in the following table.

ESC T start Horizontal and vertical motion

Start /end position
position units used

Top left or X: Vertical in relation to paper feed direction X: Horizontal (vertical in relation
bottom right (horizontal direction of characters) to paper feed direction)

Y: Paper feed direction (Vertical direction of Y: Vertical (Paper feed direction)

characters)

Top right or X: Paper feed direction (horizontal direction of X: Vertical (Paper feed direction)
bottom left characters)

Y: Vertical in relation to paper feed direction Y: Horizontal (Vertical in relation

(Vertical direction of character) to paper feed direction)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
101
If the line width is 2 dots or more, the line is thickened according to the rules
shown in the following table.

Condition 1 Condition 2 Line thickening method

Y start position=Y end position (lines X start position < Thickened downward as seen with
horizontal in relation to characters) X end position the start position at top left

X start position > Thickened upward as seen with the

X end position start position at top left

X start position =X end position (lines Y start position < Thickened rightward as seen with
vertical in relation to characters) Y end position the start position at top left

Y start position > Thickened leftward as seen with the

Y end position start position at top left

Note
When this function is executed, the printing position does not change.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
102
Draw Rectangle
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS ( Q pl ph fn x1L x1H y1L y1H x2L x2H y2L y2H c m1 m2 m3 m4

Hexadecimal 1D 28 51 pl ph fn x1L x1H y1L y1H x2L x2H y2L y2H c m1 m2 m3 m4

Decimal 29 40 81 pl ph fn x1L x1H y1L y1H x2L x2H y2L y2H c m1 m2 m3 m4

Range of n 0– 255

Default (pL + pH x 256) = 14 (pL = 14, pH = 0)

Value of fn 49

Value of c 1

Range of m1 1–3

Value of m2 48

Value of m3 48

Value of m4 1

When the start position specified with ESC T is top left or bottom right:

l (x1L + x1H × 256) = 0 – 575 (80mm paper width)

l (x1L + x1H × 256) = 0 – 423 (58mm paper width)
l (y1L + y1H × 256) = 0 – 1999
l (x2L + x2H × 256) = 0 – 575 (80mm paper width)
l (x2L + x2H × 256) = 0 – 575 (58mm paper width)
l (y2L + y2H × 256) = 0 – 1999

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
103
When the start position specified with ESC T is bottom left or top right:

l (x1L + x1H × 256) = 0 – 1999

l (y1L + y1H × 256) = 0 – 575 (80mm paper width)
l (y1L + y1H × 256) = 0 – 423 (58mm paper width)
l (x2L + x2H × 256) = 0 – 1999
l (y2L + y2H × 256) = 0 – 575 (80mm paper width)
l (y2L + y2H × 256) = 0 – 423 (58mm paper width)

It saves the rectangle data in the print buffer when Page Mode is selected.

x1L, x1H, y1L, y1H set the rectangle drawing start coordinate [X start position, Y
start position] as the start position reference.

l X start position: [(x1L + x1H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units]
l Y start position: [(y1L + y1H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units]

x2L, x2H, y2L, y2H set the rectangle drawing end coordinate [X end position, Y end
position] as the start position reference.

l X end position: [(x2L + x2H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units]
l Y end position: [(y2L + y2H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units]

Note
Start position (X,Y) and end position (X,Y) should not exceed printable area
set by ESC W.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
104
m1 sets the types of line. The line width differs according to the model.

m1 Line type

1 Continuous line: Thin

2 Continuous line: Moderately thick

3 Continuous line: Thick

X and Y are the horizontal and vertical motion units used for the start position
specified with ESC T changed as shown in the following table.

ESC T start Horizontal and vertical motion

Start /end position
position units used

Top left or X: Vertical in relation to paper feed direction X: Horizontal (vertical in relation
bottom right (horizontal direction of characters) to paper feed direction)

Y: Paper feed direction (Vertical direction of Y: Vertical (Paper feed direction)

characters)

Top right or X: Paper feed direction (horizontal direction of X: Vertical (Paper feed direction)
bottom left characters)

Y: Vertical in relation to paper feed direction Y: Horizontal (Vertical in relation

(Vertical direction of character) to paper feed direction)

If the line width is 2 dots or more, the line is thickened towards the center of the
rectangle. If the specified rectangle size is smaller than the line width, the line is
not thickened more than the size of the rectangle.

Note
When this function is executed, the printing position does not change.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
105
Status commands
There are three methods to provide an application the printer status:

l Batch Status Commands—the batch status command is sent based on

the same manner as other commands / data. Therefore, it is stored in the
printer receiving buffer in order along with other commands / data received
and is processed in one by one according to order which have been
received.
Hence, the printer response time for this command is not immediate. It
depends on commands / data sent before this command.
l Real-Time Commands—the printer immediately processes this command
and takes a necessary action as the top priority as soon as it is received
regardless of the printer condition and commands / data which has
received before this command. The way to send the real time status
command depends on the interface. In USB Vendor Specific Class (Epic) and
RS232C interface mode, it is sent based on the same manner as other
commands / data.
Whereas, in USB PTPR and NHPI, it is differently sent as other commands /
data so that it is easy to identify a real time command in the printer. This is
because the printer has to immediately respond it.
In LAN interface, the data transfer method of this command depends on
the printer setting.
l Unsolicited Status Update (USU) messages—this is the event driven
status sent independently by the printer. Once this functionality is enabled,
whenever an event happens in the printer, it sends a system USU message
in order to inform this event.
USU message consists of 3 bytes. The upper 4 bits of each byte of USU are
fixed value so that a system can identify if this is USU or some status for a
status command.
The lower 4 bits of each byte of USU imply an event occurred in the printer.
USU is valid in USB Vendor Specific Class (Epic), NHPI and RS232C interface
mode. In USB PTPR and LAN interface, it is not available.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
106
Identification of the status
Some status for the batch status command and the real time status command
has the identifier as follows so that a system can identify a status.

Transmit peripheral device status

ASCII ESC u 0

Hexadecimal 1B 75 0

Decimal 27 117 0

Return Value Bit 0 Bit 1

l 1—Drawer 1 closed l 1—Drawer 2 closed

l 0—Drawer 1 open l 0—Drawer 2 open

(Bits 2–7 are not used; those are fixed to zero)

This command transmits the current status of the cash drawers. If a drawer is
not connected, this status indicates that the drawer is closed.

When the Receipt Synchronization setting is “Sync Mode 1” or “Sync Mode2”, and
the printer receives this batch status command, the printer does not reply to a
status until all data in the printer are completely processed (printed).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
107
Transmit printer status
ASCII ESC v

Hexadecimal 1B 76

Decimal 27 118

This command transmits the printer status.

Status Byte

Bit Function 0 Signifies 1 Signifies

0 Receipt Paper Ok Low

1 Receipt Cover or Front Cover Closed Open

2 Receipt Paper Ok Out or Jam

Note
Paper Jam will be detected depending on the Legacy
Paper Jam Option.

3 Knife Position Ok Jam

Note
Paper Jam will be detected depending on the Legacy
Paper Jam Option.

4 Not Used Fixed to Zero Fixed to Zero

5 Temperature In valid Too hot or too

range cold

6 Voltage In valid Too high or too

range low

7 Not Used Fixed to Zero Fixed to Zero

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
108
Related information:
Receipt paper low status (Bit 0) is not exactly matched to the paper low sensor
status. The set timing of the status bit is depending on Paper Low Detection
setting in the printer configuration.

Example
When Paper Low Detection is configured to Enable (Remaining 40ft), this
status bit is set as soon as the printer confirms that the paper low sensor
keeps indicating LOW.

Whereas, if it is configured to Enable (Remaining 10ft), this status bit is not set until
the printer prints 30 feet (40–10 ft) after it recognizes the sensor status changes
to low. In addition, if it is configured to Disable, this status bit is never set.

When the Receipt Synchronization setting is “Sync Mode 1” or “Sync Mode2”, and
the printer receives this batch status command, the printer does not reply to a
status until all data in the printer are completely processed (printed).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
109
Transmit printer ID
ASCII GS I n

Hexadecimal 1D 49 n

Decimal 29 73 n

Value of n l 1, 49—Printer model ID

l 2, 50—Type ID
l 3, 51—ROM version ID
l 4, 52—Logo definition

This command transmits the printer ID specified by n as follows:

n Printer ID Specification ID (hexadecimal)

1, 49 Printer model ID NCR 7194 0x19

2, 50 Type ID Installed options Refer to the following table

3, 51 ROM version ID ROM version 0x00 (Fixed)

4, 52 Logo Definition Logo Definition Refer to the following table

Type ID (n=2)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function Remarks

0 Off 00 0 No DBCS font is installed.

On 01 1 DBCD font is installed.

1 Off 00 0 Cutter is not installed.

On 02 2 Cutter is installed (Fixed to

On).

2 Off 00 0 Thermal Head Type 1

On 04 4 Thermal Head Type 2

3 - - - Undefined.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
110
 Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function Remarks

4 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

5 - - - Undefined.

6 - - - Undefined.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Type ID (n=4)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 No logo definition.

On 01 1 Logois registered.

1 - - - Undefined.

2 - - - Undefined.

3 - - - Undefined.

4 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

5 - - - Undefined.

6 - - - Undefined.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

When the Receipt Synchronization setting is “Sync Mode 1” or “Sync Mode2”, and
the printer receives this batch status command, the printer does not reply to a
status until all data in the printer are completely processed (printed).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
111
Transmit printer ID, remote diagnostics extension
ASCII GS I @ n

Hexadecimal 1D 49 40 n

Decimal 29 73 64 n

Value of n Refer to Table 1.

Range of n 32–255 (not all defined but reserved)

This command performs the remote diagnostic function specified by n as

described in the following table.

The printer returns all ASCII data. It is conducted by the parameter n to identify
the diagnostic item and is followed by a Carriage Return (0D) to signify the end of
the data.

If parameter relative to changing tally is specified, all the tally information

managed on RAM are saved into the flash memory. Apart from this, the following
conditions invoke updating the tally into the flash memory:

l Every one hour

l Before it prints Printer Configuration Form or Maintenance Information
Form
l Whenever the error is detected

When the Receipt Synchronization setting is “Sync Mode 1” or “Sync Mode2”, and
the printer receives this batch status command, the printer does not reply to a
status until all data in the printer are completely processed (printed).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
112
Table 1

Remote Diagnostic Item

n (hex) *It is valid when option Network I/F Function
card is installed.

20 Serial number Write to non-volatile memory

21 (10 digits ASCII) (Reserved)

23 Return serial number, Total 12 bytes

24 Class/model number Write to non-volatile memory

25 (15 digits ASCII) (Reserved)

27 Return Class/model number, Total 17 bytes

28 Printer (H/W) part number Write to non-volatile memory

29 (12 digits ASCII) (Reserved)

2A Return serial number, Total 14 bytes

2B Boot firmware part number Return Boot firmware part #, Total 14 bytes

(12 digit ASCII)

Note
Last digit is fixed to SPACE(0x20).

2F Boot firmware CRC Return Boot firmware CRC, Total 6 bytes

(4 digits ASCII)

33 Flash firmware part number Return Flash firmware part number, Total 14
bytes.
(12 digit ASCII)

Note
Last digit is fixed to SPACE(0x20).

37 Flash firmware CRC Return Flash firmware CRC, Total 6 bytes

(4 digit ASCII)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
113
 Remote Diagnostic Item
n (hex) *It is valid when option Network I/F Function
card is installed.

3B Table firmware CRC Return table firmware CRC, Total 6 bytes.

(4 digits ASCII)

3C Paper Low sensor calibration tally Clear Paper Low sensor calibration tally to 0.

3D (2 digit ASCII) Return Paper Low sensor calibration tally, Total

4 bytes.

46 Jam sensor calibration tally Clear Jam sensor calibration tally to 0.

47 (2 digit ASCII) Return Jam sensor calibration tally, Total 4

bytes.

4B SBCS (for Receipt) version Return SBCS (for Receipt) version, Total of 6
bytes (for POS printer)
(4 digits ASCII)

51 Overall sensor calibration tally Clear Overall sensor calibration tally to 0.

52 (2 digit ASCII) Return Overall sensor calibration tally, Total 4

bytes.

53 DBCS (for Receipt) version Return DBCS (for Receipt) version, Total of 6
bytes
(4 digits ASCII

60 DHCP address* (Reserved for production purpose)

61 (15 digits ASCII numeric Not used

e.g. “abc.def.knm.xyz”)
62 Not used

63 Return DHCP address, Total 17 bytes

64 TCP Port number* Write to non-volatile memory

65 (5 digits ASCII numeric "00000"~"65535") Not used

66 Not used

67 Return TCP Port number, Totall 7 bytes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
114
 Remote Diagnostic Item
n (hex) *It is valid when option Network I/F Function
card is installed.

68 UDP Port number* Write to non-volatile memory

69 (5 digits ASCII numeric "00000"~"65535") Not used

6A Not used

6B Return UDP Port number, Total 7 bytes

6C SNMP Community (R/W) * Write to non-volatile memory

6D (Maximum 16 digits ASCII numeric + Null Not used

terminator)
6E Not used

6F Return SNMP Community (R/W), Total 19 bytes

70 SNMP Trap 1 Community* Write to non-volatile memory

71 (Maximum 16 digits ASCII Not used

72 Not used

73 Return SNMP Trap Community, Total 19 bytes

74 SNMP Trap 2 Community* Write to non-volatile memory

75 (Maximum 16 digits ASCII numeric + Null Not used

terminator)
76 Not used

77 Return SNMP Trap 2 Community, Total 19

bytes

78 SNMP Trap 1 IP Address* Write to non-volatile memory

79 (15 digits ASCII numeric e.g. Not used

"abc.def.knm.xyz")
7A Not used

7B Return SNMP Trap 1 IP Address, Total 17 bytes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
115
 Remote Diagnostic Item
n (hex) *It is valid when option Network I/F Function
card is installed.

7C SNMP Trap 2 IP Address* Write to non-volatile memory

7D (15 digits ASCII numeric e.g. Not used

"abc.def.knm.xyz")
7E Not used

7F Return SNMP Trap 2 IP Address, Total 17 bytes

80 Receipt length tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

81 (Front Head, unit : Meter), (Reserved)

(8 digits ASCII numeric)
82 Clear receipt length tally to 0.

83 Return receipt length tally, total 10 bytes

84 Knife cut tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

85 (8 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

86 Clear Knife cut tally to 0.

87 Return Knife cut tally, Total 10 bytes

90 Hours on tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

91 (8 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

92 Clear Hours on tally to 0.

93 return Hours on tally, Total 10 bytes

97 Boot firmware version Return boot firmware version, Total 6 bytes

(4 digits ASCII)

9B Control Table version Return control table version, Total 6 bytes

(4 digits ASCII)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
116
 Remote Diagnostic Item
n (hex) *It is valid when option Network I/F Function
card is installed.

A3 Flash firmware version Return flash firmware version, Total 6 bytes

(4 digits ASCII)

A4 Flash cycles tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

A5 (8 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

A6 Clear Flash cycles tally to 0.

A7 Return Flash cycles tally, Total 10 bytes

A8 Knife jams tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

A9 (8 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

AA Clear Knife jams tally to 0.

AB Return Knife jams tally, Total 10 bytes

AC Cover open tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

AD (8 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

AE Clear Cover open tally to 0.

AF Return Cover open tally, Total 10 bytes

B0 Head Thermal head over heat tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

B1 (8 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

B2 Clear Thermal head over heat tally

B3 Return Thermal head over heat tally, Total 10

bytes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
117
 Remote Diagnostic Item
n (hex) *It is valid when option Network I/F Function
card is installed.

C8 Paper jam tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

C9 (8 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

CA Clear paper jam tally to 0.

CB Return paper jam tally, Total 10 bytes

D0 Dot Failure Information (Front Head) Not used

D1 (3 digits ASCII numeric) Not used

D2 Not used

D3 Return Dot Failure Information, Total 5 bytes

D8 PCB Part number Write to non-volatile memory

D9 (12 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

DA (Reserved)

DB Return PCB Part number, total 14 bytes

E0 Maintenance tally Write to non-volatile memory (max 99,999,999)

E1 (8 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

E2 Clear Maintenance tally to 0.

E3 Return Maintenance tally, Total 10 bytes

EC Configuration sector erase cycle tally, (Reserved)

ED (6 digits ASCII numeric) (Reserved)

EE (Reserved)

EF Return Erase cycle tally (max 999,999),

Total 8 bytes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
118
 Remote Diagnostic Item
n (hex) *It is valid when option Network I/F Function
card is installed.

F0 MAC address* (Reserved for production purpose)

F1 (17 digits ASCII numeric Not used

e.g. "abc.def.knm.xyz")
F2 Not used

F3 Return MAC address, Total 19 bytes

F4 IP address* Write to non-volatile memory

F5 (15 digits ASCII numeric Not used

e.g. "abc.def.knm.xyz")
F6 Not used

F7 Return IP address, Total 17 bytes

F8 Subnet mask* Write to non-volatile memory

F9 (15 digits ASCII numeric Not used

e.g. "abc.def.knm.xyz")
FA Not used

FB Return Subnet mask, Total 17 bytes

FC Default Gateway* Write to non-volatile memory

FD (15 digits ASCII numeric Not used

e.g. "abc.def.knm.xyz")
FE Not used

FF Return Default Gateway, Total 17 bytes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
119
Transmit status
ASCII GS r n

Hexadecimal 1D 72 n

Decimal 29 114 n

Value of n l 1, 49—Printer status

l 2, 50—Cash Drawer status
l 4, 52—Flash Memory status

This command transmits the status specified by n. This is a batch mode

command which transmits the response after all prior data in the receive buffer
has been processed. There may be a time lag between the printer receiving this
command and transmitting the response, depending on the receive buffer
status.

When the Receipt Synchronization setting is “Sync Mode 1” or “Sync Mode2”, and
the printer receives this batch status command, the printer does not reply to a
status until all data in the printer are completely processed (printed).

Printer Status (n = 1 or n = 49)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Receipt paper present.

On 01 1 Receipt paper is exhausted or jammed.

Note
Paper Jam is detected depending on the Legacy
Paper Jam Option. Refer to the 1F 11 command
table.

1 Off 00 0 Cover is closed.

On 02 2 Cover is opened.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
120
Printer Status (n = 1 or n = 49)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

2 Off 00 0 Receipt paper present.

On 04 4 Receipt paper is exhausted or jammed.

Note
Paper Jam is detected depending on the Legacy
Paper Jam Option. Refer to the 1F 11 command
table.

3 - - - Undefined.

4 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

5 - - - Undefined.

6 - - - Undefined.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Cash Drawer Status (n = 2 or n = 50)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 One or both cash drawers open.

On 01 1 Both cash drawers closed.

1 Off 00 0 One or both cash drawers open.

On 02 2 Both cash drawers closed.

2 - - - Undefined.

3 - - - Undefined.

4 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

5 - - - Undefined.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
121
Cash Drawer Status (n = 2 or n = 50)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

6 - - - Undefined.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Flash Memory User Sector Status (n = 4 or n = 52)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 - - - Undefined.

1 - - - Undefined.

2 Off 00 0 User data storage write successful

On 04 4 Failed to write to User data storage area.

User defined area not erased properly.

3 Off 00 0 Flash logo area is adequate.

On 08 8 Flash logo area was not adequate for the latest logo
registration.

Note
This status bit is available only for legacy logo
commands (1D 2A, 1B+BMP file).

4 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

5 Off 00 0 No user defined characters in flash memory.

On 20 32 User defined characters in flash memory

6 - - - Undefined

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
122
 Range of n l 1—4
l 49—52

Exceptions:
When n is out of the specified range, the command is ignored.

Send printer firmware version

ASCII US V

Hexadecimal 1F 56

Decimal 31 86

The printer returns 16 bytes containing the boot and Flash Firmware version. The
first 8 bytes returned are an ASCII string for the boot version. The second 8 bytes
are an ASCII string for the main firmware version.

The current firmware determines printer firmware version from the first 5 byte
of the 8 byte ASCII data returned from printer. (The last 3-byte data is always
“.00”.)

Example
When response is 31.31.2E.33.34.2E.30.30.35.36.2E.37.38.2E.30.30 (16
bytes), the boot version is 12.34.00 and the main firmware version is
56.78.00.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
123
Execute head failure detection

ASCII US SUB 02 00

Hexadecimal 1F 1A 02 00

Decimal 31 26 02 00

Response Result of the Head Failure Detection (3 bytes)

Response format table (3 bytes)

Description Byte #1 Byte #2 and #3

No Error 0x06 0x00, 0x00

Head Failure 0x15 Counter for number of dots damaged.

l First Byte—Lower byte of the counter

l Second Byte—Higher byte of the counter

The printer executes the Head Failure Detection and returns the result (3 bytes).
The first byte indicates the result (OK/NG) and the 2nd and 3rd bytes indicate the
number of dots damaged in the NG case. In OK case, 2nd byte and 3rd byte are
null.

Note
Bit7 (MSB) of Byte #1 is used to indicate the source of the thermal head
vendor as follows.

Byte #1

No Error Head Failure

Head source: K 0x06 0x15

(First source, existing head)

Head source: A 0x86 0x95

(second source)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
124
Get detail of head failure detection
ASCII US SUB 01 n

Hexadecimal 1F 1A 01 n

Decimal 36 26 01 n

Values of n l 00—Front Head

l 02—(Reserved)

Response Details of the Head Failure Detection (1+640x2 bytes)

Response format table (3 bytes)

Description Byte #1 Byte #2 to #1281

No Error 0x06 Resistance value of each dot. Each dot is indicated by 2 bytes.

Head Failure 0x15

The printer returns the details of each dot (1281 bytes) of the latest execution of
the dot failure detection. The first byte shows the result (OK/NG) and subsequent
bytes shows the resistance value of each dot.

This command does not execute the dot failure detection. Therefore, the dot
failure detection by the “Execute Head Failure Detection” command has to be
performed before this command, otherwise this command is ignored.

Note
Bit7 (MSB) of Byte #1 is used to indicate the source of the thermal head
vendor as follows.

Byte #1

No Error Head Failure

Head source: K 0x06 0x15

(First source, existing head)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
125
 Byte #1

No Error Head Failure

Head source: A 0x86 0x95

(second source)

This command does not execute the dot failure detection. Therefore, the dot
failure detection by the “Execute Head Failure Detection” command has to be
performed before this command, otherwise this command is ignored.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
126
Get print completion
ASCII US LF n

Hexadecimal 1F 0A n

Decimal 31 10 n

Value of n Identifier of print data.

0x00 for PFM and 0x01-0xFF for Print line identifier

Range of n 0x00 ≤ n ≤ 0xFF

Response Print completion for specified print data

Response format table (2 bytes)

Description Byte #1 Byte #2 to #1281

Print line status 0xAA n: 0x01 – 0xFF: Identifier of print data

PFM – power failure 0xAA 0x00

message status

Printer Error 0x66 n: 0x01– 0xFF: Identifier of print data

Note
Byte #1 0xAA represents Print Completion

This command gets the print completion status of the print data specified by n.

The printer returns the print completion response when it finishes printing the
data sent before this command. The printable data sent before this command is
identified by the parameter of this command. This command specifies ID for
print data sent before this command. And the printer returns the print
completion status with ID. Therefore, a host can know which data was
completed.

If the printer returns the 0x66 as the first byte response, it means the printer
cannot print data due to an error condition. In this case, the printer erases all
printable data.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
127
Also the printer does not return any response for the remaining Get print
completion commands once it returns the error status for this command when it
retains the plural Get print completion commands. In other words, the printer
erases not only the print data but also the retained Get print completion
commands in the printer when an error response is returned.

If the printer receives this command when it retains printable data, it starts
printing by force similar to receiving LF+CR.

Exceptions:
If the printer powered OFF during the transaction, then after the power on the
printer will respond (0xAA 0x00) to the Power Failure message.

Limitation:

l This command is valid when the Receipt Synchronization setting is Enabled

(mode3), and the Top Margin Compatible mode is not functional in this
mode (Receipt Synchronization = Mode3).
l This command is ignored in the page mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
128
Get print completion (Receipt Synchronization Mode3) sequence

Normal Scenario

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
129
Error scenario
Error Handling for the below scenarios will be treated same as depicted in below
sequence.

l Cover Open
l Paper End
l Paper Jam
l Cutter Jam
l Temperature Too High
l Temperature Too Low
l Head Damage
l Voltage Error

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
130
 Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
131
Power OFF scenario

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
132
Real-time commands
Real–time Commands are immediately processed regardless of the condition of
the receiving buffer and the printer status as soon as it's received.

Example
Even if the printer is in an error condition, it properly responds to a real–
time status command sent.

In addition to this, if a real–time command is received when there are some data
in the receive buffer, it is processed prior than the data in the receiving buffer.

In USB Vendor Specific Class (Epic) and RS232C interface mode, it is sent based
on the same manner as other commands/data. Therefore, there is a risk that the
printer might not be able to respond immediately if the printer receiving buffer is
full.

On the other hand, in USB PTPR and NHPI, it is differently sent as other
commands/data. Therefore, the printer can always respond immediately
regardless of the printer condition.

The real–time commands used in the network interface depends on the “RTC
Protocol” setting. When it is configured to TCP, command/status is transferred
via TCP port (port number 9100). When it is configured to UDP, command/status
is transferred via UDP port (port number 3000).

In UDP protocol, 4 bytes of the sequence number have to be added before real–
time commands. Otherwise, the printer does not properly process command.

Example
xxh xxh xxh xxh 1Dh 04h 01h (xxh xxh xxh xxh) is
sequence number.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
133
Real–time status transmission
ION / NHPI / RS232 / Ethernet

GS Sequence DLE Sequence

ASCII GS EOT n DLE EOT n

Hexadecimal 1D 04 n 10 04 n

Decimal 29 4 n 16 4 n

Values of n l 1—Transmit printer status

l 2—Transmit busy status
l 3—Transmit error status
l 4—Transmit receipt paper status
l 5—(Reserved)
l 6—Transmit error other status

PTPR

ASCII Since this command is used by Control transfer, the command strings
are not defined.

Hexadecimal 14 01 n (bRequest = 0x14, wValue = 0x01 n)

Decimal 20 01 n

Values of n l 1—Transmit printer status

l 2—Transmit RS-232C busy status
l 3—Transmit error status
l 4—Transmit receipt paper status
l 5—(Reserved)
l 6—Transmit error other status

The printer immediately transmits its status in accordance with the parameter n
once it receives this command.

This command includes two sequences, GS and DLE. In DLE sequence, an

application must send subsequent data (EOT, 0x04) within 100 milliseconds
after DLE (0x10). Otherwise the printer will misinterpret the DLE as Clear Printer

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
134
command. In order to avoid this, using GS sequence (1D 04 n) is
recommended.

Exceptions:
The command is ignored if n is out of range.
Transmit printer status (n=1)

Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to Off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to On.

2 Off 00 0 One or both cash drawers open.

On 04 4 Both cash drawers closed.

3 Off 00 0 On line state

On 08 8 Off line state

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On.

5 - - - Undefined.

6 - - - Undefined.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Transmit printer status (n=2)

Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to Off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to On.

2 Off 00 0 Cover is closed.

On 04 4 Cover is opened.

3 Off 00 0 Paper Feed Button is not pressed.

On 08 8 Paper Feed Button is pressed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
135
 Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On.

5 Off 00 0 Printing not stopped due to paper low.

On 20 32 Printing stopped due to paper low.

Note
This bit is available only when "Stop Receipt on
Receipt Low" is enabled by Select Sensors to Stop
Printing command.

6 Off 00 0 No error condition.

On 40 64 Error condition exists in the printer.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Transmit printer status (n=3)

Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to Off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to On.

2 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to Off.

3 Off 00 0 No Cutter error.

On 08 8 Cutter Error or Paper Jam Error.

Note
Paper Jam is detected depending on the Legacy Paper
Jam Option. Refer to the 1F 11 command table.

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On.

5 Off 00 0 No unrecoverable error.

On 20 32 Unrecoverable error occurred.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
136
 Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

6 Off 00 0 No abnormal Thermal head.

On 40 64 Thermal Head is disconnected or Illegal Head is

connected or Abnormal head temperature.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Transmit printer status (n=4)

Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to Off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to On.

2 Off 00 0 No paper low condition.

On 04 4 Paper low.

3 Off 00 0 No paper low condition.

On 08 8 Paper low.

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On.

5 Off 00 0 Paper present and no paper jam.

On 20 32 Paper exhausted or paper jam.

Note
Paper Jam is detected depending on the Legacy Paper
Jam Option. Refer to the 1F 11 command table.

6 Off 00 0 Paper present or no paper jam.

On 40 64 Paper exhausted or paper jam.

Note
Paper Jam is detected depending on the Legacy Paper
Jam Option. Refer to the 1F 11 command table.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
137
Paper low condition (Bit 2 and Bit 3) is not exactly matched to the paper low
sensor status. The set timing of status bit is depending on Paper Low Detection
setting in the printer configuration.

For example, when Paper Low Detection is configured to Enable (Remaining 40ft),
this status bit is set as soon as the printer confirms that the paper low sensor
keeps indicating LOW.

Whereas, if it is configured to Enable (Remaining 10ft), this status bit is not set until
the printer prints 30 feet (40–10 ft) after it recognizes the sensor status changes
to low. In addition, if it is configured to Disable, this status bit is never set.
Transmit printer status (n=6)

Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to Off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to On.

2 Off 00 0 No Thermal Head failure dots exist.

On 01 1 Thermal Head failure dots exist.

3 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to On.

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On.

5 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

6 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.

Thermal Head failure dots status (Bit 2) becomes valid once Execute Head Failure
Detection command (1F 1A 02 00) is processed or Printer Configuration Form
/ Maintenance Information Form is printed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
138
Real–time request to printer
ION / NHPI / RS232 / Ethernet

GS Sequence DLE Sequence

ASCII GS ETX n DLE ENQ n

Hexadecimal 1D 03 n 10 05 n

Decimal 29 3 n 16 5 n

Values of n l 1—Recover and restart

l 2—Recover and clear buffers

PTPR

ASCII Since this command is used by Control transfer, the command strings
are not defined.

Hexadecimal 15 02 n (bRequest = 0x15, wValue = 0x02 n)

Decimal 20 02 n

Values of n l 1—Recover and restart

l 2—Recover and clear buffers
l 3—(Reserved)

The printer immediately takes the recovery action from an error condition in
accordance with the parameter n once it receives this command. This command
is valid when the printer is in an error condition.

This command includes two sequences, GS and DLE. In DLE sequence, an

application must send subsequent data (EOT, 0x04) within 100 milliseconds
after DLE (0x10). Otherwise the printer will misinterpret the DLE as Clear Printer
command. In order to avoid this, using GS sequence (1D 04 n) is
recommended.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
139
n = 1:
It clears errors and restarts printing. This command does not affect any
attributes and settings specified by previous commands, and it does not clear
any data in the printer as well. Even if the error is cleared by this command, it will
detect same error again after recovery unless an inducement of the error is
eliminated.
n = 2:
It clears errors and buffers. This command does not affect any attributes and
settings specified by previous commands. Even if the error is cleared by this
command, it will detect same error again after recovery unless an inducement of
the error is eliminated.

Exceptions:
The command is ignored if n is out range.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
140
Extended real–time status transmission
ION / NHPI/ RS232 / Ethernet

ASCII DLE EM n

Hexadecimal 10 19 n

Decimal 16 25 n

PTPR

ASCII Since it is transferred by Control transfer, the command strings are not defined.

Hexadecimal 19 04 n (bRequest = 0x19, wValue = 0x04 n)

Decimal 25 04 n

Value of n l 0x01—(Reserved)
l 0x02—Error status
l 0x10—Detail Cutter Error status
l 0x11—Detail Printer Jam Error status
l 0x14—Detail Memory Error status
l 0x15—(Reserved)
l 0x16—Warning status
l 0x17—Other Printer status
l 0x23–0xF3—Diagnostic information

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
141
Error status (n=0x02)

Bit Function Value Remarks

0 Undefined 0

1 Undefined 0

2 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

3 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

4 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

5 Undefined 0

6 No Thermal Head Error. 0

Thermal Head is disconnected or Abnormal Head is 1

connected.

7 Fixed 1 Fixed to On.

Detail Cutter Error status (n=0x10)

Bit Function Value Remarks

0 Cutter position is at home. 0 It is not an error.

Sensor status.
Cutter position is not at home. 1

1 Undefined 0

2 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

3 Undefined 0

4 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

5 No Cutter error (It left home position correctly) 0 Cutter HP error.

Cutter error (It did not leave home position) 1

6 No Cutter error (It came back to Home) 0 Cutter HP error.

Cutter error (It didn't come back to home position) 1

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
142
 Bit Function Value Remarks

7 Fixed 1 Fixed to On.

Bit 5 and Bit 6 of this status are detail error status of Cutter Error that is assigned
at Bit3 in Transmit error status (n=3) of Real–time Status Transmission.
Detail printer jam error status (n=0x11)

Bit Function Value Remarks

0 No Paper Jam 0

Paper Jam 1

1 Undefined 0

2 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

3 Jam sensor is OFF. (No paper on jam sensor) 0 It is not an error.

Jam sensor is ON. (Paper on jam sensor) 1 Sensor status.

4 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

5 Undefined 0

6 Undefined 0

7 Fixed 1 Fixed to On.

These status bits are detail error status of Jam Error which is assigned at Bit2 in
Error status (n=0x02) of Extended Real-time Status Transmission.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
143
Detail thermal head 1 error status (n=0x12)

Bit Function Value Remarks

0 No failure dots in thermal head 0 This is not an error.

Some failure dots in thermal head 1 Warning.

1 No Thermal head overheat. 0 This is not an error.

Thermal head overheat (55–65°C) 1 Warning.

2 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

3 No illegal head is installed. 0

Illegal head is installed. (All are failure dots) 1

4 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

5 Thermal head temperature is installed properly. 0

Thermal head connector is disconnected. 1

6 Thermal head temperature is normal condition. 0 More than 90°C

Thermal head connector is disconnected. 1

7 Fixed 1 Fixed to On.

Bit0 is to report the result of thermal head failure detection. Therefore, the
thermal head failure detection must be performed before getting the latest
status of the failure dots.

Bit3, Bit5, and Bit6 of this status are details of Thermal Head Error assigned as
follows:

l Bit6 in Transmit error status (n=3) of Real-time Status Transmission

l Bit6 in Error status (n=2) of Extended Real-time Status Transmission

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
144
Detail Memory Error status (n=0x14)

Bit Function Value Remarks

0 (Reserved)

1 (Reserved)

2 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

3 No flash memory error in Diagnostics mode. 0

Flash memory check error in Diagnostics mode. 1

4 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

5 No RAM check error during boot-up. 0

RAM check error during boot-up. 1

6 No RAM check error in Diagnostics mode. 0

RAM check error in Diagnostics mode. 1

7 Fixed 1 Fixed to On.

Bit3, Bit5, and Bit6 of this status are detail of Unrecoverable Error which is
assigned at Bit5 in Transmit error status (n=3) of Real–time Status Transmission.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
145
Warning status (n=0x16)

Bit Function Value Remarks

0 Paper Low Sensor is OFF 0 Not warning.

Paper Low Sensor is ON 1 Sensor status.

1 No abnormal voltage 0

Abnormal voltage (24V) 1

2 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

3 (Reserved) 0

4 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

5 Sensor calibration has been successfully done. 0

Sensor calibration failed or hasn't been conducted yet. 1

6 (Reserved) 0

7 Fixed 1 Fixed to On.

Bit 0 indicates actual paper low sensor status. Based on this sensor status, the
printer firmware detects the paper low according to the “Paper Low Detection”
setting in the printer configuration.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
146
Other printer status (n=0x17)

Bit Function Value Remarks

0 Printer has no data to be printed. 0

Printer has data to be printed. 1

1 Cover open sensor OFF (Cover is closed) 0

Cover open sensor ON (Cover is opened) 1

2 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

3 PE sensor OFF (Paper exists) 0

PE sensor ON (Paper runs out) 1

4 Fixed 0 Fixed to Off.

5 Printer is not in the printing stage. 0

Printer is in the printing stage. 1

6 Printer has no data to be processed. 0

Printer has data to be processed. 1

7 Fixed 1 Fixed to On.

Bit 0, Bit 5, and Bit 6 of this status are to indicate a transaction status that the
printer firmware is currently processing. If all bits are zero, the printer is in
entirely idle condition.

l Bit 0—set when the printer has data to be printed. This bit includes the
status which invokes printer mechanical movement such as cash drawer
open, paper feed, printer exercise and so on. As soon as all data kept in the
printer have been printed, this bit is cleared.
l Bit 5—set when the printer is mechanically moving. e.g. feeding paper,
cutting paper and controlling the thermal head (Not only printing but also
the thermal head failure detection can be considered as controlling the
thermal head.)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
147
 l Bit 6—set when there are some data in the receiving buffer (both real–time
data and batch data) or in the transmitting buffer. As the first byte of the
data is received, this bit is set and it is cleared once the printer completes
processing all data in the receiving buffer (No data to process).

Diagnostic information (n=0x23-0xDF)

The printer returns all ASCII data for the information requested. It is preceded by
the parameter n to identify the diagnostic item and is followed by a Carriage
Return (0D) to signify the end of the data.

n (hex) Remote diagnostic item Function

23 Serial number It returns serial number, Total 12 bytes

27 Class/model number It returns Class/model number, Total

17 bytes

2A Printer (H/W) part number It returns Printer (H/W) part number,

Total 14 bytes
12 digit ASCII

2B Boot firmware part number It returns boot firmware part number,

Total 14 bytes.
12 digit ASCII

2F Boot firmware CRC It returns boot firmware CRC, Total 6

bytes.
4 digit ASCII

33 Flash firmware part number It returns flash firmware part number,

Total 14 bytes.
12 digit ASCII

37 Flash firmware CRC It returns flash firmware CRC, Total 6

4 digit ASCII bytes.

3B Table firmware CRC It returns flash firmware CRC, Total 6

bytes.
4 digit ASCII

3D Paper Low sensor calibration tally It returns Paper Low sensor calibration
tally, Total 4 bytes.
2 digit ASCII

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
148
n (hex) Remote diagnostic item Function

47 Jam sensor calibration tally It returns Jam sensor calibration tally,

Total 4 bytes.
2 digit ASCII

4B SBCS Version number It returns SBCS version number, Total 6

bytes.

52 Overall sensor calibration tally It returns Overall sensor calibration

tally, Total 4 bytes.
2 digit ASCII

53 DBCS Version number It returns DBCS version number, Total

6 bytes.

63 DHCP address It returns DHCP address, Total 17

bytes.
Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

67 TCP Port number. It returns TCP Port number, Total 7

bytes.

6B UDP Port number It returns UDP Port number, Total 7

bytes.
Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

6F SNMP Community (R/W) It returns SNMP Community (R/W),

Note Total 19 bytes.

It is valid when option Network I/F

card is installed.

73 SNMP Trap 1 Community It returns SNMP Trap 1 Community,

Total 19 bytes.
Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
149
n (hex) Remote diagnostic item Function

77 SNMP Trap 2 Community It returns SNMP Trap Community, Total

19 bytes.
Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

7B SNMP Trap 1 IP Address It returns SNMP Trap 1 IP Address,

Total 17 bytes.
Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

7F SNMP Trap 2 IP Address It returns SNMP Trap 2 IP Address,

Total 17 bytes.
Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

83 Receipt length tally (Front). It returns receipt lengths tally, Total 10

bytes.

87 Knife cut tally. It returns Knife cut tally, Total 10 bytes.

93 Hours on tally. It returns Hours on tally, Total 10 bytes.

97 Boot firmware version. It returns boot firmware version, Total

6 bytes.

9B Control Table version It returns Control table version, Total 6

bytes.

A3 Flash firmware version It returns flash firmware version, Total

6 bytes.

A7 Flash cycles tally It returns Flash cycles tally, Total 10

bytes

AB Knife jams tally It returns Knife jams tally, Total 10

bytes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
150
n (hex) Remote diagnostic item Function

AF Cover openings tally It returns Cover opening tally, Total 10

bytes

B3 Thermal head over heat tally It returns Thermal head over heat tally,
Total 10 bytes.

B7 SBCS Version number It returns SBCS version number, Total 6

bytes

BB DBCS Version number It returns DBCS version number, Total

6 bytes

CB Printer jam tally It returns Printer jam tally, Total 10

bytes

D3 Dot Failure (Front) info. It returns number of failure dots, total

5 bytes.

DB PCB part number It returns PCB part number, Total 14

bytes

E3 Maintenance tally It returns Maintenance tally, Total 10

bytes

F3 MAC address It returns MAC Address, Total 19 bytes.

Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

F7 IP Address It returns IP address, Total 17 bytes.

Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

FB Subnet mask It returns Subnet mask, Total 17 bytes.

Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
151
n (hex) Remote diagnostic item Function

FF Default Gateway It returns Default Gateway, Total 17

bytes.
Note
It is valid when option Network I/F
card is installed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
152
Real-time printer status transmission
ION / NHPI/ RS232 / Ethernet

ASCII GS ENQ

Hexadecimal 1D 05

Decimal 29 5

PTPR

ASCII Since this command is used by Control transfer, the command strings
are not defined.

Hexadecimal 05 05 (bRequest = 0x05, wValue = 0x05 0x00)

Decimal 05 05

The printer immediately transmits its status once it receives this command.
Value of byte:

Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Receipt paper adequate.

On 01 1 Receipt paper low.

1 Off 00 0 Receipt paper adequate.

On 02 2 Receipt paper low.

2 Off 00 0 Cover closed.

On 04 4 Cover open.

3 Off 00 0 Interface not busy.

On 08 8 Interface busy.

4 Off 00 0 One or both cash drawers open.

On 10 16 Both cash drawers closed.

5 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to Off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
153
Bit Status Hex Decimal Function

6 Off 00 0 No error condition.

On 40 64 Error condition exists in the printer.

7 On 80 128 Not used. Fixed to On.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
154
LED control request
ION / NHPI/ RS232 / Ethernet

ASCII GS z n

Hexadecimal 1D 7A n

Decimal 29 122 n

Values of n 1 to 32 (LED Pattern ID)

PTPR

ASCII Since it is transferred by Control transfer, the command strings are not defined.

Hexadecimal 17 06 n

Decimal 23 06 n

Values of n 1 to 32 (LED Pattern ID)

Pattern of each ID can be changed by LED Configuration command.

If the pattern is not configured by LED Configuration command, the default pattern
is used.

The printer controls the LED according to a request from the host specified by n
when the printer is configured to User mode of LED.

When this command is received, the printer resets (turns off) the current state of
all color of LED, and then it changes the LED state according to the new
parameter specified by this command.

Exceptions:
If the printer is in Auto mode of LED, this command is ignored.

The command is ignored if n is out of range.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
155
Real-time printer maintenance
ION / NHPI/ RS232 / Ethernet

ASCII GS SUB n

Hexadecimal 1D 1A n

Decimal 29 26 n

PTPR

ASCII Since it is transferred by Control transfer, the command strings are not defined.

Hexadecimal 18 07 n (bRequest = 0x18, wValue = 0x07 n)

Decimal 24 07 n

Values of n:

n Description

0x01 Store firmware detail log into non-volatile memory.

0x02 Return command number processing.

0x10 Return Cutter cycle time.

0x11 Return Cutter cycle time.

0x12 (Reserved)

0x13 (Reserved)

0x20 Paper Low sensor ON value (Stored by Sensor

Calibration)

0x21 Paper Low sensor OFF value (Stored by Sensor

Calibration)

0x22 Paper Low sensor Threshold value (Stored by Sensor

Calibration)

0x23 to 0x2E (Reserved)

0x2F Jam sensor ON value (Stored by Sensor Calibration)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
156
 n Description

0x30 Jam sensor OFF value (Stored by Sensor Calibration)

0x31 Jam sensor Threshold value (Stored by Sensor

Calibration)

0x32 to 0x34 (Reserved)

0x40 Paper Low sensor ON value (Recent)

0x41 Paper Low sensor OFF value (Recent)

0x42 to 0x4B (Reserved)

0x4A Jam sensor ON value (Recent)

0x4B Jam sensor OFF value (Recent)

0x4C to 0x4D (Reserved)

0x60 Paper Low sensor LED value (Stored by Sensor

Calibration)

0x64 Paper Jam sensor LED value (Stored by Sensor

Calibration)

It transmits one–byte maintenance related information of the printer.

Store firmware detail log into non-volatile memory (0x01)
It stores the detail firmware log recorded on RAM into the non-volatile memory
and transmits the one–byte status as soon as it completes storing the log.

Value of Status Byte:

l 0x06 (ACK): Log was successfully stored into non-volatile memory.

l 0x15 (NACK): Log was not successfully stored into non-volatile memory.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
157
Return command number processing (0x02)
It transmits Command No. of a command which the printer is currently
processing. The command number of each command is described in “Command
list”.

Value of Status Byte:

l Command No. (Refer 1. Command list in detail)

Return default full cut cycle time (0x10)

It transmits one cycle time of the full cut at the very beginning of the printer.

Value of Status Byte:

l One cycle full cut time. Unit is 10 msec.

Return latest cut cycle time (0x11)

It transmits the latest one cycle time of the knife cut.

Value of Status Byte:

l One cycle full cut time. Unit is 10 msec.

Return default sensor value (0x20 – 0x34)

It transmits the default sensor value calibrated.

Value of Status Byte:

l Sensor ON/OFF/Threshold value stored when each sensor is calibrated.

l If the sensor is not calibrated, zero is returned.

Return recent sensor value (0x40 – 0x4D)

It transmits the recent sensor value. The printer keeps monitoring sensor value
and returns the highest (OFF) and lowest (ON) value of this power on cycle.

Value of Status Byte:

l Sensor ON/OFF value which is lowest/highest during this power-on cycle.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
158
Return Default Sensor LED value (0x60 – 0x64)
It transmits the default sensor LED value calibrated.

Value of Status Byte:

l Sensor LED value stored when each sensor is calibrated.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
159
Real-time retrieve sensor value
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ION / NHPI/ RS232 / Ethernet

ASCII GS SUB n

Hexadecimal 1D 1A n

Decimal 29 26 n

PRTR

ASCII Since it is transferred by Control transfer, the command strings are not defined.

Hexadecimal 18 07 n (bRequest = 0x18, wValue = 0x07 n)

Decimal 24 07 n

Values of n l 0x00—Paper Low sensor value for Paper color ID1

l 0x01—Paper Low sensor value for Paper color ID2
l 0x02—Paper Low sensor value for Paper color ID3
l 0x03—Paper Low sensor value for Paper color ID4
l 0x10—Paper Jam sensor value for Paper color ID1
l 0x11—Paper Jam sensor value for Paper color ID2
l 0x12— Paper Jam sensor value for Paper color ID3
l 0x13—Paper Jam sensor value for Paper color ID4

This command returns 4 bytes of data Sensor ON value, Sensor OFF value,
Sensor Threshold, Sensor LED value.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
160
Unsolicited Status Update commands
Unsolicited status update validation
ASCII GS a n

Hexadecimal 1D 61 n

Decimal 27 97 n

Value of n 0–255

This command is used to check if the device supports Unsolicited Status Update
(USU).

The printer returns the 3-byte response “1AH, 9FH, 1FH” which indicate that the
printer supports Unsolicited Status Update. If printer does not support USU then
no response is returned from the printer.

Enable/disable unsolicited status update

ASCII GS US n

Hexadecimal 1D 1F n

Decimal 29 31 n

Value of n l 0—Disable Unsolicited Status Update

l 1—Enable Unsolicited Status Update

Default 0 (Disable)

Enable or Disable Unsolicited Status update from the printer to the host based
on value of n.

When USU is enabled, the printer sends the following response to the host based
on change of a sensor value or state.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
161
Baseline state request
ASCII GS RS US

Hexadecimal 1D 1E 1F

Decimal 29 30 31

The printer sends Unsolicited Status Update messages for all Sensors and States
supported by the firmware. This allows the Application, Driver or Control to
establish an initial picture of the state of the printer.

The following is the general message structure for the Unsolicited Status Update
messages.

The Unsolicited Message will always consist of at least three bytes. The top 4 bits
(7, 6, 5, 4) of each byte will be an identifier that when compared to the bytes
before and after it, will identify the byte as part of the three-byte Unsolicited
Status Update (USU) message. The remaining 4 bits (3, 2, 1, 0) will contain the
information that is being passed to the host from the printer.

The lower 4 bits of the first two bytes, when examined as continuous bits of a
single number, identify the sensor or state for which USU message is reporting a
change. The lower 4 bits of the last byte will identify the state that is being
reported to the host.

BIT

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Byte ( 1 ) 1 0 0 1 x x x x

Byte ( 2 ) 1 0 1 0 y y y y

Byte ( 3 ) 1 0 1 1 z z z z

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
162
The host can determine if any unsolicited 3-byte sequence from the printer is a
USU message by checking the upper 4 bits of the three bytes received. If the
upper 4 bits match those of the USU message, then the remaining lower 4 bits
are to be interpreted as the information bits of a USU message.

The information bits of a USU message are to be interpreted as follows:

l The lower 4 bits of Byte (1) and Byte (2) should be combined in the following
manner to constitute an identifier value in the range of 0–255.
l This identifier then determines how the host should interpret the state value
of the lower 4 bits of Byte (3).

Combined Bits from Byte (1) and Byte (2) in high bit to low bit order:

Identifier Value by Bit Definition

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

x x x x y y y y

Status update messages defined

The following table defines the sensor or state information specified by each
identifier value, and the meaning of the information in the lower 4 bits of the 3rd
byte for that identifier value. In cases where there are two different messages
that refer to the same RTC response bit, separate USU messages should be sent
if the printer firmware can distinguish between the events. If the firmware does
not have separate sensors, then a USU message should be chosen to send when
either event is encountered.

Note
RTC might be different for other printers.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
163
Identifier Description of sensor or state State
Meaning
Value (Hex) RTC Sensor Bit if Applicable Value

01 Receipt Paper Exhaust Sensor and Paper Jam 1 No paper available

Sensor for printing or no
paper jam.
Note
Paper Jam is detected depending on the
Legacy Paper Jam Option. Refer to the 1F 11
command table.

l RTC Response (10 04 04) – Bit 6 0 Paper available for

printing and no paper
jam.

02 Receipt Paper Low Sensor 1 Paper has reached

low threshold limit.

l RTC Response (10 04 04) – Bit 3 0 Paper has been

replenished.

03 Journal Paper Exhaust Sensor (Not used) 1 No paper available

for printing.

0 Paper available for

printing.

04 Journal Paper Low Sensor (Not used) 1 Paper has reach low
threshold limit.

0 Paper has been

replenished.

05 Slip leading edge sensor (Not used) 1 Paper Present.

l RTC Response (10 04 05) – Bit 5 0 No Paper.

06 Slip trailing edge sensor (Not used) 1 Paper Present.

l RTC Response (10 04 05) – Bit 6 0 No Paper.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
164
Identifier Description of sensor or state State
Meaning
Value (Hex) RTC Sensor Bit if Applicable Value

07 Paper Station Selected (Not used) 1 Slip Paper Selected.

l RTC Response (10 04 05) – Bit 2 2 Receipt Paper

Selected.

3 Journal Paper
Selected (Not used).

08 Slip Paper Waiting State (Not used) 1 Waiting for Slip

Paper.

l RTC Response (10 04 05) – Bit 3 0 Not waiting for Slip

Paper.

09 Cash Drawer 1 1 Drawer Open.

l RTC Response (10 04 01) – Bit 2 0 Drawer Closed.

0A Cash Drawer 2 1 Drawer Open.

l RTC Response (10 04 01) – Bit 2 0 Drawer Closed.

0B RS-232 Interface Status (Option) 1 Busy due to Error or

Flow Control.

l RTC Response (10 04 01) – Bit 3 0 Printer in Normal

state.

0C Receipt Paper Door on Print Mechanism 1 Door Open.

l RTC Response (10 04 02) – Bit 2 0 Door Closed.

0D Slip Cassette Door (Not used) 1 Door Open.

l RTC Response (10 04 02) – Bit 2 0 Door Closed.

0E Paper Feed Button 1 Pressed.

l RT Response (10 04 02) – Bit 3 0 Not Pressed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
165
Identifier Description of sensor or state State
Meaning
Value (Hex) RTC Sensor Bit if Applicable Value

0F Print Stopped due to Paper Low Condition 1 Stopped.

l RTC Response (10 04 02) – Bit 5 0 Returned to Normal.

10 Error Condition 1 Error Detected.

l RTC Response (10 04 02) – Bit 6 0 No Error.

11 Slip Flip slip (Not used) 1 Jam Error on Slip Flip.

l RTC Response (10 04 03) – Bit 2 0 Normal State.

12 Slip Motor Jam (Not used) 1 Motor in Jam state.

l RTS Response (10 04 03) – Bit 2 0 Normal State.

13 Cutter Condition 1 Cutter in Error

Condition.

l RTC Response (10 04 03) – Bit 3 0 Normal State.

14 Unrecoverable Error 1 Unrecoverable Error

Encountered.

l RTC Response (10 04 03) – Bit 5 0 Printer has been

Reset.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
166
 Identifier Description of sensor or state State
Meaning
Value (Hex) RTC Sensor Bit if Applicable Value

15 Thermal Print Head Temperature 1 Out of operating

range.

l RTC Response (10 04 03) – Bit 6 0 Normal operating

range.

16 Power Supply Voltage 1 Out of operating

range.

l RTC Response (10 04 03) – Bit 6 0 Normal operating

range.

17 Thermal Print Head Failure 1 Thermal print head

failure.

l RTC Response (10 04 03) – Bit 4 0 Normal operating

range.

1C Black Mark Detection Status (Not used) 1 Detection Failure.

l RTC Response (10 19 02) – Bit 5 0 No Error.

FA – FF Reserved for future use.

Printer firmware implementation considerations

The printer firmware will constantly monitor the states listed above. Once the
Enable USU command has been received, from that time forward until the Disable
USU command is received, the printer firmware should transmit a USU message
anytime there is a change to a state. When multiple messages need to be
transmitted, there should be a delay of at least 100ms between messages.

The current state of the USU mechanism Enabled or Disabled should be

maintained in the non-volatile memory. If the printer is reset or power-cycled,
and the USU mechanism is in the Enabled state based on the value in non-
volatile memory, the printer should transmit the current status of all Sensor and
State information in the same manner it does in response to a Baseline State
Request. This transmission should be performed once the power-up initialization

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
167
of the printer has been completed, and the communications channel has been
established.

The purpose of the transmission after power-up is to handle the case of the
printer entering an error state that requires a reset, or power-cycle of the printer
to correct it. Unless the current status of Sensor and State information is
transmitted to the host, the controlling software on the host might be unaware
of any changes in status resulting from the reset or power-cycle. The host
software would remain in an error state unless it polled the printer for status
information.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
168
Bar Code commands
Select printing position for HRI characters
ASCII GS H n

Hexadecimal 1D 48 n

Decimal 29 72 n

Value of n Printing position of HRI Characters

l 0,48—Not printed
l 1,49—Above the bar code
l 2,50—Below the bar code
l 3,51—Both above and below the bar code

Default 0 (Not printed)

This command specifies the printing position of HRI (Human Readable Interface)
characters.

Exceptions:
HRI Characters printing is not supported in PDF417 and QR code.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
169
Select pitch for HRI characters
ASCII GS f n

Hexadecimal 1D 66 n

Decimal 29 102 n

Value of n Pitch

l 0,48—Standard Pitch at 15.2 CPI on receipt

l 1,49—Compressed Pitch at 19 CPI on receipt

Default (Standard Pitch at 15.2 CPI)

This command specifies the character pitch of HRI characters.

Exceptions:
HRI Characters printing is not supported in PDF417 and QR code.

Select bar code height

ASCII GS h n

Hexadecimal 1D 68 n

Decimal 29 104 n

Value of n Number of dots

Range of n 1–255

Default 162

This command specifies the bar code height in dots. n dots are equal to n/8 mm
(n/203 inch) for receipt.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for GS1 data bar and QR code.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
170
Print bar code
First Variation Second Variation

ASCII GS k m d1…dk NUL GS k m n d1…dn

Hexadecimal 1D 6B m d1…dk 0 1D 6B m n d1…dn

Decimal 29 107 m d1…dk 0 29 107 m n d1…dn

Values

This command selects the bar code type and prints a bar code for the ASCII
characters entered. If the width of the bar code is moe than the printable area,
the bar code is not printed.

Bar code horizontal position can be aligned by Select Justification (1B 61)
command.

There are two formulas to specify the bar code type by this command. The first
formula uses a NULL character to terminate the string. The second formula uses
the length parameter of the string instead of a terminator so that it is able to
include NULL in the string. Therefore, a bar code which defines NULL as data, e.g.
Code 128, can be specified by the second formula.

Check Digit of UPC and JAN (EAN) codes are automatically calculated and
processed by the printer if it is not sent from a system.

Start/Stop characters of Code 39 are automatically added and processed by the

printer if they are not sent from a system.

First Formula: String terminated by NULL

l m = 0–6,10 (see the table)

l d = 32–126 (see the table)
l n = 1–255 (see the table)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
171
 First Formula

m Bar Code d n, Length

0 UPC-A 48–57 (ASCII numerals) Fixed Length: 11, 12

1 UPC-E 48–57 Fixed Length: 11, 12

2 JAN13 (EAN13) 48–57 Fixed Length: 12, 13

3 JAN8 (EAN8) 48–57 Fixed Length: 7, 8

4 Code 39 48–57, Variable Length

65–90 (ASCII alphabet),
32, 36, 37, 43, 45, 46, 47
(ASCII special characters)
d1 = dk = 42 (start/stop code
is supplied by printer if
necessary)

5 Interleaved 2 of 5 48–57 Variable Length (Even Number)

(ITF)

6 CODABAR 65–68, start code 48–57, 36, Variable Length

(NW-7) 43, 45, 46, 47, 58

10 PDF 417 1–255 Variable Length (A748 native mode

only)

Second Variation: Length of Byte Specified at Beginning of String

l m = 65–73, 75–82 (see the table)

l d = 0–127 (see the table)
l n = 1–255 (see the table)

Second Formula

m Bar Code d n, Length

65 UPC–A 48–57 (ASCII numerals) Fixed Length: 11, 12

66 UPC–E 48–57 Fixed Length: 11, 12

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
172
Second Formula

m Bar Code d n, Length

67 JAN13 (EAN13) 48–57 Fixed Length: 12, 13

68 JAN8 (EAN8) 48–57 Fixed Length: 7, 8

69 CODE 39 48–57, Variable length

65–90 (ASCII alphabet),

32, 36, 37, 43, 45, 46, 47
(ASCII special characters)
d1 = dn = 42 (start/stop code is
supplied by printer if necessary)

70 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 48–57 Variable (Even Number)

71 CODABAR 65–68, start code 48–57, 36, 43, 45, 46, Variable length
47, 58
(NW-7)

72 Code 93 0–127 Variable (A748 Native

Mode only)

73 Code 128 0–105 Variable length

d1 = 103–105 (must be a Start code)
d2 = 0-102 (data bytes)
(Stop code is provided by the printer)

75 PDF417 0–255 Variable Length (A748

Native Mode only)

76 GS1 DataBar 48–57 Fixed Length: 13

Omnidirectional

77 GS1 DataBar 48–57 Fixed Length: 13

Truncated

78 GS1 DataBar Stacked 48–57 Fixed Length: 13

79 GS1 DataBar Stacked 48–57 Fixed Length: 13

Omnidirectional

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
173
 Second Formula

m Bar Code d n, Length

80 GS1 DataBar Limited 48–57 Fixed Length: 13

[However d1= 48, 49]

81 GS1 DataBar 32–34, 37–47, 48–57, 58–63, 65–90, 95, Variable length
Expanded 97–122, 123
(2–70)
[However d1 = 40, 48 <= d2 <= 57, 48
<= d3 <= 57 when
48 <= d1 <= 57, 48 <= d2 <= 57]

82 GS1 DataBar 32–34, 37–47, 48–57, 58–63, 65–90, 95, Variable length
Expanded Stacked 97–122, 123
(2–70 )
[However d1 = 40, 48 <= d2 <= 57, 48
<= d3 <= 57 when

48 <= d1 <= 57, 48 <= d2 <= 57]

Exceptions:
Illegal data cancels this command.

The command is valid only at the beginning of a line.

If the absolute or relative position is set and the bar code is not printable in
80 mm settings, either of the following may occur:

l Printer will try to print from left margin (32 dots).

l Printer will adjust left margin to 21 dots and try to print.

Note
This adjustment is not applicable to PDF417.

Additional information for GS1 DataBar:

In all GS1 DataBar except Expanded and Expanded Stacked, the printer
automatically adds application Identifier (AI), Check Digit (C/D). Hence n (Length)
is 13 (Fixed Length).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
174
Addition of AI & C/D

Type of GS1 DataBar Example AI & C/D

GS1 DataBar Input data: AI & C/D are added

Omnidirectional 2001234567890 automatically.
HRI print: The AI is ‘(01)’.
GS1 DataBar Truncated (01)20012345678909

GS1 DataBar Stacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked

Omnidirectional

GS1 DataBar Limited

GS1 DataBar Expanded Input data: Neither AI nor C/D is added

{(01{)15012345678907{(30{)23{1 automatically.
{(17{)950827
GS1 DataBar Expanded HRI print:
Stacked
(01)15012345678907(30)23
(17)950827

In order to express AI in HRI, AI is surrounded by the bracket and printed.

Because this parenthesis needs to distinguish from the usual data, it is necessary
to use special data.

In the case of Expanded and Expanded stacked, C/D is used for only HRI
characters printing. Even if the input data including wrong C/D is received, the
printer prints the data without correction.

In the case of Expanded and Expanded stacked, when attaching the bracket to AI
in HRI, it is necessary to transmit data as follows.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
175
Special data

Transmit data from HOST

Special
Use
Data
ASCII Hex Decimal

( {+( 7B + 28 123 + 40 To express AI in HRI

) {+) 7B + 29 123 + 41 To express AI in HRI

FNC1 {+1 7B + 31 123 + 49 To recognize the end of

variable length data

Select bar code width

ASCII GS w n

Hexadecimal 1D 77 n

Decimal 29 119 n

Value of n 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Default 3

This command sets the bar code width to n dots.

Formulas:
n + 1/8 mm(n + 1/203 inch) for receipt.

Caution
When selecting a bar code width of 1 the readability rate is impacted.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
176
QR code: Select the model
ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n1 n2)

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n1 n2

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n1 n2

Values of pL,pH pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (cn, fn, and
[parameters]). (pL + pH × 256) = 4 So (pL = 4, pH = 0)

Value of cn 49

Value of fn 65

Value of n1 l 49—selects model 1 Code conversion processing

l 50—selects model 2 conversion processing
l 200—select Micro QR Code

Value of n2 0

Default n1 = 50, n2 = 0

This command selects the model for QR Code.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
177
QR code: Set the size of module
ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Values of pL,pH pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (cn, fn, and
[parameters]).
(pL + pH × 256) = 3; so (pL = 4, pH = 0)

Value of cn 49

Value of fn 67

Value of n 1–16

Default n 4

This command sets the size of the module for QR Code as n dots. The user must
secure the quiet zone (left, right, upward, and downward space areas defined by
the QR Code symbol specifications) for QR Code printing. Quiet zone is defined
as 4 cells in standard and MicroQR code versions.

Note
The recommended module size is 4 dots and over. But if n = 4, this printer
cannot print maximum data bar code because the bar code width will be
over the printable width. So, the default value of n is defined to 3 in this
version.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
178
QR code: Select the error correction level
ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Values of pL,pH pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (cn, fn, and
[parameters]).
(pL + pH × 256) = 3; so (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 49

Value of fn 69

Value of n l 48—Select error correction level L 7 %

l 49—Select error correction level M 15 %
l 50—Select error correction level Q 25 %
l 51—Select error correction level H 30 %

When model1 or model2 selected, n = 48, 49, 50, 51

When microQR selected n = 48, 49, 50

Default n 48

This command selects the error correction level for QR Code.

Note
In MicroQR, it is not printed error correction level = H at the time of the
choice. Symbol versionM1 in microQR. Choose error correction level=L.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
179
QR code: Store the data in the symbol storage area
ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m d1...dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m d1...dk

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m d1...dk

Range of pL 4–255; here 4 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 7092

Range of pH 0–27

Value of cn 49

Value of fn 80

Value of m 48

Range of d 0–255

Value of k (pL + pH × 256) – 3

This command stores the QR Code symbol data (d1...dk) into the symbol storage
area (RAM).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
180
QR code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (cn, fn, and
[parameters]).
(pL + pH × 256) = 3; so (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 49

Value of fn 81

Value of m 48

This command encodes and prints the QR Code symbol data in the symbol
storage area with GS ( k

Note
User must secure the quiet zone (left, right, upward, and downward space
areas defined by the QR Code symbol specifications) for QR Code printing.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
181
QR code: Transmit the size Information of the symbol data in
the symbol storage area
ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH pL, pH specify (pL + pH ×256) as the number of bytes after pH (cn, fn, and
[parameters]).
(pL + pH × 256) = 3; so (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 49

Value of fn 82

Value of m 48

Printer transmits the size information for the encoded QR Code symbol data in
the symbol storage area.

Description Hex Decimal Data

Header 37 55 1 byte

Identifier 36 54 1 byte

Horizontal size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Vertical Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Fixed Value 31 49 1 byte

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Other information 30 or 31 48 or 49 1 byte

NULL 00 0 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
182
 Note
In the table above, Other information represents the possibility of printing
the QR Code.

Other Information:

l 0x30—printing is possible.
l 0x31—printing is impossible.

Horizontal and vertical sizes are specified as ASCII value of received byte. They
can be obtained by following equations:

l Horizontal size—number of cells in Horizontal Direction × Symbol size

specified by the command 1D 28 6B 03 00 31 43 n.
l Vertical size—number of cells in Vertical Direction × Symbol size specified by
the command 1D 28 6B 03 00 31 43 n.

Example
If Symbol size is specified as 10 by the command of 1D 28 6B 03 00
31 43 n and number of pixel in horizontal direction is 21, then
horizontal size will be 10 * 21 = 210. So the output of the printer will be 37
36 32 31 30 1f 32 31 30 1f 31 1f 30 00.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
183
MaxiCode : Select the mode
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Range of n 50–54

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 50

Value of fn 65

Default n 51

This command selects the mode for the MaxiCode.

n Function

50 Selects mode 2

51 Selects mode 3

52 Selects mode 4

53 Selects mode 5

54 Selects mode 6

Note
l This function affects the processing of GS ( k <fn=81> and GS
( k <fn=82>.
l This function is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset,
or the power is turned off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
184
Maxicode : Store the data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m d1…dk

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m d1 … dk

Range of pL, pH 4 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 141

Value of cn 50

Value of fn 80

Value of m 48

Range of d 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Range of k (pL + pH x 256) - 3

This command stores the MaxiCode symbol data (d1…dk) in the symbol storage
area.

Note
l This function is processed after GS ( k <fn=81> and GS ( k
<fn=82> are executed or the symbol data in the symbol storage area is
kept.
l K bytes of d1….dk are processed as the symbol data.
l Setting of this function is effective until the following process is
performed:

o GS ( k <fn=80) or ESC @ are executed.

o The printer is reset or the power is turned off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
185
Maxicode : Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 50

Value of fn 81

Value of m 48

This command encodes and prints the MaxiCode symbol data in the symbol
storage area with GS ( k <fn= 080>

Note
l In Standard Mode, use this function when the printer is at the beginning
of a line or there is no data in the print buffer. If the symbol size exceeds
the print area, the symbol cannot be printed.
l If there is any error described below in the data of the symbol storage
area, it cannot be printed.
l There is no data GS ( k <fn=80> is not processed.
l When using only numeric characters, the data is more than 138
characters.
l When using alphanumeric characters, the data is more than 93
characters.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
186
When mode 2 is selected, the Primary Message includes all data except the
following:

Factor of Primary Message Number of bytes Normal data

Postal code 1-9 byte Numeric

ISO country code 1-3 byte Numeric

Class of service code 1-3 byte Numeric

When mode 3 is selected, the Primary Message includes all data except the
following:

Factor of Primary Message Number of bytes Normal data

Postal code 1-6 byte Code set A

ISO country code 1-3 byte Numeric

Class of service code 1-3 byte Numeric

In modes 4,5, and 6, all data in the symbol storage area is treated as primary
message and secondary message. It does not check each code.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
187
Maxicode : Transmit the size information of the symbol data in
the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 50

Value of fn 82

Value of m 48

This command transmits the size information for the encoded MaxiCode symbol
data in the symbol storage area with GS ( k <fn= 080>

This function does not print.

The size information does not include the quiet zone (left, right, upward, and
downward space areas defined by the MaxiCode symbol specifications).
Transmission data

Description Hex Decimal Data

Header 37 55 1 byte

Identifier 37 55 1 byte

Horizontal Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Vertical Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
188
 Description Hex Decimal Data

Fixed Value 31 49 1 byte

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Other Information 30 or 31 48 or 49 1 byte

NULL 00 0 1 byte

Note
In the table above, Other information represents the possibility of printing
the MaxiCode.

Other Information:

l 0x30—printing is possible.
l 0x31—printing is impossible.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
189
Composite Symbology: Set the width of the module
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 52

Value of fn 67

Value of n 1 ≤ n ≤ 6 (TBD)

This command sets the width of the module for composite symbology to n dots.
It also sets the module width of the line element, 2D composite element, and
separator.

Note
l This function affects the processing of GS ( k <fn=81> and GS ( k
<fn=82>
l This function is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or
the power is turned off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
190
Composite Symbology: GS1 DataBar Expanded stacked
maximum width setting
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn nL nH

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn nL nH

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn nL nH

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 4 (pL = 04, pH = 00)

Value of cn 52

Value of fn 71

Value of n (nL + nH x 256) = 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 (TBD)

Default of n (nL + nH x 256) = 4 (nL =4, nH = 0) (TBD)

This command sets the maximum width (segment number) of GS1 DataBar
Expanded Stacked (the line element of composite symbology).

When (nL + nHx256)=0 maximum width is not set.

Note
l This function affects the processing of GS ( k <fn=81> and GS ( k
<fn=82>
l This function is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or
the power is turned off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
191
Composite Symbology: Select HRI character font
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 52

Value of fn 72

Value of n Pitch

l 0, 48—Character Font A on receipt

l 1, 49—Character Font B on receipt

Default of n 0—Character Font A on receipt

This command specifies the character pitch of HRI characters.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
192
Composite Symbology: Store the data in the symbol storage
area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m a b d1…dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m a b d1…dk

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m a b d1…dk

Range of pL 4–255, Here 4 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 7092 (TBD)

Range of pH 0–27 (TBD)

Value of cn 52

Value of fn 80

Value of m 48

Value of a 48,49

Range of b 65–77 (When a=48)

Range of b 65–66 (When a=49)

Range of d 0–255 (TBD)

Value of k (pL + pH x 256) - 5

This command stores the symbol data (d1...dk) into the Composite symbol
storage area.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
193
When a=48, b specifies the types of line element as shown in the following table.

Symbol data (SP indicate a space)

b Line element type

Characters
Data (k) Data (d)
(ASCII)

65 EAN8 7 0–9 48–57

66 EAN13 12 0–9 48–57

67 UPC-A 11 0–9 48–57

68 UPC-E (Abbreviated 0 6 0–9 48–57

[6 digits] Version)

69 UPC-E (No Abbreviated 0 11 0–9 48–57

[11 digits] Version) [However d1 =48)

70 GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional 13 0–9 48–57

71 GS1 DataBar Truncated 13 0–9 48–57

72 GS1 DataBar Stacked 13 0–9 48–57

73 GS1 DataBar Stacked 13 0–9 48–57

Omnidirectional [However d1=48,49]

74 GS1 DataBar Limited 13 0–9 48–57

75 GS1 DataBar Expanded 2–255 0–9, A–D, a–d, 48 – 57, 65 ≤d ≤ 90,

SP, !, ”, %, $, ’, 97 – 122, 32 – 34, 37
(, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, – 47, 58 – 63, 95,123
:, ;, <, =, >, /, _, [However d1 =
{ 40, d2 = 48 – 57, d3 =
48 – 57, d1 = 48 – 57,
48 ≤d2 ≤ 57]

76 GS1 DataBar Expanded 2–255 0–9, A–D, a–d, 48 – 57, 65 ≤d ≤ 90,

Stacked SP, !, ”, %, $, ’, 97 – 122, 32 – 34, 37
(, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, – 47, 58 – 63, 95,123
:, ;, <, =, >, /, _, [However d1 =
{ 40, d2 = 48 – 57, d3 =
48 – 57, d1 = 48 – 57,
48 ≤d2 ≤ 57]

77 GS1-128 2–255 NUL-SP(7F) 0–127

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
194
When a=49, b specifies the type of 2D composite element as shown in the
following table.

Symbol data (SP indicate a space)

b 2D composite element type

Characters
Data (k) Data (d)
(ASCII)

65 Automatic selection Jan-61 NUL-SP(7F) 0-255

(CC-A, CC-B or CC-C is
selected automatically
according to the number of
digits)

66 Fixed (CC-C) Jan-61 NUL-SP(7F) 0-255

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
195
Composite Symbology: Print the data in the symbol storage
area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 52

Value of fn 81

Value of m 48

This command encodes and prints the symbol data stored by GS ( k

<fn=80>) in the symbol.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
196
Composite Symbology: Transmit the size information of the
symbol data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 52

Value of fn 82

Value of m 48

This command transmits the size information when printing the symbol data
stored by GS ( k <fn=80>) in the symbol storage area.

This function does not print.

The size information does not include the quiet zone (left, right, upward, and
downward space areas defined by the Aztec code symbol specifications).
Transmission data

Description Hex Decimal Data

Header 37 55 1 byte

Identifier 50 80 1 byte

Horizontal Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Vertical Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
197
 Description Hex Decimal Data

Fixed Value 31 49 1 byte

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Other Information 30 or 31 48 or 49 1 byte

Error Information 30–39 48–57 4 byte

NULL 00 0 1 byte

Note
In the table above, Other information represents the possibility of printing
the DataMatrix.

Other Information:

l 0x30—printing is possible.
l 0x31—printing is impossible.

Error Information indicates detailed information when Other Information cannot

be printed. The following table provides description of Error Information values.

Error
Error content Solution
Information

“000" No error (printing is possible). -

"1001" The line element symbol data is invalid. Transmit valid data.

"1002" The 2D composite element symbol data is invalid. Transmit valid data.

“1003” There is too much 2D composite element data. Reduce the amount of
2D composite element
When something other than GS1-128 is specified for line
data.
element, and when "automatic selection" is specified for
2D composite element and the 2D composite element
data exceeds 399 bytes.

“1006” There is no data in the symbol storage area. Transmit data.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
198
Error
Error content Solution
Information

"2001" When the Standard mode is selected, there is data in the Print or clear the data
print buffer. in the print buffer.

“2002” The symbol is bigger than the printing area. The printing Make the module size
position is at the buffer-full position. smaller.

Change the printing

layout (printing area,
printing position, and
other settings).

Note
The quiet zone is not included in the size information.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
199
Aztec Code: Set the number of mode types and data layers
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n1 n2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n1 n2

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n1 n2

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 4 (pL = 04, pH = 00)

Value of cn 53

Value of fn 66

Value of n1 0,1,48,49

Value of n2 0,4 – 32 [when n1 = 0,48]

Value of n2 0,1 – 4 [when n1 = 1,49]

Default n1 = 0 , n2 = 0

This command sets the mode type for Aztec code by specifying n1.

n1 Function

0,48 Sets the mode type to Full-Range mode.

1,49 Sets the mode type to Compact mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
200
This command sets the number of data layers for Aztec code by specifying n2.

n2 Function

0 Sets automatic processing for the number of data layers.

1–32 Sets the number of data layers to n2 layer.

Note
l This function is ignored when n1 and n2 is out of range.
l This function affects the encode processing for Aztec code.
l This function affects the processing of GS ( k <fn = 81>
l This function is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or
the power is turned off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
201
Aztec Code: Set the size of the module
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 53

Value of fn 67

Value of n 2–16

Default n 3

This command sets the width of one module of Aztec code in dot units.

The setting unit is 1dot. The value of n is equal for the width and height of a
module because Aztec code modules are square.

Note
l This function is ignored when n is outside its range.
l This function is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or
the power is turned off.
l This function affects the encode processing for Aztec code.
l Changing the module size affects the horizontal and vertical size of the
symbol.
l This function affects the processing of GS ( k <fn=81> of this
command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
202
Aztec Code: Set the error correction level
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 53

Value of fn 69

Value of n 5–95

Default n 23

This command sets the error correction level (%) for Aztec code.

Note
l This function is ignored when n is outside its range.
l Aztec Code employs Reed-Solomon Error Detection and Correction
algorithm for error correction codewords.
l This function is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or
the power is turned off.
l This function affects the encode processing for Aztec Code.
l This function affect the processing of GS ( k <fn =81> of this
command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
203
Aztec Code: Store the data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m d1…dk

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m d1…dk

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH × 256) = 4 – 3835

Value of cn 53

Value of fn 80

Value of m 48

Range of d 0–255

Range of k (pL + pH x 256) - 3

This command stores the Aztec Code symbol data (d1...dk) into the symbol
storage area.

Note
l The symbol data saved in the symbol storage area by this function is
encoded by GS ( k <fn =81> and GS ( k <fn=82> of this
command.
l K bytes of d1…dk are processed as the symbol data.
l This function affects the processing of GS ( k <fn = 81>
l This function is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or
the power is turned off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
204
Aztec Code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 53

Value of fn 81

Value of m 48

This command encodes and prints the Aztec Code symbol data in the symbol
storage area with GS ( k < fn =80>

Note
In Standard Mode, if the Aztec Code symbol size exceeds the print are, the
command does not print the symbol. It only feeds paper with the length
that is equal to the height of the symbol.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
205
Aztec Code: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in
the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 53

Value of fn 82

Value of m 48

This command transmits the size information for the Aztec code symbol data in
the symbol storage area with GS ( k <fn= 080>

This function does not print.

The size information does not include the quiet zone (left, right, upward, and
downward space areas defined by the Aztec code symbol specifications).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
206
Transmission data

Description Hex Decimal Data

Header 37 55 1 byte

Identifier 58 88 1 byte

Horizontal Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Vertical Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Fixed Value 31 49 1 byte

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Other Information 30 or 31 48 or 49 1 byte

Error Information 30-39 48-57 4 byte

NULL 00 0 1 byte

Note
In the table above, Other information represents the possibility of printing
the DataMatrix.

Other Information:

l 0x30—printing is possible.
l 0x31—printing is impossible.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
207
Error Information indicates detailed information when Other Information cannot
be printed. The following table provides description of Error Information values.

Error
Error content Solution
Information

“000" No error (printing is possible). -

"1001" Encoded data cannot be within one symbol. Check the number of encoded data.

"1002" Encode processing failed. Check the encoded data.

"2001" When the Standard mode is selected, there Print or clear the data in the print
is data in the print buffer. buffer.

“2002” The symbol is bigger than the printing area. Make the module size smaller.
The printing position is at the buffer-full
Change the printing layout (printing
position.
area, printing position, and other
settings).

Note
l This function does not print if m is outside of range.
l The quiet zone is not included in the size information.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
208
DataMatrix: Set the symbol type, number of columns, number
of rows
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m d1 d2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m d1 d2

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m d1 d2

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 5 (pL = 05, pH = 00)

Value of cn 54

Value of fn 66

Value of m 0,1,48,49

Values of d1, d2 d1,d2= (8, 0), (8, 18), (8, 32), (12, 0), (12, 26), (12, 36), (16, 0), (16, 36), (16, 48)

[when the symbol type is rectangle (m = 1, 49)].

Values of d1, d2 d1, d2 = (0, 0), (10, 10), (12, 12), (14, 14), (16, 16), (18, 18), (20, 20), (22, 22), (24, 24),
(26, 26), (32, 32), (36, 36), (40, 40), (44, 44), (48, 48), (52, 52), (64, 64), (72, 72), (80, 80),
(88, 88), (96, 96), (104, 104), (120, 120), (132, 132), (144, 144)

[when the symbol type is square (m = 0, 48)].

Default m = 0, (d1,d2) = (0,0)

This command sets the symbol type, number of column and number of rows.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
209
The following table provides descriptions based on values of m and d1, d2.

m d1, d2 Symbol Number of columns and rows

0,48 0,0 Square Sets automatic processing for the number of columns and
rows of the symbol.

0,48 Other than Square Sets the number of columns of the symbol to d1, the
0,0 number of rows to d2.

1,49 (8,0), (12,0), Rectangle Sets the number of columns of the symbol to d1, the number
(16,0) of rows to automatic processing.

1,49 Other than Rectangle Sets the number of columns of the symbol to d1, the number
(8,0), (12,0), of rows to d2.
(16,0)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
210
DataMatrix: Set the size of the module
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 54

Value of fn 67

Value of n 2–16

Default n 3

This command sets the size of module of DataMatrix in dot units to n x n dots.

Note
l This function is ignored when n is outside range.
l The value of n is equal for the width and height of a module because
DataMatrix modules are square.
l This function affects the processing of GS ( k <fn = 81>
l This function is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or
the power is turned off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
211
DataMatrix: Store the data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m d1…dk

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m d1…dk

Range of pL 4–255, Here 4 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 3119

Range of pH 0–12

Value of cn 54

Value of fn 80

Value of m 48

Range of d 0–255

Range of k (pL + pH x 256) - 3

This command stores the DataMatrix symbol data (d1...dk) into the symbol
storage area.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
212
DataMatrix: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 03, pH = 00)

Value of cn 54

Value of fn 81

Value of m 48

This command encodes and prints the DataMatrix symbol data in the symbol
storage area with GS ( k <fn =80>

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
213
DataMatrix: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in
the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII GS (k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Values of pL, pH pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (cn, fn and
[parameters]). (pL + pH × 256) = 3 So (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 54

Value of fn 82

Value of m 48

This command transmits the size information for printing the DataMatrix symbol
data stored with GS ( k <fn = 80> in the symbol storage area.

Description Hex Decimal Data

Header 37 55 1 byte

Identifier 59 89 1 byte

Horizontal Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Vertical Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Fixed Value 31 49 1 byte

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Other Information 30 or 31 48 or 49 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
214
 Description Hex Decimal Data

Error Information 30–39 48–57 4 byte

NULL 00 0 1 byte

Note
In the table above, Other information represents the possibility of printing
the DataMatrix.

Other Information:

l 0x30—printing is possible.
l 0x31—printing is impossible.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
215
Error Information indicates detailed information when Other Information cannot
be printed. The following table provides description of Error Information values.

Error
Error content Solution
Information

“000" No error (printing is possible). -

"1001" Encoded data cannot be within one symbol. Check the number of encoded data.

"1002" Encode processing failed. Check the encoded data.

"2001" When the Standard mode is selected, there Print or clear the data in the print
is data in the print buffer. buffer.

“2002” The symbol is bigger than the printing area. Make the module size smaller.
The printing position is at the buffer-full
Change the printing layout (printing
position.
area, printing position, and other
settings).

Note
l This function does not print if m is outside of range.
l The quiet zone is not included in the size information

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
216
Page Mode commands
Standard Mode is the default mode which prints data as soon as one–line data in
the print buffer is ready to print. One–line data is printed once a print command
such as LF (0x0A) is processed or one–line buffer is full.

Page Mode is the mode that prints all data in the page buffer at a time. In this
mode, the printer does not start printing even if the condition printing data in
Standard Mode takes place. It queues data into the page buffer until the print
command in Page Mode such as ESC FF (0x1B 0x0C) is processed.
The basic flow of page mode printing is as follows:

1. Switch to Page Mode through the Select Page Mode command (1B 4C).
2. Specify the origin and the size of the printing area through the Set Printing
Area in Page Mode command (1B 57).
3. Specify the starting position and the print direction through the Select Print
Direction in Page Mode command (1B 54).
4. Store print data (text, image or barcode…) in the page buffer.
5. Print buffered data in the page buffer through the Print Data in Page Mode
command (1B 0C).
6. Switch to Standard Mode through the Select Standard Mode command (1B
53).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
217
Print and return to standard mode
ASCII FF

Hexadecimal 0C

Decimal 12

This command prints all buffered data in the page buffer on the page area
defined and switches to Standard Mode from Page Mode.

Exception:
This command is valid in Page Mode.

Cancel print data in page mode

ASCII CAN

Hexadecimal 18

Decimal 24

Default (Standard Pitch at 15.2 CPI)

This command deletes all buffered data in the page buffer.

Exception:
This command is valid in Page Mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
218
Print data in page mode
ASCII ESC FF

Hexadecimal 1B 0C

Decimal 27 12

This command prints all buffered data in the page buffer on the page area
defined.

Exception:
This command is valid in Page Mode.

Select page mode

ASCII ESC L

Hexadecimal 1B 4C

Decimal 27 76

This command permits users to switch from Standard Mode to Page Mode

Exception:
The command is valid at the beginning of a line in Standard Mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
219
Select standard mode
ASCII ESC S

Hexadecimal 1B 53

Decimal 27 83

This command permits users to switch from Page Mode to Standard Mode.

Switching to Standard Mode clears all buffered data in the page buffer and
initializes the definition of the page area.

Exception:
This command is valid in Page Mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
220
Select print direction in page mode
ASCII ESC T n

Hexadecimal 1B 54 n

Decimal 27 84 n

Values of n l 0,48—Upper left corner proceeding across page to the right (A)
l 1,49—Lower left corner proceeding up the page (B)
l 2,50—Lower right proceeding across page to the left (upside
down) (C)
l 3,51—Upper right corner proceeding down page (D)

Default 0 (Upper left corner proceeding across page to the right)

It selects the printing direction and start position in Page Mode. The following
illustration indicates the direction and the start position of each parameter.

The command can be sent multiple times in one page.

Exceptions:
This command is valid in Page Mode.

This command is ignored if the value of n is out of the range.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
221
Set printing area in page mode
ASCII ESC W n1, n2 ... n8

Hexadecimal 1B 57 n1, n2 ... n8

Decimal 27 87 n1, n2 ... n8

Range of n 0–255

Default l n1–n4—0
l n5—64
l n6—2
l n7—64
l n8—2

This command sets the logical origin and size of the printing area in Page Mode.

Formulas:
x0, y0: The logical origin specified by the calculation of parameters n1, n2, n3 and
n4 based on the absolute origin which is located at the upper left side of the
printing area.

dx, dy: The size of the printing area dx and dy is specified by the calculation of
parameters n5, n6, n7 and n8.

The unit of xy direction of each formula are Horizontal Motion Unit and Vertical
Motion Unit that are specified through the Set Horizontal and Vertical Minimum
Motion Units command (1D 50).

l x0 = n1 + n2 x 256
l y0 = n3 + n4 x 256
l dx = n5 + n6 x 256
l dy = n7 + n8 x 256

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
222
Maximum printable area

x direction 576/203 inches

y direction 2000/203 inches

Exception:
This command is valid in Page Mode.

Set absolute vertical print position in page mode

ASCII GS $ nL nH

Hexadecimal 1D 24 nL nH

Decimal 29 36 nL nH

It moves the vertical print position to the position specified by this command
from the starting position specified through the Select Print Direction in Page
Mode command (1B 54) in Page Mode.

Formulas:
0 ≤ (nL + nH X 256) ≤ 65535

The unit of this formula is Vertical or Horizontal Motion Unit, which is specified
through the Set Horizontal and Vertical Minimum Motion Units command (1D
50).

When the starting position specified through the Select Print Direction in Page
Mode command (1B 54) is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing
area, Vertical Motion Unit is used for this formula.

When the starting position specified through the Select Print Direction in Page
Mode command (1B 54) is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing
area, Horizontal Motion Unit is used for this formula.

Exceptions:
This command is valid in Page Mode.

If the position specified exceeds the print area, this command is ignored.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
223
Set relative vertical print position in page mode
ASCII GS \ nL nH

Hexadecimal 1D 5C nL nH

Decimal 29 92 nL nH

This command moves the vertical print position to the position specified by this
command from the current position in Page Mode.

Formulas:

l Downward movement: (nL + nH X 256)

l Upward movement: (nL + nH X 256) - 65535

The positive number implies that it moves downward, and the negative number
moves the position upward.

The unit of this formula is Vertical or Horizontal Motion Unit which is specified
through the Set Horizontal and Vertical Minimum Motion Units command (1D
50).

When the starting position specified through the Select Print Direction in Page
Mode command (1B 54) is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing
area, Vertical Motion Unit is used for this formula.

When the starting position specified through the Select Print Direction in Page
Mode command (1B 54) is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing
area, Horizontal Motion Unit is used for this formula.

Exceptions:
This command is valid in Page Mode.

If the position specified exceeds the print area, this command is ignored.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
224
Macro commands
Start or end macro definition
ASCII GS :

Hexadecimal 1D 3A

Decimal 29 58

This command starts and terminates a macro definition to the targest memory
specified by Select Memory Type for User Defined Data (1D 22 n) command.
Only one macro can be stored in Macro area of each target memory (RAM and
Flash memory). Once this command is processed, the subsequent data is treated
as macro data to define, and it continues to define the macro until this command
is processed once again.

While the macro is being defined, if Execute Macro (1D 5E) command is
received, it cancels the macro definition.

If Macro is defined on RAM, it is no longer available once the printer is reset.

However, this macro is not cleared by Initialize Printer (1B 40) command.

Formulas
A macro can be defined up to 2048 bytes. If the macro definition exceeds 2048
bytes, excess data is not stored.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
225
Execute macro
ASCII GS ^ r t m

Hexadecimal 1D 5E r t m

Decimal 29 94 r t m

Value of r The number of times to execute the macro.

Value of t The interval time to execute the macro multiple times defined by r.
Interval time = t x 100 milliseconds

Value of m Macro executing mode.

l 0 (Bit0)—Macro executes r times continuously with waiting

time
specified by t.
l 1 (Bit0)—printer waits for feed button to be pressed after
waiting for the period specified by t. If the button is pressed,
the printer executes the macro once. The printer repeats the
operation r times.

This command executes a macro defined on the target memory specified by

Select memory Type for User Defined Data (1D 22 n) command. Pressing the
feed button to execute the macro (Macro execution mode: m = 1) does not feed
paper.

Exceptions:
While the macro is being defined, if this command is received, it cancels its macro
definition. If the macro is not defined on the target memory or if the parameter r
is 0, this command is ignored.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
226
User Data Storage commands
Write to user data storage
ASCII ESC ‘ m a0 a1 a2 d1 ... dm

Hexadecimal 1B 27 m a0 a1 a2 d1 ... dm

Decimal 27 39 m a0 a1 a2 d1 ... dm

Value of m 1–255

This command writes m bytes data into the user defined data area of the flash
memory. a0, a1 and a2 are the offset based on the top address of the user
defined data area. If any of the memory address specified by this command are
currently used, the command is ignored.

Read user defined data

ASCII ESC 4 m a0 a1 a2

Hexadecimal 1B 34 m a0 a1 a2

Value of m 1–255

This command reads m bytes data from the user defined data area of the flash
memory. a0, a1 and a2 are the offset based on the top address of the user
defined data area.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
227
Select M\memory type for user defined fonts
ASCII GS " n

Hexadecimal 1D 22 n

Decimal 29 34 n

Value of n 48–53

n(ASCII) Target Storage Memory Data to be registered

0 RAM (default) User-defined Logo

1 Flash Memory User-defined Logo

2 RAM (default) User-defined Character

3 Flash Memory User-defined Character

4 RAM (default) Macro

5 Flash Memory Macro

It specifies the target memory type (RAM or Flash memory) for User defined
logos, User defined characters and Macro. The memory type selected by this
command is valid until it is changed again by this command or the printer is
turned off.
n = 48 (ASCII n = 0)
It specifies RAM as the user defined logo area. The subsequent commands to
define logos are stored into RAM. This parameter is available only for the
registration. It does not affect the functionality to print logo. Logo is printed
according to ID or Key Code irrespective of the storage area.
n = 49 (ASCII n = 1)
It specifies the flash memory as the user defined logo area. The subsequent
commands to define logos are stored into the flash memory. This parameter is
available only for the registration. It does not affect the functionality to print logo.
Logo is printed according to ID or Key Code irrespective of the storage area.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
228
n = 50 (ASCII n = 2)
It specifies RAM as the user defined character area. The subsequent commands
to define characters are stored into RAM. This parameter is available only for the
registration. It does not affect the functionality to print user defined characters.
User defined characters are printed according to the character code irrespective
of the storage area.
n = 51 (ASCII n = 3)
It specifies the flash memory as the user defined character area. The subsequent
commands to define characters are stored into the flash memory. This
parameter is available only for the registration. It does not affect the functionality
to print user defined characters. User defined characters are printed according
to the character code irrespective of the storage area.
n = 52 (ASCII n = 4)
It specifies RAM as Macro definition area. The subsequent commands to define
Macro are stored into RAM. It also specifies RAM as the target memory to read
Macro defined.
n = 53 (ASCII n = 5)
It specifies the flash memory as Macro definition area. The subsequent
commands to define user data such as Macro are stored into the flash memory.
It also specifies the flash memory as the target memory to read Macro defined.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
229
Flash memory allocation for user-defined storage area
ASCII GS " U n1 n2

Hexadecimal 1D 22 55 n1 n2

Decimal 29 34 85 n1 n2

Default Value of n1 4 (n1 is the number of flash memory sectors used for user defined logo.)

Default Value of n2 1 (n2 is the number of flash memory sectors used for user defined data.)

Value of n n1 + n2 = 5

This command defines the allocation of the flash memory sectors for the user
defined logo area and the user defined data area. (1 sector = 64 Kbytes)

Total flash memory sectors for entire user defined storage area are 6 sectors
(384 Kbytes). The allocation for the user defined character area is fixed to 1
sector (64 Kbytes).

Therefore, 5 remaining sectors can be freely allocated for the user defined logo
(n1) and the user defined data (n2) by this command.

This memory allocation specified by this command is valid even after the printer
reboot.

Note
All data of the user defined storage area in the flash memory are erased
when the allocation is changed by this command.

User Defined Character

n1 n2 User defined logo User defined data
(Fixed to 64K bytes)

(Factory Default) 64 Kbytes 256 Kbytes 64 Kbytes

(Examples)

0 5 64 Kbytes 0 Kbytes 320 Kbytes

1 4 64 Kbytes 64 Kbytes 256 Kbytes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
230
 User Defined Character
n1 n2 User defined logo User defined data
(Fixed to 64K bytes)

2 3 64 Kbytes 128 Kbytes 192 Kbytes

3 2 64 Kbytes 192 Kbytes 128 Kbytes

Erase user-defined storage area in flash memory

ASCII GS @ n

Hexadecimal 1D 40 n

Decimal 29 64 n

Value of n 49–50

This command erases all data of the user-defined area located in the flash
memory and sends a carriage return when the operation completes.
n = 49 (ASCII n = 1)
It erases all data of the user-defined character area and the user-defined logo
area in the flash memory.
n = 50 (ASCII n = 2)
It erases all data of the user- defined data area in the flash memory.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
231
Printer setting change
ASCII US DC1 [m n], [m n], … [m n] 0FFH

Hexadecimal 1F 11 [m n], [m n], … [m n] 0FFH

Decimal 31 17 [m n], [m n], … [m n] 0FFH

Value of m, n
It sets the printer configuration specified by m and n. If m or n is out of range, this
command is ignored. However, it continues processing until the terminator code
FFh is detected in even such case.

Note
Refer to the following for the values of the Effect column:

l Power off/on—setting is effective after rebooting the printer.

l Immediate—setting is effective immediately.

m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

0–10 Reserved

11 Baud rate l 00—115200 bps Power off/on

(RS232C Option)
l 01—57600 bps
l 02—38400 bps
l 03—19200 bps
(Default)
l 04—9600 bps

12 Number of data bit (RS232C Option) l 00—8 data bits Power off/on
(Default)
l 01—7 data bits

13 Number of stop bit (RS232C Option) l 00—1 stop bits Power off/on

l 01—2 stop bits

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
232
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

14 Parity l 00—No parity Power off/on

(RS232C Option) l 01—Even parity

l 02—Odd parity

15 Flow control l 00—XON/XOFF Power off/on

(RS232C Option)
l 01—DTR/DSR
(Default)

16 Data error option (RS232C Option) l 00—Ignore errors Power off/on

l 01—Print “?” (Default)

17 Reserved

18 DSR signal option l 00—Enable DSR Power off/on

(RS232C Option) signal (Default)
l 01—Disable DSR
signal

19–1F Reserved

20 Emulation Mode l 00—NCR 7199 Power off/on

(Default)
l 03—ESC/POS

Note
In ESC/POS emulation
mode, "Compatible Top
Margin", "Receipt
synchronization", "Receipt
Print mode" and "USU"
are not available.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
233
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

21 Default lines per inch l 00—8.13 lines per Power off/on

inch
Note
If the user is selecting constructed
l 01—7.52 lines per

Thai, the LPI selected with this inch

command will not get reflected in the l 02—6 lines per inch
number of lines getting printed in an
inch.

22 Carriage return usage l 00—Ignore CR Immediate

l 01—Use CR as Print
cmd. (Default)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
234
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

23 Asian mode l 00—Asian mode 932 Immediate

on
(Enable /Disable DBCS font)
l 01—Asian mode off
(Default)
l 02—Asian mode 936
on
l 03—Asian mode 949
on
l 04—Asian mode 950
on
l 05—Asian mode
GB18030 on

Note
If User download the
GB18030, by default
Printer Asian mode
configuration will set to
GB18030 and user cannot
configure any other code
pages until downloading
the standard DBCS font
(932,936,949,950). In
Diagnostic form, SBCS
font will show “Not
Installed”.

24 Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
235
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

25 Receipt synchronization l 00—Sync. Mode2 Immediate

l 01—Disabled
(Default)
l 02—Sync. Mode1
l 03—Sync. Mode3
l 04—Legacy

Note
In “Sync Mode 1” or “Sync
Mode2”, if the printer
receives the following
batch status command,
the printer does not reply
a status until all data in
the printer are completely
processed (printed).

l 1B 75 0—Transmit
Peripheral Device
Status
l 1B 76—Transmit
Printer Status
l 1D 49 n—Transmit
Printer ID
l 1D 72 n—Transmit
Status

26 Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
236
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

27 PDF417 Print Column l 00—9 Columns Immediate

l 01—14 Columns
l 02—Auto Column

Note
If PDF417 command input
data count is less than or
equal to Threshold, then
9 Columns will be
selected. If the input data
count is greater that
Threshold, then
14 Columns will be
selected automatically.

28 Auto Column lower byte Threshold value l 00–FF Immediate

0000H, 0001H…,

0064H (Default)…,

0454H (Max)

Example
To set the threshold value
of 500 (001FA), send 1F
11 28 F4 29 01 FF.

Note
If either one setting (‘28’
or ‘29’) is set, the other
setting will not be
changed. That is, if ‘28’ is
set then, only ‘28’ setting
is changed, ‘29’ value
remains with the previous
value. It is recommended
to set parameters ‘28’ and
‘29’ together.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
237
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

29 Auto Column higher byte Threshold value l 00–04 Immediate

2A Series i: Receipt Direction l 00—Front Exit Power off/on

(Default)
l 01—Top Exit

Series ii: Reserved

2B Legacy Paper Jam l 00—Paper Out Immediate

(Default)
Note
Take note of the following:
l 01—Knife Jam

l Paper Out option is caused by

Paper Jam with Paper Exhaust.
l Knife Jam option is caused by
Paper Jam with Cutter Error.

2C Reserved

2D Compatible Top Margin l 00—Disable Immediate

Note
l 01—Enable (Default)

The physical distance between the

thermal head position and the cut
position (12.12mm) becomes the top
margin of each receipt when it is
disabled. If it is enabled, the top
margin of each receipt becomes same
length (16.8 mm) as the existing
models. When this mode is enabled,
the printer always holds 37 raster in
the print buffer. The raster images
held in the print buffer are pushed out
by the cut command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
238
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

2E Compatible top margin time out l 00—Disable Immediate

Note
l 01 to FF—Time out

Time out to push out print data held in value (100ms to

printer for Compatible top margin. 25.5s)

Printer prints holding data without cut

command after keep idle condition for
time out (100ms to 25.5s). This value is
available when Compatible top margin
is enabled. When “Compatible Top
Margin” is set to “Disable”, the
“Compatible top margin time out”
setting automatically changes to
“Disable.”

2F Reserved

30 Print density F1–0F Immediate

-15 (F1), -14 (F2),...., -1 (FF),

0 (00), +1 (01), +2 (02), ....,

+15 (0F)

31 Paper Low detection l 00—Enable Power off/on

(Remaining 40 ft)
Note
l 01—Disable
For more information, refer to Paper
Low Detection on page 581.
l 02—Enable
(Remaining 30 ft)
l 03—Enable
(Remaining 20 ft)
l 04—Enable
(Remaining 15 ft)
(Default)

32 Paper width l 00—80 mm (Default) Power off/on

l 01—58 mm

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
239
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

33 Knife option l 00—Enable knife Immediate

(Default)
l 01—Disable knife
l 02—Enable knife w/
Buzzer(Low)
l 03—Enable knife w/
Buzzer(High)

34 Series i: Reserved

Series ii: Paper Type setting l 00—Predefine Type 1 Power off/on

l 01—Predefine Type 2
l 02—Predefine Type 3
(Default)
l 03—Predefine Type 4
l 04 to 13—(Reserved)
l 14—User-define
paper type 1
l 15—User-define
paper type 2

35 Reserved

36 Series i: Power Supply option l 00—Term Pwr-High Immediate

(Default)
l 01—NCR 75W Ext Pwr
l 02—Term Pwr-Low
l 03—NCR 60W Ext Pwr

Series ii: Power Supply option l 00—Term Pwr-High Immediate

(Default)
l 01—NCR Ext Pwr
l 02—Term Pwr-Low
l 03—NCR Ext Pwr

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
240
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

37 Color Paper option l 00—One Color Paper Power off/on

(Default)
l 01—Two Color Paper

38–3B Reserved

3C Auto Reset timeout l 00—Disable Immediate

l 01—10 Sec
l 02—20 Sec (Default)
l 03—30 Sec
l 04—40 Sec
l 05—50 Sec
l 06—60 Sec

3D Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
241
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

3E Special Font l 00—Disable: Original Immediate

font (Default)
Note
01—Mode 1:
l In mode 1, the character size of
CP473/858 Large
CP473 and CP858 are large
though the font cell is same as l 02—Mode 2: 866 Mini
original font. In other code l 03—Mode 3:
pages, it is same as original Constructed 874
font.
l 04—Mode 4:
l In Special font mode 2, the size
Contextual 1256
of CP886 Font B is 10(W) x 14(H)
(Proportional Pitch)
dots.
l For mode 3 and mode 7, refer
l 05—Mode 5:
to Thai Code Page Function on Contextual 1256
page 332. Constructed 874 LF (Fixed Pitch)
character height is 51 dots. l 06—Greek
l For mode 4 and mode 5, refer l 07—Constructed 874
to Arabic Font Support on
LF
page 338.
l 08—850 Mini
l For mode 8, the size of
CP850 Font B is 10(W)x20(H) l 10—SBCS2
dots. l 11—SBCS3
l For mode 10 and mode 11,
refer to SBCS2, SBCS3 Font
Support on page 578.

3F 48 Character Print l 00—Disable (Default) Immediate

l 01—Enable

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
242
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

40 Default code page For Series i and Series ii: Immediate

Note l 00—437 (Default)

The DBCS option depends on Asian l 01—850
Mode setting. l 02—852
l 03—858
l 04—860
l 05—862
l 06—863
l 07—864
l 08—865
l 09—866
l 0A—874
l 0B—1252
l 0C—Katakana
l 0D—DBCS (932, 936,
949, 950)
l 0E—Hungary
l 0F—1256
l 10—Romania
l 12—928
l 13—737
l 14—855
l 15—1250
l 16—1251

For Series i only:

l 0D—GB18030

For Series ii only:

l 11—1255
l 19—1254
l 17—Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
243
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

l 18—Reserved

41–45 Reserved

46 Remove Upper Space (ECO functionality) l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable

47 Remove Lower Space (ECO functionality) l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable

48 Line Space Reduction (ECO functionality) l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable

49 Line Feed Reduction (ECO functionality) l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Reduce 100%
l 02—Reduce 25%
l 03—Reduce 50%
l 04—Reduce 75%

4A Barcode Height Reduction (ECO l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

functionality)
l 01—Reduce 25%
l 02—Reduce 50%
l 03—Reduce 75%

4B Registered Logo Removal (ECO l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

functionality)
l 01—Enable

4C Force Single High Font (ECO functionality) l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable

4D Bold Font Removal (ECO functionality) l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
244
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

4E Force Single Wide Font (ECO functionality) l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable

4F No White/Black Reverse Printing (ECO l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

functionality)
l 01—Enable

50 Reset all setting to Default l 00—Default Power off/on

Note
When the main firmware is the
“Default NHPI FW”, the USB Type will
not be reset. The existing setting will
be retained.

51–56 Reserved

57 ECO function disable/enable l 00—Disable Power off/on

Note
l 01—Enable

If this setting is enabled, all ECO

Function settings become available. If
it is disabled, ECO Function settings
become unavailable except Standby
Mode, Power off Mode, Receipt Print
Mode and Print Density.

58 Remove lines containing only spaces l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

(ECO functionality)
l 01—Enable

59–5E Reserved

5F (Reserved for USU setting)

60–67 Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
245
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

68 USB Type When the main FW is Epic Power off/on

FW:

l 00—ION(Epic)
(Default)
l 01—NHPI
l 02—PRTR
l 03—Reserved
l 04—Fixed ION(Epic)

Note
Fixed ION(Epic) is the
same as ION(Epic) and is
only kept for backward
compatibility.

When the main FW is

Default NHPI FW:

l 00—Reserved
l 01—NHPI (Default)
l 02—PRTR
l 03—Reserved
l 04—Reserved
l 05—ION(Epic)

69 USB Speed l 00—Full Speed Power off/on

(Default)
l 01—High Speed

6A–77 Reserved

78 Buzzer tone (frequency) l 00—Low Immediate

l 01—Middle (Default)
l 02—High

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
246
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

79 LED Control Mode l 00—Auto Mode Power off/on

(Default)
l 01—User Mode

7A Series i: Reserved

Series ii: Buffered Printing l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable – Normal
l 02—Enable – Upside
Down

7B Series i: Reserved

7B Series ii: Top margin by backfeed (0—255) Immediate

Note l 0—40: 4.0mm

When Top margin by backfeed is l 41—45: 4.5mm
enabled, the printer executes at begin l 46—50: 5.0mm
of receipt if all of the following
l 51—55: 5.5mm
conditions are met:
l 56—60: 6.0mm
l Compatible Top Margin setting
disable.
l 61—65: 6.5mm

l Product ID (also known as l 66—70: 7.0mm

printer model number) l 71—75: 7.5mm
detected as 7199-7204-9001.
l 76—80: 8.0mm
l 81—85: 8.5mm
l 86—90: 9.0mm
l 91—95: 9.5mm
l 96—100: 10.0mm
l 101—105: 10.5mm
l 106—110: 11.0mm
l 111—115: 11.5mm
l 116—120: 12.0mm
(Without back feed)
(Default)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
247
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

7C Reserved

7D BitImage Max Speed For Series i: Power off/on

l 00—14 IPS (Default)

l 01—12 IPS
l 02—10 IPS
l 03—8 IPS
l 04—6 IPS
l 05—4 IPS
l 06—2 IPS

For Series ii:

l 00—14 IPS
l 01—12 IPS
l 02—10 IPS
l 03—8 IPS
l 04—6 IPS
l 05—4 IPS
l 06—2 IPS
l 07—16 IPS (Default)

7E Compress Pitch Font (Font B) l 00—Valid (Default) Immediate

l 01—Invalid

7F Compatibility Barcode Length l 00—Disable (Default) Immediate

l 01—Enable

80 Receipt Print Mode l 00—High Speed Immediate

(Default)
l 01—High Quality

81 DHCP Mode l 00—Disable Power off/on

l 01—Enable (Default)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
248
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

82 Standby mode l 00—Disable Immediate

l 01—Enable (Default)

83 Power-off mode l 00—Disabled Immediate

(Default)
l 01—Enabled 60min
l 02—Enabled 120min
l 03—Enabled 180min
l 04—Enabled 240min
l 05—Enabled 300min

84 LAN RTC Protocol l 00—TCP (Default) Power off/on

l 01—UDP

85 Reserved

86 TCP max. connection l 00—1 client (Default) Power off/on

l 01—2 clients
l 02—3 clients
l 03—4 clients
l 04—5 clients
l 05—6 clients

87 Ethernet Physical LAN Speed l 00—Auto (Default) Power off/on

l 01—100 Mbps Full

l 02—100 Mbps Half
l 03—10 Mbps Full
l 04—10 Mbps Half

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
249
m(hex) Function n(hex) Options Effect

88 Link Down Timeout l 00—No timeout Power off/on

l 01 to 78—Timeout
value (1 ~ 120
minutes)

Default: 0x78 = 120 minutes

89 TCP idle Timeout l 00—No timeout Power off/on

l 01 to 78—Timeout
value (1 ~ 120
minutes)

Default: 0x02 = 2 minutes

8A SNMP Trap 1 l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable

8B SNMP Trap 2 l 00—Disable (Default) Power off/on

l 01—Enable

8C–FF Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
250
Erase User-defined storage area in flash memory
ASCII GS @ n

Hexadecimal 1D 40 n

Decimal 29 64 n

Value of n l 49 (ASCII n = 1)—erases all the data of the user defined character area and
the user defined logo area in the flash memory.
l 50 (ASCII n = 2)—erases all data of the user-defined area in the flash
memory.

This command erases all data of the user-defined area located in the flash
memory and sends a carriage return when the operation completes.

Read printer setting

ASCII US DC2 m

Hexadecimal 1F 12 m

Decimal 31 18 m

Value of m 16 (0x10) to 191 (0xBF). Refer to 1.12.6 Printer Setting Change Command in detail.

This command is to read the setting specified by m.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
251
LED configuration
ASCII US DC3 k l m n p1 p2 p3 p4 q r s

Hexadecimal 1F 13 k l m n p1 p2 p3 p4 q r s

Decimal 31 19 k l m n p1 p2 p3 p4 q r s

Value of k l 0—Auto Mode

l 1—User Mode
l 2—Reset pattern to Default (Auto Mode and User Mode)

Note
If k is set to 2, it doesn’t require other parameters (l, m, n, p1, p2, p3, p4, q, r, s).

Range of l 1 to 32

l Auto Mode: It specifies the state number of the printer. Refer to the Range
of l (Auto Mode) table.

Note
For Auto Mode values, refer to the Range of l (Auto Mode) table below.

l User Mode: It specifies ID to register the blink pattern of LED.

Value of m It specifies the color of LED.

Note
Refer to the Values of m table below.

Range of l (Auto Mode):

l Definition

1 Boot

2 Idle

3 Printing

4 Offline Firmware Update

05 to 06 (Reserved)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
252
 l Definition

7 Online Firmware Update

8 Standby mode

9 (Reserved)

10 Unrecoverable error in PCB block

11 Unrecoverable error in Thermal Head

12 to 19 (Reserved)

20 Recoverable error in Thermal Head (Over Heat)

21 Recoverable error in Printer Cover

22 Recoverable error of Paper related

23 Recoverable error in Print block

24 Recoverable error in Cutter block

25 to 29 (Reserved)

30 Warning for PCB

31 Warning for Paper related

32 (Reserved)

31 Warning for Paper related

32 (Reserved)

Values of m:

Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1

NA NA NA NA NA Red Amber Green

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
253
 Range of n 1 to 32
It specifies number of valid bits of blink pattern defined by p1 to p4 below.

Example
If this parameter is set to “5”, the first 5 bits of 32 bits pattern are used as blink
pattern.

Range of p1 to It specifies blink pattern of LED in 32 bits (0: OFF, 1: ON).

p4
Note
Refer to the Range of p1 to p4 table below.

Range of p1 to p4:

(LSB) p1 ... p4 (MSB)

Bit 0 1 2 3 4 .... 28 29 30 31
number

Blink 1 0 1 1 0 .... 1 0 0 1
pattern

ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON

Example
l LED ON—the parameters are 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF.
l LED OFF—the parameters are 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00.

Range of 0 to 255
q
It specifies ON time of bit specified as ON (=1) in blink pattern.

Unit is 100 m sec, so Actual time = Parameter (q) x Unit time (100 ms)

Range of 0 to 255
r
It specifies OFF time of bit specified as OFF (=0) in blink pattern.

Unit is 100 m sec, so Actual time = Parameter (r) x Unit time (100 ms)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
254
 Range of 0 to 255
s
It specifies the pause time between 32 bits blink pattern. During this period of time, LED is
OFF. Unit is 100 m sec, so Actual time = Parameter (s) x Unit time (100 ms)

If this parameter is set to zero, the pause is not executed.

Both Auto mode and User mode of LED have the default blink pattern. If LED
pattern is not configured by this command, the default LED pattern is used.

Exception:
If at least one of those parameters is out of range, this command is ignored.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
255
Read LED configuration
ASCII US DC4 k

Hexadecimal 1F 14 k

Decimal 31 20 k

Value of k l 0—Auto Mode

l 1—User Mode

This command is to read the LED configuration. This is a batch mode command
which retrieves all the LED configurations (320 bytes) of the mode (Auto mode or
User mode) specified by k.
Data Format Returned (Total 320 bytes = 32(ID) x 10 bytes)

State or ID LED Color Mask Bit Blink Pattern ON Time OFF Time Pause Time
(1 byte) (1 byte) (1 byte) (4 bytes) (1 byte) (1 byte) (1 byte)

1 m1 k1 p11,.., p14 q1 r1 s1

2 m2 k2 p21,.., p24 q2 r2 s2

▪▪▪▪ ▪▪▪▪ ▪▪▪▪ ▪▪▪▪ ▪▪▪▪ ▪▪▪▪ ▪▪▪▪

32 m32 k32 p321,..,p324 q32 r32 s32

Detail of each item is described in LED Configuration Command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
256
Store Paper Type Information
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII US NAK nL nH d1……dn

Hexadecimal 1F 15 nL nH d1……dn

Decimal 31 21 nL nH d1……dn

Range of nL 0–255

Range of nH 0

This command stores paper type information in flash memory by the defined
structure in d1..dn that is used by the select paper type command (1F 17).
nL + nH *256 defines the number of bytes dn that follow.
Remove Paper Type Information
This command also removes current records of paper type information except
for predefined paper type which allocated from (slots 0 to 3). To use 1F 15
command, the total number of bytes should be six, where nL and nH should be
set to 0xFF, d1 determines the starting record, and dn for the last record to be
deleted.
Delete All records
Send: 1F 15 FF FF 04 0F
Delete portion of records
For example, to delete paper type info from record 6 to 10, send: 1F 15 FF FF
06 0A

Note
l If the current selected paper type is within range of records to be deleted,
then selected paper type will be set to default value, which is paper type 3.
l Delete records only pertaining for paper type records from slots 4 to 15.
l Slots 0 to 3 cannot be deleted, if starting record to be deleted falls to this
range, it will be automatically set to slot 4.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
257
Read Paper Type Information
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII US SYN m

Hexadecimal 1F 16 m

Decimal 31 22 m

Range of m 0 ≤ m ≤ 15

This command returns paper type information from flash memory, which is
indexed by m. Printer sending back the data sequence used in the store paper
type information command, for example, the return is 1F 16 m nL nH
(d1…dn), which was stored by index m, and the structure of 48 bytes dn data
are shown in the table below. If the return dn data is all 0xFF, it shows index m,
and the structure of 48 bytes dn data is shown in the table below. If the return dn
data is all 0xFF, it shows index m is undefined.

Item offset size note

Paper category 0 1

Version in type category 1 1

Thermal head type 2 1 Target print head type.

Valid for pre-load

parameter.

Structure format type 3 1 Fixed 1

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
258
Item offset size note

Structure Density Monochrome 4 1 Density offset.

data adjustment density -15 to +15

Color density 5 1 Density offset.

-15 to +15

Speed density 6 9 Density offset for speed.

Graphic -15 to +15

Speed density 15 9
Text

Paper low Paper thickness 24 1 Adjustment parameter for

Adjustment paper low detection
Core diameter 25 1

Diameter 26 1
Detection

Speed Max speed 27 1 Maximum speed

adjustment limitation.

Print quality text 28 1 Change print speed

threshold to improve print
quality
Print quality 29 1
0 to xx : Reduce duty
Graphic
threshold for speed

Target power 30 1 Available for Pre-load

parameter.

Head 1 Strobe 31 3 Strobe ratio definition for

Historical ratio historical Main/Sub1/Sub2

2 strobe 34 3
historical

Paper color 37 1 Paper Color ID

00 to 03

Reserved 38 10 Null

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
259
Get All Available Paper Type:
This command returns the list of available paper type by setting m to FF.

Example
Send: 1F 16 FF

Response: [00][01][01][01][02][01][03][01][04][00]………
[15][00].

l 1st Byte—Paper Type

l 2nd Byte:
o 00—Not Available
o 01—Available
l Monochrome density—updates monochrome strobe time offset when
selecting paper.
l Color density—updates monochrome strobe time offset when selecting
paper.
l Speed density (Graphic)—defines strobe time offset for each speed. It
applies text line. The following table provides the 8 bytes area format.

Byte Target speed

1 16 IPS

2 14 IPS

3 12 IPS

4 10 IPS

5 8 IPS

6 6 IPS

7 4 IPS

8 2.2 IPS

9 1.5 IPS

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
260
 Note
The parameters adjust strobe time for each speed. -15 to +15

l Speed density (Text)—defines strobe time offset for each speed. It applies
Text line.
l Paper thickness—defines paper thickness for paper low detection.

Value Note

00 0.05mm

01 0.06mm

02 0.07mm

03 0.08mm

04 0.09mm

05 0.10mm

l Paper core diameter—defines paper core diameter for paper low detection.

Value Note

00 10mm

01 11mm

02 12mm

03 13mm

04 14mm

05 15mm

06 16mm

07 17mm

08 18mm

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
261
 Value Note

09 19mm

10 20mm

11 21mm

12 22mm

13 23mm

14 24mm

15 25mm

l Diameter Detection Adjustment—defines paper diameter detection

adjustment for paper low detection.

Value Note

00–100 30mm–40mm (with 0.1 increase per step)

l Max speed—sets max speed adjustment.

l Print quality adjustment(txt)—adjusts print speed for text print.

Value Note

00–30 0–xx : reduce duty threshold for print speed.

l Print quality adjustment (Graphic)—adjusts print speed for graphic print.

Value Note

00–30 0–xx : reduce duty threshold for print speed.

l Target power—available for pre-defined paper parameter. This area is

ignored for user-defined parameter.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
262
l Head Historical ratio—defines the historical control for head strobe control.
The following table provides the 6 bytes area format.

Byte Historical Control Note

1 1 Strobe historical 0–255

Main Strobe Improper setting value for this parameter would cause
illegal printing. Please consult manufacturer for
2 1 Strobe historical
recommended value.
Sub Strobe #1
Note

3 1 Strobe historical l 1 Strobe historical applies to printing speed of

Sub Strobe #2 8 ips and above.
l 2 Strobe historical applies to printing speed of
4 2 Strobe historical 4 ips and 6 ips.
Main Strobe

5 2 Strobe historical
Sub Strobe #1

6 2 Strobe historical
Sub Strobe #2

l Paper Color—defines the set of sensor threshold to be used according to

paper color ID.

Value Note

00 Paper Color ID1 (For white color paper)

01 Paper Color ID2 (For blue color paper)

02 Paper Color ID3 (Reserved)

03 Paper Color ID4 (Reserved)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
263
Select Paper Type
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII US ETB m n

Hexadecimal 1F 17 m n

Decimal 31 23 m n

Range of m, n 0 ≤ m ≤ 255

0 ≤ n ≤ 15

Value of m l 0—mono paper (default)

l 1—color paper

Value of n l 0—Predefined paper type 1

l 1—Predefined paper type 2
l 2—Predefined paper type 3
l 3—Predefined paper type 4
l 4 to 13—Reserved
l 14—User-defined paper type 1
l 15—User-defined paper type 2

Default m—0 (mono paper)

n—3 (predefined paper type 3)

This command sets paper type with optimum parameter values in the thermal
print control. The m and n parameter select paper category (mono/color) and
paper control (index m specifies by command 1F 15).

Exceptions:
Poor print quality is caused by incorrect setting of m and n.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
264
Return Printer Configuration
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII US CAN

Hexadecimal 1F 18

Decimal 31 24

This command returns all printer configurations mentioned in Printer Setting

Change command. The information is returned in ASCII format, which consists of
Category, command, command name, total number of next strings, options,
descriptions, and default setting for each config item.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
265
Asian Character commands
Select print modes for Asian characters
ASCII FS ! n

Hexadecimal 1C 21 n

Decimal 28 33 n

Value of n The character attribute for Asian character

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Standard Pitch (24H x 24V)

On 01 1 Compress Pitch (20H x 24V)

Note
Available for only 932
(Japanese).

1 Off 00 0 Undefined

2 Off 00 0 Double width mode is not selected

On 01 1 Double width mode is selected

3 Off 00 0 Double height mode is not selected

On 01 1 Double height mode is selected

4 - - - Undefined

5 - - - Undefined

6 - - - Undefined

7 Off 00 0 Underline mode is not selected

On 01 1 Underline mode is selected

Default of n: 0
This command selects character attribute for Asian characters.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
266
The underline mode can be turned on or off by using FS – or ESC –also. The
thickness of underline is defined by FS – or ESC -, but it does not relate to
character size.

Turn underline mode ON/OFF in Asian mode

ASCII FS - n

Hexadecimal 1C 2D n

Decimal 28 45 n

Value of n l 0—Cancel
l 1—1 dot height underline
l 2—2 dot height underline

Default of n 0 (Cancel)

This command turns underline mode on or off for Asian characters.

All characters can be underlined, including character right side spacing.

Underline can be selected by FS ! and ESC – also, if the last received
command is effective.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
267
Define user-defined Asian characters
ASCII FS 2 c1 c2 d1 … dn

Hexadecimal 1C 32 c1 c2 d1 … dn

Decimal 28 50 c1 c2 d1 … dn

Value of c1 Specifies the beginning Asian character code

Value of c2 Specifies the end Asian character code

Value of d Image data

Value of n Size of image data

l 72 bytes (for standard pitch in Receipt Station)

l 60 bytes (for compressed pitch in Receipt Station-Character Set 932 only)
l 32 bytes (Reserved for slip station)

Range of c1, c2

Japanese F0 ≤ c1 ≤ F9, and

(CP932)
40 ≤ c2 ≤ 7E or 80 ≤ c2 ≤ FC

Simplified A1 ≤ c1 ≤ A7, and 40 ≤ c2 ≤ 7E or 80 ≤ c2 ≤ A0

Chinese
AA ≤ c1 ≤ AF and A1 ≤ c2 ≤ FE
(CP936)
F8 ≤ c1 ≤ FE and A1 ≤ c2 ≤ FE

Korean c1 = C9 or c1 = FE, and

(CP949)
A1 ≤ c2 ≤ FE

Traditional 81 ≤ c1 ≤ A0 or FA ≤ c1 ≤ FE, and

Chinese
40 ≤ c2 ≤ 7E or 80 ≤ c2 ≤ FE
(CP950)
C7 ≤ c1 ≤ C8 and A1 ≤ c2 ≤ FE

Chinese A1 ≤ c1 ≤ A7, and 40 ≤ c2 ≤ 7E or 80 ≤ c2 ≤ A0

(CP GB18030)
AA ≤ c1 ≤ AF and A1 ≤ c2 ≤ FE

F8 ≤ c1 ≤ FE and A1 ≤ c2 ≤ FE

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
268
 Note
4 bytes user-defined characters are not supported in GB18030.

This command defines and enters downloaded characters into RAM. The user-
defined character will be cleared by ESC @ or by powering off the printer. Each
character requires 72 bytes for character definition. The maximum number of
user-defined character is 100.
Defining user-defined Asian characters

Related information:
It is required to send 1B 63 30 1 or 1E command before defining Asian
characters for Receipt Station.

It is also required to send 1C 21 0/1 command before defining Asian

standard/compressed characters for Receipt Station.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
269
Set Asian character spacing
ASCII FS S n1 n2

Hexadecimal 1C 53 n1 n2

Decimal 28 83 n1 n2

Value of n1 Ignored (0)

Value of n2 Character right side spacing dots (1/203 inch)

Default of n2 Refer to the n2 table below

936, 949, 950, GB18030 932

n2
80mm 58mm 80mm 58mm

Standard 1byte 1 1 1 0

Standard 2byte 2 2 2 0

Compressed 1byte - - 0 0

Compressed 2byte - - 0 0

This command sets the character right side spacing for Asian characters.

The underline is valid on the space set by this command. ESC SP command is
not valid for Asian character code pages. Therefore, this command is used to set
the character right side spacing for characters in Asian code page.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
270
Set quadruple mode ON/OFF in Asian mode
ASCII FS W n

Hexadecimal 1C 57 n

Decimal 28 87 n

Value of n The quadruple mode for Asian characters.

l 0 (Bit 0)—Quadruple mode off

(Default)
l 1 (Bit 0)—Quadruple mode on

Default of n 0 (Quadruple mode off)

This command selects or cancels the quadruple mode for Asian characters. FS !
and GS ! also have control over character size.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
271
Flash Download commands in IPL (CPMI)
There are two ways to update the firmware in online.

l Update the firmware in IPL mode (CPMI commands)

l Update the firmware in Main firmware mode

Updating firmware in IPL mode is the method used in the existing products. In
this mode, IPL supports CPMI commands which control flashing firmware via
USB. Therefore, it has to switch to IPL mode by Switch to Flash Download Mode
command firstly. In this mode, all the commands used are CPMI commands. The
interface connection is disconnected while changing the mode from Main
firmware to IPL mode, and it is re-established when IPL mode is launched.

Whereas, updating firmware in Main firmware mode does not require IPL. It is
able to update the firmware without changing the mode. The commands used in
this mode are not CPMI commands.

Switch to flash download mode

ASCII ESC [ }

Hexadecimal 1B 5B 7D

Decimal 27 91 125

Response l ACK (0x06)—The mode is successfully changed to IPL.

l NACK (0x15)—The mode is already in IPL.

This command switches mode to IPL (Initial Program Loader).

When the printer receives this command in Main firmware mode, it returns ACK
and resets the printer automatically, and it goes to IPL mode.

If this command is received in IPL mode, it just returns NACK and nothing
happens. In order to go back to Main Firmware mode from IPL mode, the printer
has to be manually reset or be reset by Printer Reboot command (1D FF).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
272
Request printer ID
ASCII GS NUL

Hexadecimal 1D 00

Decimal 29 0

Response ACK (0x06) + 12 bytes ASCII string of IPL firmware part number.

This command is available only in IPL mode.

Return segment number status of flash memory

ASCII GS SOH

Hexadecimal 1D 01

Decimal 29 1

Response Series i: 93 (Fixed)

Series ii: 9D (Fixed)

This command returns the total number of sectors in the flash memory. The
value returned is the maximum sector number used by Select Flash Memory
Sector to Download command (1D 02 n). This command is available only in IPL
mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
273
Select flash memory sector to download
ASCII GS STX n

Hexadecimal 1D 02 n

Decimal 29 2 n

Value of n The Flash sector to which the next download operation applies.

Range of n 0–93 (Sector number). This range depends of the flash memory specification.

Response l ACK (0x06)—Sector number specified is available.

l NACK (0x15)—Sector number specified is not available.

It specifies the sector number of flash memory which writes the firmware
program data sent subsequently. This command is available only in IPL mode.

Get firmware sector CRC

ASCII GS ACK

Hexadecimal 1D 06

Decimal 29 6

Response l ACK (0x06) + 2 bytes CRC (<low bytes><high byte>)

l NACK (0x15)—It failed to calculate CRC.

This command calculates and returns CRC of the flash memory sector specified
by Select Flash Memory Sector to Download command (1D 02 n). If CRC is
successfully calculated, it returns ACK and 2bytes CRC consecutively. If CRC
calculation is not successful or it is abnormal CRC, it returns NACK.

This command is available only in IPL mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
274
Return IPL firmware CRC
ASCII GS BEL

Hexadecimal 1D 07

Decimal 29 7

Response ACK (0x06) + 2 bytes CRC(<low byte><high byte>)

This command calculates and returns CRC of IPL firmware. This command is
available only in IPL mode.

Erase all flash memory

ASCII GS SO

Hexadecimal 1D 0E

Decimal 29 14

Response ACK (0x06)

This command is not used in the sequence of the firmware flashing in IPL.
Therefore, it does not do anything except returning the acknowledgement. This
command is available only in IPL mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
275
Return main firmware CRC
ASCII GS SI

Hexadecimal 1D 0F

Decimal 29 15

Response ACK (0x06) + 2 bytes CRC (<low byte><high byte>)

This command calculates and returns CRC of Main firmware. This command is
available only in IPL mode.

Erase selected flash sector

ASCII GS DLE n

Hexadecimal 1D 10 n

Decimal 29 16 n

Range of n 1–93 (Sector number). This range depends on the flash memory
specification.

Response l ACK (0x06)—The sector specified is successfully erased.

l NACK (0x15)—The sector specified is not successfully
erased.

This command erases the flash memory sector specified. If the sector specified is
successfully erased, it returns ACK. If it failed to erase, it returns NACK. This
command is available only in IPL mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
276
Download to active flash sector
ASCII GS DC1 al ah cl ch d1…dn

Hexadecimal 1D 11 al ah cl ch d1…dn

Decimal 29 17 al ah cl ch d1…dn

Value of al, ah 0 (Fixed)

Value of cl, ch Total number of bytes of the subsequent data = ((ch * 256) + cl)

Range of cl, ch 1 ≤ ((ch*256) + cl) ≤ 64K

Range of n 1 ≤ n ≤ 64K

Response l ACK (0x06)—The firmware data is successfully written in the sector

specified.
l NACK (0x15)—It failed to write the firmware data.

This command writes the firmware data into the flash memory sector specified
by “Select Flash Memory Sector to Download” command (1D 02 n). If the data
is successfully written, it returns ACK. If it failed to write, it returns NACK. This
command is available only in IPL mode.

Reboot the printer

ASCII GS (SPACE)

Hexadecimal 1D FF

Decimal 29 255

This command resets the printer. If the printer is in IPL mode and receives this
command, it goes to Main mode after the reset. If it is in Main mode, it's still in
Main mode even after the reset.

This command is available in both IPL and Main mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
277
Flash Download commands in Main Firmware
These commands are used to download the firmware online. Since it does not
switch to IPL mode, the flashing firmware is performed without disconnecting the
interface.

Those are not allowed to use in an application. Otherwise, it may cause printer
failure, or it may become not operational in worst case.

Flash firmware
ASCII ESC [ | m pL0 pL1 pH0 pH1 d1…dn

Hexadecimal 1B 5B 7C m pL0 pL1 pH0 pH1 d1…dn

Decimal 27 91 124 m pL0 pL1 pH0 pH1 d1…dn

Value of m l 00H—IPL
l 01H—Main F/W
l 02H—SBCS
l 03H—DBCS
l 04H—TABLE
l 05H—PRINTER CONFIGURATION TABLE
l 10H—Combined File1 (IPL+MainFW) Reserved for future enhancement
l 20H—Combined File2 (All in one file) Reserved for future enhancement

Values of l pL0, pL1, pH0, pH1: (pL0 + pL1 × 256 + pH0 × 65536 + pH1 × 16777216) as the
size of firmware file
l d1...dn: Firmware file data

Response l ACK (0x06) + 2 bytes CRC (<low byte><high byte>)

l NACK (0x15) + 1byte Error Code

This command flashes the entire firmware data file into the flash memory. If the
data is successfully written, it returns ACK with CRC of the target firmware
specified by m.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
278
If flashing firmware fails, it returns NACK with the following error codes.

Error Code: l 01H—Illegal Parameter (n and p)

l 02H—File size mismatch
l 03H—Wrong firmware file
l 04H—Fail writing into flash memory
l 05H—CRC mismatch

Once the firmware is successfully flashed, the new firmware is activated by Active
Firmware command (1B 5B 7B n). If the firmware does not support the swap
download functionality that manages two downloading area for each firmware,
the new firmware flashed is activated even by resetting the printer. If the
firmware supports the swap download functionality, the firmware file is flashed
into the deactivated area by this command. This command is not available in IPL
mode.

While the printer is updating the firmware, LED blinks in Green. While LED is
blinking, do not disconnect the USB cable or turn off the printer. Otherwise, the
printer will malfunction.

Note
Swap download functionality is the future enhancement that requires
more flash memory size.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
279
Activate firmware in the alternative area
ASCII ESC [ { n

Hexadecimal 1B 5B 7B n

Decimal 27 91 123 n

Value of n l 00H—IPL
l 01H—Main F/W
l 02H—SBCS
l 03H—DBCS
l 04H—TABLE
l 05H—PRINTER CONFIGURATION TABLE

Response l ACK (0x06) + 2 bytes CRC (<low byte><high byte>)

l NACK (0x15) + 1byte Error Code

This command activates the firmware flashed into the deactivated area and
automatically resets the printer. If the firmware is successfully activated, it
returns ACK with CRC of the target firmware and automatically resets the printer.
The firmware that does not support the swap download functionality just returns
ACK with CRC and resets the printer. If it fails, it returns NACK with the following
error code.

Error Code: l 00H—Unknown error

l 01H—Illegal Parameter (n and p)
l 05H—No firmware in alternative area
l 06H—Fail to activate

Note
This command is not available in IPL mode. Swap download functionality
is the future enhancement which requires more flash memory size.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
280
Diagnostics commands
All diagnostic commands are supported for the printer production. Those are not
allowed to use in an application. Otherwise, it may cause the printer failure, or it
may become not operational in worst case.

Printer exercise
ASCII ESC z n

Hexadecimal 1B 7A n

Decimal 27 122 n

This command allows the printer to do exercise for the diagnostics purposes.

This command is available when no paper exists in the printer.

n Device Action

04H Paper feed motor (Receipt) It rotates the feed motor for 5 seconds.

07H Cutter It performs the knife cut.

12H Reserved (Reserved)

20H Reserved (Reserved)

22H Reserved (Reserved)

23H LED Blinks LED for 5 seconds.

Exceptions:
When a paper exists in the printer, this command is ignored.

If the command is sent with an illegal "n" parameter, the command is ignored.

While the printer is conducting an exercise, it does not process any subsequence
data.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
281
Print maintenance information form
ASCII GS d 01H

Hexadecimal 1D 64 01

Decimal 29 100 01

The printer prints Print Maintenance barcode. Whenever the printer prints this
form, it executes the thermal head failure detection, and this result is included in
this form.

Dot check pattern test

ASCII GS d 05H

Hexadecimal 1D 64 05

Decimal 29 100 05

The command is to print Dot check pattern to check if there are any damaged
heads.

This command is available when the paper width is 80 mm. Dot check pattern is
the common form used in Top margin adjustment.

Exceptions:
While the printer is printing test pages, it does not process any subsequence
data.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
282
Memory test
ASCII GS d 06H

Hexadecimal 1D 64 06

Decimal 29 100 06

The command is to conduct conducts write and read test in some of RAM area.

If an error is detected in this memory test, Detail Memory Error status of

“Extended Real-Time Status Transmission” is set.

Exceptions:
While the printer is checking memory, it does not process any subsequence data.

Left margin adjustment

ASCII GS d 11H n

Hexadecimal 1D 64 11 n

Decimal 29 100 17 n

Range of n F1H < n < 0FH (@1/203")

This command is to adjust the left margin. Once the margin is adjusted, it prints a
form which is same format as Dot check pattern test so that an operator can
confirm the margin adjusted. This command is available when the paper width is
80 mm.

Exceptions:
While the printer is conducting the adjustment, it does not process any
subsequence data.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
283
Sensor calibration
ASCII GS d 15H n m s

Hexadecimal 1D 64 15 n m s

Decimal 29 100 21 n m s

Range of n l 01H—execute sensor calibration

l 02H—execute sensor calibration with paper color ID.

Note
Parameters m and s are only available when n=2. These
are supported in Series ii only.

Range of m Paper color ID m = 00 to 03

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

Range of s Target sensor range s = 01 to 03

l 01—Paper low sensor

l 02—Paper jam sensor
l 03—both

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

Response ACK (0x06) + AA + EE

Value
Index Sensor
01 00

AA Jam If the respective sensor calibration is If the respective sensor calibration

Sensor successful or already if calibration is is not done or if the calibration is
done after power up. failed after power up.
EE Paper
Low
Sensor

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
284
This command is to calibrate the following sensors:

l Jam Sensor
l Paper Low Sensor

Calibrating sensors
To calibrate the sensors, follow these steps:

1. Send Sensor Calibration command (1D 64 15 01).

2. Printer beeps to indicate the printer is in sensor calibration mode.
3. Place a piece of paper on the jam sensor to make it ON.
4. Supply a big paper roll to make the paper low sensor covered (OFF).
5. Press key and printer beeps to indicate it is starting to calibrate. The printer
beeps twice as soon as it completes the calibration of sensor for both
sensors.
6. Remove all the paper low sensor not covered (ON).
7. Remove all the paper on the jam sensor to make it OFF.
8. Press key and printer beeps to indicate it is starting to calibrate. The printer
beeps twice as soon as it completes the sensor calibration.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
285
The following table provides calibration steps applicable to Series ii only.

n m s Calibration Steps Condition

01 Don’t care Don’t care All steps to be performed from steps 1 to 8

02 00–03 01 All steps to be performed except steps 3 and 7

02 00–03 02 All steps to be performed except steps 4 and 6

02 00–03 03 All steps to be performed from steps 1 to 8

Note
For the Jam sensor, there is the risk that it incorrectly detects a paper jam
due to paper dust on the platen generated by long usage. To prevent this
risk, the printer keeps monitoring OFF value of the Jam sensor and it
disables the paper jam detection automatically when OFF value is
abnormal.

Exceptions:
While the printer is performing the calibration, it does not process any
subsequence data.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
286
Reset all printer individual information
ASCII GS d 16H

Hexadecimal 1D 64 16

Decimal 29 100 22

This command is to reset all the printer individual information stored into the
non-volatile memory to the default value.

l All printer configuration settings.

l All user/permanent tallies
l All adjustment value (Top margin, left margin, BM cut position)
l All sensor calibration value
l Printer model number
l Printer serial number
l User-defined Logo, User Defined Character and User-defined Data
l Firmware Detail Log
l Historical Error Log
l Flash memory allocation.
l LED blink pattern configured by LED Configuration command.
l Enabled USU

It automatically resets the printer after processing this command.

Exceptions:
Configuration sector erase cycle tally will not reset. When the main firmware is
the “Default NHPI FW”, the USB Type will not be reset. The existing USB Type will
be retained.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
287
Retrieve detail log
ASCII GS d 20H m

Hexadecimal 1D 64 20 m

Decimal 29 100 32 m

Value of m l 0—Firmware Detail Log

l 1—Historical Error Log
l 2—Maintenance Information

Firmware Detail Log (m=00)

Printer returns 64K bytes of detail firmware log of the latest transaction.
Historical Error Log (m=01)
Printer returns 64K bytes of historical error log data. 64K bytes = 128 bytes (one
error log) x 512 errors.

Error log are stored when the firmware detects following errors/warning:

l Unrecoverable Error
o Memory Error
o Thermal Head Disconnected
o Thermal Head Abnormal Temperature
l Recoverable Error (operator intervention is required)
o Cutter Error
o Recoverable Error (operator intervention is not required)
o Thermal head over heat
l Warning (This will not affect any printer behavior)
o EEPROM initialization fail

Maintenance Information (m=02)

It transmits 1776 bytes [=1132 bytes (QR1 size) + 644 bytes (QR2 size)] detail
maintenance information. The content of this information is exactly the same
information as two QR bar codes.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
288
Common printer maintenance interface
(CPMI) commands
Presented in Presented in
CPMI Command Command Description
IPL Main FW

1D 30 04 20 Write Printer Serial number No Yes

1D 30 04 23 Return Printer Serial number No Yes

1D 30 04 24 Write Class/model number No Yes

1D 30 04 27 Return Class/model number No Yes

1D 30 04 28 Write Printer (H/W) part number No Yes

1D 30 04 2A Return Printer (H/W) part number No Yes

1D 30 04 2B Return Boot firmware part number No Yes

1D 30 04 2F Return Boot firmware CRC No Yes

1D 30 04 33 Return Flash firmware part number No Yes

1D 30 04 37 Return Flash firmware CRC No Yes

1D 30 04 3B Return Table firmware CRC No Yes

1D 30 04 3D Return Paper Low sensor calibration No Yes

tally

1D 30 04 47 Return Jam sensor calibration tally No Yes

1D 30 04 4B Return SBCS (for Receipt) version No Yes

1D 30 04 52 Return Overall sensor calibration tally No Yes

1D 30 04 53 Return DBCS (for Receipt) version No Yes

1D 30 04 80 Write Receipt lines tally No Yes

1D 30 04 82 Clear Receipt lines tally No Yes

1D 30 04 83 Return Receipt lines tally No Yes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
289
 Presented in Presented in
CPMI Command Command Description
IPL Main FW

1D 30 04 84 Write Knife cut tally No Yes

1D 30 04 86 Clear Knife cut tally No Yes

1D 30 04 87 Return Knife cut tally No Yes

1D 30 04 90 Write Hours on tally No Yes

1D 30 04 92 Clear Hours on tally No Yes

1D 30 04 93 Return Hours on tally N Yes

1D 30 04 97 Return Boot firmware version No Yes

1D 30 04 9B Return Control Table version No Yes

1D 30 04 A3 Return Flash firmware version No Yes

1D 30 04 A4 Write Flash cycles tally No Yes

1D 30 04 A6 Clear Flash cycles tally No Yes

1D 30 04 A7 Return Flash cycles tally No Yes

1D 30 04 A8 Write Knife jams tally No Yes

1D 30 04 AA Clear Knife jams tally No Yes

1D 30 04 AB Return Knife jams tally No Yes

1D 30 04 AC Write Cover open tally No Yes

1D 30 04 AE Clear Cover open tally No Yes

1D 30 04 AF Return Cover open tally No Yes

1D 30 04 B0 Write Thermal head over heat tally No Yes

1D 30 04 B2 Clear Thermal head over heat tally No Yes

1D 30 04 B3 Return Thermal head over heat tally No Yes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
290
 Presented in Presented in
CPMI Command Command Description
IPL Main FW

1D 30 04 C8 Write Paper jams tally No Yes

1D 30 04 CA Clear Paper jams tally No Yes

1D 30 04 CB Return Paper jams tally No Yes

1D 30 04 D3 Return Dot Failure information No Yes

1D 30 04 D8 Write PCB part number No Yes

1D 30 04 DB Return PCB part number No Yes

1D 30 04 E0 Write Maintenance tally No Yes

1D 30 04 E2 Clear Maintenance tally No Yes

1D 30 04 E3 Return Maintenance tally No Yes

1B 5B 7D Switch to Flash Download Mode No (NACK) Yes

1D 00 Request Printer ID Yes No

1D 01 Return Segment Number Status of Flash Yes No

Memory

1D 02 Select Flash Memory Sector to Yes No

Download

1D 06 Get Firmware Sector CRC Yes No

1D 07 Return IPL Firmware CRC Yes No

1D 08 (Reserved) No No

1D 0E Erase all Flash Memory Yes No

1D 0F Return Main Firmware CRC Yes No

1D 10 Erase Selected Flash Sector Yes No

1D 11 Download to Active Flash Sector Yes No

1D FF Reboot the Printer Yes Yes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
291
Diagnostics
The NCR 7199 Series Thermal Receipt Station Printer performs different types of
diagnostic tests to help troubleshoot problems and to change the printer
configuration.

Offline Diagnostic
The following tasks can be performed for offline diagnostic:

l Offline printer configuration on the next page

l Offline firmware update on page 299
l Offline printer configuration update on page 302

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
292
Offline printer configuration
It configures the printer by Feed Key operation in offline mode.

When the printer is turned on while Feed Key is pressed down, it enters Offline
Printer Configuration mode. In this mode, all the interfaces are not available.

Main Menu
Once it enters Offline Printer Configuration, it prints Main Menu as follows.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
293
Explanation
By clicking Feed Key according to Main Menu and then holding down Feed Key
for a while (more than 1 second), an operator can configure the printer or print
diagnostic information.

Note
When an operator clicks Feed key, it beeps a short tone which indicates
that a short click is recognized. When an operator holds down Feed key
for a while, it beeps a modulated tone which indicates that a long press is
recognized.

Exit
When Feed Key is only pressed down for a while, it automatically resets and goes
to online mode.
Print Printer Config
When Feed Key is clicked once and then pressed down for a while, it prints the
configuration form, and stays in Main Menu after printing the configuration form.
Emulation
When Feed Key is clicked twice and then pressed down for a while, it prints
Submenu of settings which indicates items relevant to Emulation.
Hardware
When Feed Key is clicked three times and then pressed down for a while, it prints
Submenu of settings which indicates items relevant to Hardware.
Reset to Default Settings
When Feed Key is clicked four times and then pressed down for a while, it resets
all the settings to the default value and it directly goes to Final Confirmation
Menu.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
294
Submenu
When Emulation, Hardware, Interface RS232C or Interface Ethernet is selected in
Main Menu, it prints Submenu as follows.
Emulation is selected in Main Menu

Note
Buffered Printing & Legacy LF + CR are supported in Series ii only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
295
Hardware is selected in Main Menu

For Series i:

For Series ii:

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
296
Interface RS232C is selected in Main Menu

Interface Ethernet is selected in Main Menu

By clicking Feed Key according to Submenu and then pressing it for a while, it
goes to Setting Menu of an individual setting selected in Submenu and prints all
setting options.

Note
If Feed Key is pressed down for a while without clicking, it goes back to
Main Menu.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
297
Setting Menu
When some item is selected in Submenu, it prints its Setting Menu as follows.

By clicking Feed Key according to Setting Menu and then pressing it for a while, it
goes to Final Confirmation Menu of a setting option selected in Setting Menu and
prints the options to confirm if the change is really required or not.

If Feed Key is pressed down for a while without clicking, it goes back to Submenu.

The setting options and its order follow the items listed in Printer Setting Change
command (1F 11).

Final Confirmation Menu

When setting option is finally selected in Setting Menu, it prints its Final
Confirmation Menu as follows.

This menu is to confirm if the change done in Offline Printer Configuration is

reliable to be stored into the non-volatile memory or not.

l Long Press—saves the change into non-volatile memory and goes back to
Top Menu.
l Short Click—cancels the change and goes back to the previous Setting
Menu. If it is the final confirmation of “Reset to Default Setting”, it goes back
to Top Menu without changing any settings.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
298
Offline firmware update
It updates the printer firmware (Main, IPL, SBCS font, DBCS font and Control
Table) via USB memory device connected to USB Type-A interface of the printer.
In this mode, all the interfaces are not available.

Here is the operation to update the firmware in offline.

1. Turn on the printer after connecting USB memory device

When the printer is turned on after connecting USB memory device, it goes
to the offline firmware update mode with the green LED on and it
automatically starts updating firmware. Once the update starts, LED is
blinking in red.

Note
l As the premise, in order to enable the functionality of the
offline firmware update, USB Type-B has to be disconnected.
Otherwise, it goes to online mode even if USB memory device
is connected to USB Type-A.
l If a device except the USB memory is connected to USB Type-A,
it does not go to the offline firmware update mode.
l While LED is blinking in red, removing USB device is not
allowed. Otherwise, the printer becomes malfunction after
that.

2. Turn off the printer and remove USB memory device

Once all the files are updated, it turns the green LED on and prints
information that indicates files which have been updated successfully along
with the printer configuration form, then it beeps to imply the completion
of update.
After that, the printer does not operate while waiting for the printer reset.
Therefore, an operator has to turn off the printer and removes USB
memory device.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
299
In the USB memory device, the files to be updated are stored in the specific
folders as follows.

Folder File

yyyymmddhhmmss \7199STD\IPL IPL firmware file

yyyymmddhhmmss\7199STD\MAIN main firmware file

yyyymmddhhmmss\7199STD\SBCS SBCS font file

yyyymmddhhmmss\7199STD\DBCS DBCS font file

yyyymmddhhmmss\7199STD\TABLE Control Table file Control Table file

Note
The folder name is based on the time stamp when this folder was created.

l yyyy:year (2016 to 2099)

l mm:month (01 to 12)
l dd:date (01 to 31)
l hh:hour(00 to 23)
l mm:minute (00 to 59)
l ss:second(00 to 59)

First, it figures out the latest folder by checking the root folder name based on
the timestamp. After that, it checks the file in each folder of the latest timestamp
folder in the following order, and updates accordingly if the proper file is stored
in each folder.

The files are updated in the following order:

1. IPL
2. MAIN
3. SBCS
4. DBCS
5. TABLE

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
300
If a file in the folder above is in one of the following conditions, it does not
update that firmware (ignores a file) and it goes to the next folder to check.

l No file exists in the folder, or multiple files exists in the folder.

l A file is not the expected one (format is wrong, ID is wrong, extension is
wrong and so forth).

Even if such condition is observed, it simply skips such folder and continues
offline firmware update till the end without indicating any errors.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
301
Offline printer configuration update
It also updates the printer configuration via USB memory device in the same
manner as the offline firmware update. Along with the printer configuration, it is
also able to reset tally individually.

The Printer Configuration file is stored in this folder:

l yyyymmddhhmmss\7199STD\CONFIG

Printer Configuration is changed along with firmware update at the same time.

The files are then updated in the following order:

1. IPL
2. MAIN
3. SBCS
4. DBCS
5. TABLE
6. Printer Configuration

The offline printer configuration file consists of the binary data of the Printer
Setting Change Commands (1F 11) to configure the printer and the Common
Printer Maintenance Interface (CPMI) Commands (1D 30 04) to reset the tally.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
302
Maintenance Information Form
Maintenance Information consists from two 2D barcode which include diverse
information related to the maintenance.

There are two ways to print this form. This form is printed without looping in the
presenter.

l Operation
When “Print Maintenance Info.” is selected in Top Menu of the offline
diagnostics, it prints this form.

l Command
When “Print Maintenance Information Form” command (0x1D 0x64 0x01) is
received, it prints this form.

Before it prints the Maintenance Information Form, it performs the dot failure
detection in order to update the latest dot status.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
303
Printer Configuration Form
Printer Configuration form indicates the printer individual information and
configurations.

If ION driver is not installed in the host system and if the printer USB is
configured as ION, the printer automatically switches to NHPI mode temporarily
and “ION>NHPI” is shown in the diagnostic form.

Note
Automatic switching does not happen when ION driver is installed but
EPIC configurations are not done.

In connecting the printer with newly installed EPIC computer case, special
operation is required and the instruction is shown in the diagnostic form as “To
force type ION, Open receipt cover and press feed button for 5 secs” below the
ION>NHPI. The user can execute the special operation to install the Edgeport.

Limitation:
After the automatically switching to NHPI, if EPIC driver is installed in the host
system, the printer needs to restart to detect the EPIC.

Without turning off the printer, if the user switches from ION to Non-ION PC, the
printer cannot automatically switch from EPIC to NHPI.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
304
For Series i:

Note
Take note of the following for Legacy Paper Jam:

l Paper Out option is caused by Paper Jam with Paper Exhaust.

l Knife Jam option is caused by Paper Jam with Cutter Error.

For more information, refer to the 1F 11 command table.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
305
For Series ii:

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
306
Printing the Printer Configuration Form
There are three ways to print the Printer Configuration Form in 8.13 LPI:

l If the cover is closed while Feed Key is pressed down, it prints this form.
l If “Print Printer Config” is selected at Top Menu of the offline diagnostics, it
prints this form.
l If “Print Printer Configuration Form” command (0x1F 0x74) is received, it
prints this form.

Before the printer prints Printer Configuration Form, it performs the dot failure
detection in order to update the latest dot status.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
307
Printer Errors
Error Detection
The followings are errors and warnings detected in NCR 7199 Series printers.

Boot Online
Error/Warning Idle Print
Up Diag.

Unrecoverable Error

Memory Error O O

Thermal Head Abnormal Temperature O O

Note
If the thermal head temperature is more than 90-
degree Celsius, this error is detected.

Recoverable Error (Operator intervention is required)

Paper Jam O O

Cutter Jam O O O O

Cover Open O O O

Paper End O O

Recoverable Error (Operator intervention is not required)

Thermal Head Disconnected O

Thermal head over heat O

Note
If the thermal head temperature is more than 65-
degree Celsius, it suspends printing data to cool down
the head, and it resumes printing once it becomes less
than 55-degree Celsius.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
308
 Boot Online
Error/Warning Idle Print
Up Diag.

Warning (This will not affect any printer functionality)

Paper low O O

24V anomaly O O

Sensor Calibration fail O

Unrecoverable error
Those are very critical errors that the printer may not be functional at all and may
require the repair. Once those errors are detected, it is not able to recover from
an error condition unless the printer is reset. Even if the printer is reset, it will
probably detect the same error.

Memory error
RAM error
If there is a failure in terms of iRAM / DRAM access during the power up or during
the memory test of the online diagnostics, it is detected as Memory Error.
ROM error
If there is a failure in terms of the flash memory access during the power up or
during the memory test of the online diagnostics, it is detected as Memory Error.

The printer is not able to recover from this error condition unless the printer is
turned off. Even if it is rebooted, there is a high possibility that same error is
detected because this is the fatal error.

Thermal head abnormal temperature error

When the printer observes that the thermal head temperature is too high, it is
detected as Thermal Head Abnormal Temperature Error. If this error is detected
while printing data, it immediately stops printing.

The printer is not able to recover from this error condition unless the printer is
turned off. Even if it is rebooted, there is a high possibility that same error is
detected because this is the fatal error.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
309
Recoverable error
There are two types of the recoverable errors. One is to require the operator
intervention to recover it.

l Once an operator takes a proper action, it will be recovered go to online.

l Another one is that it automatically recovers from the error condition. It
does not require any operator intervention.

This error is internally cleared by force regardless of the printer condition when
the cover is opened and closed or when Error Recovery command (Real–time
Request to Printer) is received. However, it will be detected once again if no
proper action was taken.

Paper jam error

When the printer recognizes that the paper is rolled up into the platen, it is
detected as Paper Jam Error. If this error is detected while printing data, it
immediately stops printing.

Once the paper rolled up into the platen is taken away and the cover is closed
properly then, this error is cleared.

Cutter error
While performing the cut, if one of the following abnormal behaviors is observed,
the printer immediately executes the cutter exercise. For the detail of the cutter
exercise, please see the description of Printer Exercise (1B 7A 07) command.

l Cutter did not leave the home position even if the certain period has
passed.
l Cutter did not return to the home position within the certain period.

In addition, the cutter exercise is executed during the printer power up if the
cutter is not at the home position. It is also conducted if the cover is closed in the
cutter error condition.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
310
During the exercise, if the following unexpected behavior is observed, it indicates
the cutter error.

l Cutter does not leave the home position: If it recognizes that the cutter is
still at the home after the certain period, it is detected as the cutter error.
l Cutter does not return to the home position: If it recognizes that the cutter
is not able to return to the home position within the certain period, it is
detected as the cutter error.

Once the cover is opened and closed during cutter error status, the cutter error
will clear and then perform cutter exercise. However, the same error may occur
in the cutter exercise triggered by closing the cover unless the inducement of the
cutter error is eliminated.

If the configuration of ”Legacy Paper Jam” is configured as “Knife Jam”, the printer
indicates Cutter error even if it detects Receipt paper jam error.

Note
Even if the cutter overshoots (cannot stop at) the home position while
performing cut, it is not considered as the abnormal condition as long as
returning to the home position is recognized.

Cover open error

When the printer recognizes that the cover sensor implies the cover open, it is
detected as Cover Open Error. If this error is detected while printing data, it
immediately stops printing.

Once the cover is closed properly, this error is cleared.

Paper end error

When the printer recognizes that the paper end sensor implies the paper end, it
is detected as Paper End Error. If this error is detected while printing data, it
immediately stops printing.

Once a paper roll is supplied and the cover is closed properly, this error is
cleared.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
311
Thermal head disconnected error
When the printer observes that the thermal head temperature is too low, it is
detected as Thermal Head Disconnected Error. This error is checked whenever
the printer starts printing data.

Once this error is detected, the printer does not start printing until the thermal
head temperature becomes the normal condition. Once it is recovered, this error
is automatically cleared and it restarts printing. This error is cleared by
opening/closing the cover. However, it may detect the same error before printing
data if the error condition is not recovered.

Thermal head over heat

When the printer observes that the thermal head temperature is higher than the
certain temperature, it is detected as Thermal head over heat. This error is
checked whenever the printer starts printing data.

Once this error is detected, the printer does not start printing until the thermal
head temperature becomes lower than the certain temperature. Once it is
cooled down and reaches the certain temperature, this error is automatically
cleared and it restarts printing. This error is cleared by opening/closing the cover.
However, it may detect the same error before printing data if the error condition
is not recovered.

Warning
It does not affect any printer functionality. Once some of those are detected, the
printer just indicates this by status and LED. It behaves as usual even if a warning
is detected.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
312
LED Indication
This section defines LED patterns in NCR 7199 Series printers.

LED pattern in auto mode

This is the default LED pattern in “Auto Mode” which printer itself controls LED
according to the printer status. This pattern can be changed by LED configuration
command.

Stage Printer Status Cycle Color Control

1 Boot Up NA GREEN/ GREEN→AMBER→OFF

AMBER →AMBER→GREEN

2 Idle NA GREEN ON

3 Printing NA GREEN ON

4 Offline Firmware Update 5 Hz RED BLINK

5 (Reserved) - - -

6 (Reserved) - - -

7 Online Firmware Update 5 Hz GREEN BLINK

8 Standby mode NA GREEN ON

9 (Reserved) - - -

10 Unrecoverable error in PCB block 2 Hz RED 1 Blink Pause 5

seconds

11 Unrecoverable error in Thermal Head 2 Hz RED 2 Blink Pause 5

seconds

12 (Reserved) - - -

13 (Reserved) - - -

14 (Reserved) - - -

15 (Reserved) - - -

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
313
Stage Printer Status Cycle Color Control

16 (Reserved) - - -

17 (Reserved) - - -

18 (Reserved) - - -

19 (Reserved) - - -

20 Recoverable error in Thermal Head 2 Hz AMBER 2 Blink Pause 5

(Cool Down, Disconnected) seconds

21 Recoverable error in Printer Cover 2 Hz AMBER 3 Blink Pause 5

seconds

22 Recoverable error in Paper related 2 Hz AMBER 4 Blink Pause 5

seconds

23 Recoverable error in Print block 2 Hz AMBER 5 Blink Pause 5

seconds

24 Recoverable error in Cutter block 2 Hz AMBER 6 Blink Pause 5

seconds

25 (Reserved) - - -

26 (Reserved) - - -

27 (Reserved) - - -

28 (Reserved) - - -

29 (Reserved) - - -

30 Warning for PCB 2 Hz GREEN 1 Blink Pause 5

seconds

31 Warning for Paper related 2 Hz GREEN 4 Blink Pause 5

seconds

32 (Reserved) - - -

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
314
Basic policy of the default blinking pattern for errors/warnings in Auto Mode is as
follows.

l Red color is used for an unrecoverable error

l Amber color is used for a recoverable error
l Green color is used for warning
l Blink cycle for errors/warnings is 2Hz
l Number of blinks of one cycle depends on the block where an error occurs.
o PCB 1 Blink
o Thermal Head 2 Blink
o Cover 3 Blink
o Paper block 4 Blink
o Print block 5 blink
o Cutter block 6 Blink

While updating the firmware in IPL mode, LED indication is as follows regardless
of the mode.

l While writing data into the flash memory: Green fast blink
l While verifying data written into the flash memory: Red fast blink

It repeats the above sequence in each sector.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
315
LED pattern in user mode
When the printer is configured to “User Mode”, a system controls LED by “LED
Control Request” command according to the printer status. The printer itself
does not control the LED at all.

Example
If a system recognizes that the cover is opened, it may send LED Control
Request command (1D 7A 25) so that LED starts blinking RED in 3Hz.

Once it recognizes that the cover is closed, it may send LED Control Request
command (1D 7A 07) to turn off the red blinking and to turn on the green to
indicate that the printer is in online.

LED blinking pattern of each ID can be changed by LED configuration command if

there are no blinking patterns in the default blinking pattern which a system
expects.

ID Color Pattern Cycle (Hz) Control

1 Green Blink 3 Hz 1 Blink Pause 3 seconds

2 Green Blink 3 Hz 2 Blink Pause 3 seconds

3 Green Blink 3 Hz 3 Blink Pause 3 seconds

4 Green Blink 3 Hz 4 Blink Pause 3 seconds

5 Green Blink 3 Hz 5 Blink Pause 3 seconds

6 Green Blink 3 Hz 6 Blink Pause 3 seconds

7 Green ON NA Keep ON

8 Green Blink 1 Hz Blink continuously

9 Green Blink 3 Hz Blink continuously

10 Green Blink 5 Hz Blink continuously

11 NA OFF NA OFF

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
316
ID Color Pattern Cycle (Hz) Control

12 Amber ON NA Keep ON

13 Amber Blink 1 Hz Blink continuously

14 Amber Blink 3 Hz Blink continuously

15 Amber Blink 5 Hz Blink continuously

16 Amber Blink 3 Hz 1 Blink Pause 3 seconds

17 Amber Blink 3 Hz 2 Blink Pause 3 seconds

18 Amber Blink 3 Hz 3 Blink Pause 3 seconds

19 Amber Blink 3 Hz 4 Blink Pause 3 seconds

20 Amber Blink 3 Hz 5 Blink Pause 3 seconds

21 Amber Blink 3 Hz 6 Blink Pause 3 seconds

22 NA OFF NA OFF

23 Red ON NA Keep ON

24 Red Blink 1 Hz Blink continuously

25 Red Blink 3 Hz Blink continuously

26 Red Blink 5 Hz Blink continuously

27 Red Blink 3 Hz 1 Blink Pause 3 seconds

28 Red Blink 3 Hz 2 Blink Pause 3 seconds

29 Red Blink 3 Hz 3 Blink Pause 3 seconds

30 Red Blink 3 Hz 4 Blink Pause 3 seconds

31 Red Blink 3 Hz 5 Blink Pause 3 seconds

32 Red Blink 3 Hz 6 Blink Pause 3 seconds

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
317
Printable Area

l The left margin can be set using GS L command.

l While printing area width is set by GS W command.
l These commands are ignored in page mode.

l If the printing area width is less than the width of 1 character, the right
margin is shifted towards right to accommodate the width of 1 character.
(This processing is only performed on the line of question.)
l If bitimage or download bitimage is developed, the right margin is shifted
towards right to accommodate one line in vertical for that bitimage. (1 dot
for double density bitimage and 2 dots for single density bitimage)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
318
 l If right margin reaches the physical limit, left margin is shifted towards left
to accommodate the width of 1 character. (This processing is only
performed on the line of question.)
l If both left and right margins have reach the physical limits, the character
right side spacing is reduced to accommodate the character on that line.

If bitimage or download bitimage is developed, the left margin is shifted towards

left to accommodate one line in vertical for that bitimage. (1 dot for double
density bitimage and 2 dots for single density bitimage)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
319
Eco Function
Note
Refer to the specification of Lean Receipt Utility for the details of each Eco
function.

General
l Eco functions are activated by Lean Receipt Utility.
l Eco settings configured are stored into the non-volatile memory. Therefore,
even if the printer is powered off, the settings remain.
l Eco functions are not available in page mode.
l It essentially has two functionalities. One is the functionality to reduce the
paper consumption. Another is functionality to reduce the power
consumption.
l “ECO function disable/enable” is enables / disables all of Eco function.
Unless this setting is enabled, each function is not valid irrespective of its
individual setting.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
320
Paper Reduction
Remove upper space
It eliminates the extra upper space created by an application.

Upper space implies the area from the top edge of the paper until the top edge
of the first printable data.

This setting does not affect the physical margin created by the mechanical
distance between the thermal head position and the cutter position.

This setting is ignored when the compatible top margin mode is enabled.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
321
Remove lower space
It eliminates the extra lower space and rectifies the cutting position at the end of
print data regardless of the original cutting position.

Lower space implies the area from the end edge of the last printable data until
the cutting position.

This setting is ignored when the compatible top margin mode is enabled.

Line space reduction

It changes the line pitch of each text printing line to the minimum line pitch.

The text print line which consists of ANK characters is changed to 8.13 LPI.

The text print line which includes of DBCS characters is changed to 7.52 LPI.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
322
Line feed reduction
It reduces the height of space created by the vertical feed command without
printable data according to the ratio setting (Disable* / 25% / 50% / 75% / 100%).

Example
l If it is configured to 50%, space height becomes half of the original
height.
l If it is 100%, the space is completely removed.

Line Feed spaces which exist in either the top space or the bottom space are not
affected by this setting.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
323
Barcode height reduction
It reduces the barcode height according to the ratio setting (Disable* / 25% / 50%
/ 75%).

Example
If it is configured to 50%, barcode height becomes half of the original
height.

Registered logo removal

It ignores the registered Logo print command.

This setting is ignored when the compatible top margin mode is enabled.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
324
Force single high font
It ignores the attribute commands which make character’s height higher.

Remove lines containing only spaces

If this setting is enabled, space (0x20) is not considered as printable data.
Therefore, a line which consists of only spaces (0x20) is treated as target to
reduce by Eco feature.

This setting affects the following Eco functions:

l Remove Upper Space

l Remove Lower Space
l Line Feed Reduction

If it is disabled, space (0x20) is considered as printable character.

This setting is to specify how other Eco functions treat the space character (0x20).
This function itself does not remove any spaces.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
325
Power Reduction
Bold font removal
It ignores the Bold Font attribute settings.

Force single wide font

It ignores the Double Width and wider Font attribute settings.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
326
No white/black reverse printing
It ignores the White/Black Reverse Printing attribute setting.

Stand-by mode
It disables / enables the stand-by mode.

Power off mode

It disables / enables the power off mode. The power off mode is enabled by
selecting the duration (60min, 120min, 180min, 240min and 300min) of idle time
which triggers going in to the power off mode.

Speed reduction
It switches the print mode (High Speed Mode / High Quality Mode). Switching to
“High Quality Mode” reduces the maximum speed which is expected to reduce
the power consumption.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
327
Density reduction
It changes the print darkness according to the setting.

The following table displays the available options:

0 (default) –4 –8 –12

–1 –5 –9 –13

–2 –6 –10 –14

–3 –7 –11 –15

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
328
Affected Commands
The following table displays the commands that are affected by each eco
function.

Paper Reduction
Paper Reduction

Eco
Command Force
functions Remove Remove Line Barcode Registered
Line Feed Single
Upper Lower Space Height Logo
Reduction High
Space Space Reduction Reduction Removal
Font

LF 0A * * *

DC4 14 * * *

NAK 15 * * *

SYN 16 * * *

ESC! 1B21 *

ESC2 1B32 * * * *

ESC3 1B33 * * * *

ESCE 1B45

ESCG 1B47

ESCJ 1B4A * * *

ESCd 1B64 * * *

FS! 1C21 *

FSW 1C21 *

GS! 1D2F *

GSB 1D42

GSV 1D56 * * *

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
329
 Paper Reduction

Eco
Command Force
functions Remove Remove Line Barcode Registered
Line Feed Single
Upper Lower Space Height Logo
Reduction High
Space Space Reduction Reduction Removal
Font

GSk 1D6B *

AXDC1 1F11 * * * * * * * *

Power Reduction
Power Reduction

Command Eco functions No White/

Black
Bold Font Removal Force Single Wide Font
Reverse
Printing

LF 0A

DC4 14

NAK 15

SYN 16

ESC! 1B21 * *

ESC2 1B32

ESC3 1B33

ESCE 1B45 *

ESCG 1B47 *

ESCJ 1B4A

ESCd 1B64

FS! 1C21 *

FSW 1C21 *

GS! 1D2F *

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
330
 Power Reduction

Command Eco functions No White/

Black
Bold Font Removal Force Single Wide Font
Reverse
Printing

GSB 1D42 *

GSV 1D56

GSk 1D6B

AXDC1 1F11 * * * *

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
331
Thai Code Page Function
Outline
The printer supports Thai font (Code Page 874). It prints each character one by
one according to the code number specified. However, Thai character basically
consists of the combination of multiple characters.

The printer provides the functionality to automatically construct Thai character

according to the order of specified Thai character.

To enable this functionality, the printer has to be configured to the following

conditions:

l Code Page = 874

l Special Font = Mode 3 (Constructed 874) or Mode 7 (Constructed 874 Large
Font or 874 LF)

Based on this setting, characters of code page 874 are constructed according to
the character order sent.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
332
Thai Character Configuration
Thai character consists of maximum 4 levels. (Top level, Above level, Base Line
and Below level.)

l Top level—only top/above level characters are allowed to be placed on Top

level which is the highest layer.
l Above level—only top/above level characters are allowed to be placed on
Above level which exists between Top level and Base line.
l Base line—only base line characters are allowed to be placed on Base line
which exists between Above level and Below level.
l Below level—only below level characters are allowed to be placed on
Below level which is the lowest layer.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
333
Each character type is explained below.

Base line characters

l Base line characters are the characters encircled in red, purple, and pink.
l The characters encircled in purple will not have below level characters, but
they are rarely used.
l The characters encircled in pink will not have top level and above level. Only
the ฬ character is rarely used.
l Every character encircled in red and purple must have a top and below
level.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
334
Top level/Above level characters
l Characters encircled in blue are Top level/Above level characters.
l Characters encircled in red and purple, and the ฬ character can be both top
and above level.
l The characters encircled in blue on the fifth line can be top level when
above level character exists. The fourth line characters encircled in blue can
be above level only. The fifth line characters encircled in blue can be both
top and above level.

Below level characters

l Characters encircled in green are Below level characters.
l Top, Above and Below characters cannot be in the same character.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
335
Thai Character Data Procedure
Thai character data string uses the following format:

Base character, <Below character >, <Above character>,

<Top character>, Base character, ……

The procedure is as follows:

1. The printer checks whether the received character is the Base character. If
the Top, Above, and Below characters are sent before the Base character,
these characters are ignored.
2. After receiving Base character, the printer checks the next character until
receiving the next Base character.
3. If the next character is the Below character, the Above character, or the Top
character, the printer checks whether these Thai characters are valid for
current Base character. If they are valid, it merges these characters’ image
on Base character’s image. If it is invalid character, it will be ignored.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
336
Notes for this Function
This function supports standard pitch font and compressed pitch font.

Thai character height is 29 dots for Mode 3 and 51 dots for Mode 7.

The below command functions change, and are different from other code pages.

Add n Extra Dot When CP874 is selected, the line Pitch is character height +
SYN
Rows. n dot.

Set Line Spacing to When CP874 is selected, this command is ignored.

ESC 2
1/6 inch.

Set Line Spacing. When CP874 is selected, valid parameter value is greater
ESC 3
than or equal to the character height.

The line pitch is changed by below commands because the code page is changed.

ESC R Select international character set.

Select character code table.

ESC t Note
Same as ESC R.

ESC % Set/cancel the user–defined character set.

ESC L Set page mode.

ESC S Select standard mode.

FF Form Feed in page mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
337
Arabic Font Support
The printer supports the Arabic font (Code Page 1256). It prints each character
one by one according to the code number specified. However, each individual
Arabic character does not make sense as it changes its shape according to the
context.

The printer provides the functionality to automatically transform Arabic

character according to the context.

To enable this functionality, the printer has to be configured to the following

conditions:

l Code Page = 1256

l Special Font = Mode 4 (Proportional Contextual 1256) or Mode 5 (Fixed
Pitch Contextual 1256)

Based on this setting, following transformations are available for characters of

code page 1256:

l Contextual forms
l Word ligatures
l Reverse the Arabic strings

These features can be achieved based on the proportional font and they are
available according to the following conditions:

l Arabic Proportional font exist in DBCS font area.

l Asian Mode is disabled.
l Codepage 1256 is selected or Arabic characters (0600–06FF) are specified
in Unicode mode.

If Arabic proportional font does not exist in the DBCS font area, the above–
mentioned features are not available, and Codepage 1256 isolated characters
are printed in fixed pitch.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
338
Contextual Forms
Arabic letters have contextual forms, depending on surrounding letters in the
same word: a typical–three letter word will start with a letter in initial form,
followed by a letter in medial form and, finally, by a letter in final form

Curly writing is a way to write a word with connection to all the characters in that
word. This feature is supported in contextual forms.

Word Ligatures
Arabic Presentation Forms-A has a few characters defined as word ligatures for
terms frequently used in formulaic expressions in Arabic. By way of example, the
common ampersand (&) represents the conjunctive word and. The ampersand
symbol is a ligature.

Reverse the Arabic Strings

Arabic writing is from right to left by aligning right margin. The data received by
the printer will reverse the Arabic string and print as per the Arabic format, which
is right to left.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
339
Proportional Font
The printer has the following resident proportional characters for Arabic
functions (Unicode base).

Lower characters 0020–007F

Arabic (Basic) 0600–06FF, 225 characters

Arabic Supplement 0750–077F, 48 characters

Arabic Extended-A 08A0–08FF, 39 characters

Arabic Presentation Forms-A FB50–FDFF, 535 characters

Arabic Presentation Forms-B FE70–FEFF, 140 characters

The characters of Codepage 1256 are covered by the above–mentioned

characters.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
340
Proportional Font Conversion Handling of
Arabic
Express a code as follows:

Proportional font code of Arabic (include Lower character)

Other codes

Select Unicode Mode (ESC +)

Cancel Unicode Mode (ESC +)

Receiving data:

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
341
Limitations
Due to the features of Arabic font, there are several limitations in terms of the
character attributes. Please see the command description of Print Characteristic
Commands in detail.

Invalid command list

The following table contains a list of commands that are not available if a new
Arabic character is used.

Command Command name Remarks

ESC DC2 Select 90 Degree Counter-Clockwise Rotated Print

ESC SYSN Select Pitch (Column Width)

ESC SP Set Character Right-Side Spacing

ESC ! Select Print Modes Bit0, Bit3 Invalid

ESC % Select or Cancel User-Defined Character Set

ESC & 3 Define User-Defined Characters

ESC : Copy Character Set from ROM to RAM

ESC ? Cancel User-Defined Characters

ESC E Select or Cancel Emphasized Mode

ESC G Select Double Strike

ESC H Cancel Double Strike

ESC I Select or Cancel Italic Print

ESC V Select or Cancel 90 Degrees Clockwise Rotated Print

ESC { Select or Cancel Upside Down Printing Mode

US ENQ Selects Superscript or Subscript Modes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
342
The following table contains a list of commands which are ignored if the
command is sent in the middle of a line that includes an Arabic character.

Command Command name Remarks

DC2 Select Double-Wide Characters

ESC - Select or Cancel Underline Mode

ESC r Select Print Color

GS ! Select Character Size

GS B Select or Cancel White/Black Reverse Printing Mode

ESC ! Select Print Modes Bit0 Invalid

ESC E Select or Cancel Emphasized Mode

ESC G Select Double Strike

US ENQ Selects Superscript or Subscript Modes

ESC I Select or Cancel Italic Print

Note
Attribute command of Emphasized, Double Strike, Superscript/subscript,
and Italic is supported for Arabic font. However, print quality is not
guaranteed due to some of the Arabic characters is too complex to print
clearly within one-character block by those attributes.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
343
Horizontal positioning commands
Example
HT Horizontal Tab (6,12,18)

Invalid case for Horizontal Tab

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
344
Invalid command (example)
Below is the example to show the condition for invalid command.

Example
ESC DC2- Select 90 Degree Counter-Clockwise Rotated Print

Express a code as follows:

Proportional font code of Arabic (include Lower

character)

Font code for other Code Page

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
345
Invalid command in middle of the line (example)
Below is the example to show the condition for invalid command in the middle of
the line.

Example
DC2 - Select Double-Wide Characters

Printing layout (over the area)

If the Arabic character line exceeds printable area, it will be printed as below.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
346
Lower base character to process outside Arabic
engine
The following table provide the list of lower base characters (0x0020 to 0x007F)
to be process outside Arabic Engine.

Require to process outside Arabic

DEC HEX Char Name
engine?

32 20 Space Space No (Except two or more continuous

spacing)

33 21 ! Exclamation mark No

34 22 " Quotes Yes

35 23 # Hash No

36 24 $ Dollar No

37 25 % Percent No

38 26 & Ampersand No

39 27 ' Apostrophe Yes

40 28 ( Open bracket Yes

(Parenthesis)

41 29 ) Close bracket Yes

(Parenthesis)

42 2A * Asterisk No

43 2B + Plus No

44 2C , Comma No

45 2D – Dash No

46 2E . Full stop No

47 2F / Slash Yes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
347
 Require to process outside Arabic
DEC HEX Char Name
engine?

48 30 0 Zero No

49 31 1 One No

50 32 2 Two No

51 33 3 Three No

52 34 4 Four No

53 35 5 Five No

54 36 6 Six No

55 37 7 Seven No

56 38 8 Eight No

57 39 9 Nine No

58 3A : Colon No

59 3B ; Semi-colon No

60 3C < Less than Yes

61 3D = Equals No

62 3E > Greater than Yes

63 3F ? Question mark No

64 40 @ At No

65 41 A Uppercase A No

66 42 B Uppercase B No

67 43 C Uppercase C No

68 44 D Uppercase D No

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
348
 Require to process outside Arabic
DEC HEX Char Name
engine?

69 45 E Uppercase E No

70 46 F Uppercase F No

71 47 G Uppercase G No

72 48 H Uppercase H No

73 49 I Uppercase I No

74 4A J Uppercase J No

75 4B K Uppercase K No

76 4C L Uppercase L No

77 4D M Uppercase M No

78 4E N Uppercase N No

79 4F O Uppercase O No

80 50 P Uppercase P No

81 51 Q Uppercase Q No

82 52 R Uppercase R No

83 53 S Uppercase S No

84 54 T Uppercase T No

85 55 U Uppercase U No

86 56 V Uppercase V No

87 57 W Uppercase W No

88 58 X Uppercase X No

89 59 Y Uppercase Y No

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
349
 Require to process outside Arabic
DEC HEX Char Name
engine?

90 5A Z Uppercase Z No

91 5B [ Open square bracket Yes

92 5C \ Backslash Yes

93 5D ] Close square bracket Yes

94 5E ^ Caret/hat No

95 5F _ Underscore No

96 60 ` Accent grave No

97 61 a Lowercase a No

98 62 b Lowercase b No

99 63 c Lowercase c No

100 64 d Lowercase d No

101 65 e Lowercase e No

102 66 f Lowercase f No

103 67 g Lowercase g No

104 68 h Lowercase h No

105 69 i Lowercase i No

106 6A j Lowercase j No

107 6B k Lowercase k No

108 6C l Lowercase l No

109 6D m Lowercase m No

110 6e n Lowercase n No

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
350
 Require to process outside Arabic
DEC HEX Char Name
engine?

111 6f o Lowercase o No

112 70 p Lowercase p No

113 71 q Lowercase q No

114 72 r Lowercase r No

115 73 s Lowercase s No

116 74 t Lowercase t No

117 75 u Lowercase u No

118 76 v Lowercase v No

119 77 w Lowercase w No

120 78 x Lowercase x No

121 79 y Lowercase y No

122 7A z Lowercase z No

123 7B { Open brace Yes

124 7C | Pipe No

125 7D } Close bracket Yes

126 7E ~ Tilde No

127 7F del Delete No

Express a code as follows:

Proportional font code of Arabic

Spacing (20H)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
351
The following are examples of how the firmware handles the Arabic character
order:

1. Lower byte character which to be processed outside of Arabic Engine.

2. Spacing (SP)
l One Spacing

l Two Spacing

Note
Special characters include two spacing which process outside of the
firmware's Arabic engine is the new requirement to meet specific usage.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
352
Character Sets
The following pages show the character sets.

l For Series i and Series ii:

o PC Code Page 437 (US English)
o PC Code Page 737 (DOS Greek)
o PC Code Page 850 (Multilingual)
o PC Code Page 852 (Slavic)
o PC Code Page 855 (IBM Cyrillic)
o PC Code Page 858 (with Euro symbol)
o PC Code Page 860 (DOS Portuguese)
o PC Code Page 862 (Hebrew)
o PC Code Page 863 (French Canadian)
o PC Code Page 864 (Arabic)
o PC Code Page 865 (Nordic)
o PC Code Page 866 (Cyrillic)
o PC Code Page 874 (Enhanced Thai)
o PC Code Page 932 (Windows–31J)
o PC Code Page 936 (Simplified Chinese)
o PC Code Page 949 (Korean)
o PC Code Page 950 (Traditional Chinese)
o PC Code Page 1250 (Windows Eastern European)
o PC Code Page 1251 (Windows Cyrillic)
o PC Code Page 1252 (Windows Latin #1)
o PC Code Page 1256 (Arabic) – Contextual
o PC Code Page 1256 (Arabic) – Fixed
o PC Code Page Hungary
o PC Code Page Katakana
o PC Code Page Romania

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
353
l For Series ii only:
o PC Code Page 1254 (Windows Turkish)
o PC Code Page 1255 (Windows Hebrew)
o PC Code Page 950 (HKSCS)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
354
Code Page 437, 850, 852, and 858

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
355
Code Page 860, 862, 863, and 864

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
356
Code Page 865, 866, 874, and 1252

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
357
Code Page 1256 and Katakana

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
358
Code Page 932 Windows–31J

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
359
Code Page 932 Windows–31J (continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
360
Code Page 932 Windows–31J (continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
361
Code Page 932 Windows–31J (continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
362
Code Page 932 Windows–31J (continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
363
Code Page 932 Windows–31J (continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
364
Code Page 932 Windows–31J (continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
365
Code Page 932 Windows–31J (continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
366
Code Page 932 Windows–31J (continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
367
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
368
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
369
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
370
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
371
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
372
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
373
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
374
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
375
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
376
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
377
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
378
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
379
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
380
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
381
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
382
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
383
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
384
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
385
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
386
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
387
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
388
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
389
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
390
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
391
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
392
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
393
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
394
Code Page 949 Korean – Series i and Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
395
Code Page 949 Extended Korean – Series ii

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
396
Code Page 949 Extended Korean – Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
397
Code Page 949 Extended Korean – Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
398
Code Page 949 Extended Korean – Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
399
Code Page 949 Extended Korean – Series ii
(Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
400
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
401
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
402
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
403
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
404
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
405
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
406
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
407
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
408
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
409
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
410
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
411
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
412
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
413
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
414
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
415
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
416
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
417
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
418
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
419
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
420
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
421
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
422
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese + HKSCS –
Series ii (Continuation)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
423
ESC/POS Emulation Support
This section describes the commands supported in the ESC/POS emulation
mode.

The printer supports ESC/POS emulation mode. To activate this mode, configure
the emulation mode to ESC/POS emulation through the Printer Setting Change
command or offline diagnostic mode. The default setting of emulation mode is
NCR 7199 emulation.

Note
In ESC/POS emulation mode, the following NCR emulation–specific
functionalities or configurations are not available:

l Compatible Top Margin

l Receipt synchronization
l Receipt Print Mode
l USU

Command Descriptions
This section provides the detailed description of the commands. These
commands are separated into groups according to their function or use.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
424
Printer Function commands
Initialize printer
For details, refer to Initialize printer on page 27.

Select peripheral device

ASCII ESC = n

Hexadecimal 1B 3D n

Decimal 27 61 n

Value of n l 1,3—Enable
Printer
l 2—Disable
Printer

Default of n 1

This command selects the device to which the host PC transmits data. When the
printer is disabled (n=2), all data except this command and the real-time
commands are ignored.

n Function

1,3 Enables Printer

2 Disables Printer

Select paper sensors to stop printing

For details, refer to Select sensors to stop printing on page 27.

Enable/disable panel buttons

For details, refer to Enable or disable feed button on page 28.

Generate pulse to open cash drawer

For details, refer to Generate pulse to open cash drawer on page 29.

Select cut mode and cut paper

For details, refer to Select cut mode and cut paper on page 30.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
425
Perform full knife cut
GS V, which is the upward-compatible command replacing ESC i, is
recommended to use, since ESC i is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS
command system.

ASCII ESC i

Hexadecimal 1B 69

Decimal 27 105

This command executes a partial cut of the roll paper.

The printer executes a partial cut (one point left uncut).

Perform partial knife cut

GS V, which is the upward-compatible command replacing ESC m, is
recommended to use, since ESC m is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS
command system.

ASCII ESC m

Hexadecimal 1B 6D

Decimal 27 109

This command executes a partial cut of the roll paper.

The printer executes a partial cut (one point left uncut).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
426
Vertical Positioning and Print commands
Print and feed paper one line
For details, refer to Print and feed paper one line on page 32.

Print and carriage return

For details, refer to Print and carriage return on page 32.

Set line spacing to 1/6 inch

For details, refer to Set line spacing to 1/6 inch on page 35.

Set line spacing

For details, refer to Set line spacing on page 36.

Print and feed paper

For details, refer to Print and feed paper on page 37.

Print and feed n lines

For details, refer to Print and feed n lines on page 37.

Set horizontal and vertical minimum motion units

For details, refer to Set horizontal and vertical minimum motion units on
page 38.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
427
Horizontal Positioning commands
Horizontal tab
For details, refer to Horizontal tab on page 39.

Set absolute starting position

For details, refer to Set absolute starting position on page 40.

Set horizontal tabs

For details, refer to Set horizontal tabs on page 41.

Set relative print position

ASCII ESC ¥ nL nH

Hexadecimal 1B 5C nL nH

Decimal 27 92 nL nH

Range of n –32768 ≤ n1 + n2 x 256 ≤ 32767

This command moves the print position to the relative position specified by ((n1 +
n2 x 256) x (horizontal motion unit)) from the current print position.

The horizontal motion unit follows Set Horizontal and Vertical Minimum Motion
Units (1D 50) command.

The positive number moves the print position to the right; the negative number
moves to the left.

Select justification
For details, refer to Select justification on page 43.

Set left margin

For details, refer to Set left margin on page 44.

Set print area width

For details, refer to Set print area width on page 45.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
428
Printer Characteristic commands
Set character right-side spacing
For details, refer to Set character right-side spacing on page 49.

Select print mode(s)

ASCII ESC ! n

Hexadecimal 1B 21 n

Decimal 27 33 n

Value of n Print mode

Bit Function 0 1

Bit0 Pitch Character Font A Character Font B

selected selected

Bit1,2 (Reserved) Fixed to zero NA

Bit3 Emphasized Canceled Set

mode

Bit4 Double height Canceled Set

Bit5 Double width Canceled Set

Bit6 (Reserved) Fixed to zero NA

Bit7 Underline mode Canceled Set

Default 0

This command defines the print modes to specify the several character
attributes.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
429
Limitation:
Bit0 setting is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Bit3, Bit4, Bit5 and Bit7 settings are available in some limited condition in 1256
(Arabic) proportional font mode. For more details, refer to Arabic Font Support
on page 338.

When auto replacement of the font with the customized value, <fn= 05> GS
( E (a = 111, 112), is set for the font selected by bit 0, the font to be
replaced is set to enabled.

Select or cancel user-defined character set

Note
The functionality of this command is different in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII ESC % n

Hexadecimal 1B 25 n

Decimal 27 37 n

Value of n l 0—User-defined character is canceled

l 1—User-defined character is selected

Range of n 0–1

Default 0

This command selects or cancels the user-defined character set. If undefined

character code is specified when it is in the user-defined character mode (n=1),
the same character code of the previous code page will be selected.

Limitation:
This command is ignored in 1256 (Arabic) proportional font mode.

Define user-defined characters

For details, refer to Defining user-defined characters on page 53.

Cancel user-defined characters

For details, refer to Cancel user-defined characters on page 55.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
430
Select or cancel emphasized mode
For details, refer to Select or cancel emphasized mode on page 56.

Select or cancel double strike

For details, refer to Select or cancel double strike on page 57.

Select character font

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII ESC M n

Hexadecimal 1B 4D n

Decimal 27 77 n

Range of n 0, 1, 48, 49

Default of n 0

This command selects a character font.

n Character font

0,48 Character font A

1,49 Character font B

When auto replacement of the font with the customized value, <fn=05> GS (
E <a = 111, 112>, is set for the selected font, the font to be replaced is
enabled.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
431
Select an international character set
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII ESC R n

Hexadecimal 1B 52 n

Decimal 27 82 n

Range 0 ≤ n ≤ 17

Default of n 0

This command selects an international character set.

This command affects only specific ASCII code data (23, 24, 25, 26, 40, 5B, 5C, 5D,
5E, 60, 7B, 7C, 7D, 7E).

However, when the default of the international character set is changed with the
customized value, <fn=05> GS ( E <a = 9>, the default value becomes
the one specified by the customized value.

n International Character Set

0 U.S.A

1 France

2 Germany

3 U.K.

4 Denmark I

5 Sweden

6 Italy

7 Spain I

8 Japan

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
432
n International Character Set

9 Norway

10 Denmark II

11 Spain II

12 Latin America

13 Korea

14 Slovenia/ Croatia

15 China

16 Reserved

17 Arabia

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
433
Select or cancel 90 degrees clockwise rotated print
For details, refer to Select or cancel 90 degrees clockwise rotated print on
page 63.

Select character code table

Note
The functionality of this command is different in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII ESC t n

Hexadecimal 1B 74 n

Decimal 27 116 n

Value of n 0 ≤ n ≤ 255

Default 0 (Code Page 437)

This command selects the international character set. For details of the character
sets, refer to set NCR 7199 Series Thermal Receipt Station Printer User Guide (BCC5-
0000-5172).

This command changes character code data from 0x80 to 0xFF.

n Character code table

0 [PC437 (USA: Standard Europe)]

1 [Katakana]

2 [PC850 (Multilingual)]

3 [PC860 (Portuguese)]

4 [PC863 (Canadian-French)]

5 [PC865 (Nordic)]

11 Reserved

12 Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
434
n Character code table

13 Reserved

14 Reserved

15 Reserved

16 [WPC1252]

17 [PC866 (Cyrillic #2)]

18 [PC852 (Latin 2)]

19 [PC858 (Euro)]

20 Reserved

21 Reserved

26 Reserved

30 Reserved

31 Reserved

32 Reserved

33 Reserved

34 Reserved

35 Reserved

36 [PC862 (Hebrew)]

37 [PC864 (Arabic)]

38 Reserved

39 Reserved

40 Reserved

41 Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
435
 n Character code table

42 Reserved

43 Reserved

44 Reserved

45 Reserved

46 Reserved

47 Reserved

48 Reserved

49 Reserved

50 [WPC1256 (Arabic)]

51 Reserved

52 Reserved

53 Reserved

127 Hungary

128 Code Page 932 (Japanese)

129 Code Page 936 (Simplified Chinese)

130 Code Page 949 (Korean)

131 Code Page 950 (Traditional Chinese)

255 Page 255 [User-defined page]

For PC874, the character set will be matching with Wiki codepage 874 and
enlarged version of codepage 874 in NCR Emulation of 7199.

Select character size

For details, refer to Select character size on page 67.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
436
Select or cancel upside down printing mode
For details, refer to Select or cancel upside down printing mode on page 65.

Summary of rotated printing

For details, refer to Summary of rotated printing on page 65.

Select or cancel white/black reverse printing mode

For details, refer to Select or cancel white/black reverse print mode on page 69.

Select or cancel font smoothing

For details, refer to Select or cancel font smoothing on page 51.

Turn underline mode on/off

ASCII ESC - n

Hexadecimal 1B 2D n

Decimal 27 45 n

Value of n l 0, 48—Cancel underline mode

l 1, 49—Select underline mode (1 dot
height)
l 2, 50—Select underline mode (2 dots
height)

Default of n 0 (Cancels underline mode)

It turns the underline mode on or off. Underline is not printed for spaces set by
Horizontal Tab, Set Absolute Starting Position and Set Relative Print Position
command.

The printer behavior of this command and Select Print Modes (Bit 7) is
completely same.

Limitation:
This command is available in some limited condition in 1256 (Arabic)
proportional font mode. For more details, refer to Arabic Font Support on
page 338.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
437
Graphics commands
Transmits set values for top/bottom logo printing
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS ( E pL pH fn m c

Hexadecimal 1C 28 45 pH fn m c

Decimal 28 40 69 pL pH fn m c

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 3

(pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of fn 61

Value of m 2

Value of c 48, 49, 50

This command transmits set values for top/bottom logo printing by specifying c.

c Function

48 Transmits set values for top logo printing

49 Transmits set values for bottom logo printing

50 Transmits extended set values for top/bottom logo printing

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
438
Transmission data

Data
Data to be transmitted Hex Decimal
amount

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Extension 48H 72 1 byte

(3) Set Values for top/bottom See the succeeding See the succeeding 0 to 11 bytes
logo tables tables

(4) NUL 00H 0 1 byte

When c = 48 is specified

(3) Set values for top logo Hex Decimal Data amount

a) Fixed value (m) 32H 50 1 byte

b) Recognition of top logo/bottom logo 30H 48 1 byte

c) Fixed value 32H 50 0 or 1 byte

d) Flash graphics key codes 20H to 7EH 32 to 126 0 or 2 bytes

e) Justification setting 30H to 32H 48 to 50 0 or 1 byte

f) Number of lines to be deleted 30H to 39H 48 to 57 0 to 3 bytes

When c = 49 is specified

(3) Set values for bottom logo Hex Decimal Data amount

a) Fixed value (m) 32H 50 1 byte

b) Recognition of top logo/bottom logo 31H 49 1 byte

c) Fixed value 32H 50 0 or 1 byte

d) Flash graphics key codes 20H to 7EH 32 to 126 0 or 2 bytes

e) Justification setting 30H to 32H 48 to 50 0 or 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
439
When c = 50 is specified

Data
(3) Set values for bottom logo Hex Decimal
amount

a) Fixed value (m) 32H 50 1 byte

b) Recognition of top logo/ bottom logo 32H 50 1 byte

c) Fixed value 32H 50 1 byte

d) Prints the top logo while paper feeding to the cutting 30H, 48, 49 1 byte
position 31H

e) Prints the top logo at power-on 30H, 48, 49 1 byte

31H

f) Prints the top logo when the roll paper cover is closed 30H, 48, 49 1 byte
31H

g) Prints the top logo while clearing the buffer to recover from 30H, 48, 49 1 byte
a recoverable error 31H

h) Prints the top logo after paper feeding with the paper Feed 30H, 48, 49 1 byte
button has finished 31H

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
440
Set top logo printing
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS ( E pL pH fn m kc1 kc2 n

Hexadecimal 1C 28 45 pL pH fn m kc1 kc2a n

Decimal 28 40 69 pL pH fn m kc1 kc2 a n

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 6

(pL = 6, pH = 0)
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
48 ≤ a ≤ 50
0 ≤ n ≤ 255

Value of fn 62

Value of m 2

This command sets top logo key code, justification, and number of lines to be
removed after top logo printing.

This command associates key codes (kc1, kc2) of Flash Memory graphics to be
printed as a top logo.

a specifies justification for top logo printing.

n specifies the number of lines to be removed after top logo printing.

a Function

48 Specifies left justification

49 Specifies centering

50 Specifies right justification

Flash memory is used as the storage area for set values of top logo printing.

Note
Setting values are maintained after power off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
441
Set bottom logo printing
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS ( E pL pH fn m kc1 kc2 a

Hexadecimal 1C 28 45 pL pH fn m kc1 kc2 a

Decimal 28 40 69 pL pH fn m kc1 kc2 a

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 5

(pL = 5, pH = 0)
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
48 ≤ a ≤ 50

Value of fn 63

Value of m 2

This command sets the bottom logo key code, and justification.

When cut command is received, bottom logo is printed.

It associates key codes (kc1, kc2) of Flash Memory Logo to be printed as a bottom
logo.

a specifies justification for bottom logo printing.

a Function

48 Specifies left justification

49 Specifies centering

50 Specifies right justification

Flash memory is used as the storage area for set values of bottom logo printing.

Note
Setting values are maintained even after power off.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
442
Make extended settings for top/bottom logo printing
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS ( E pL pH fn m a1 n1 …[ak nk]

Hexadecimal 1C 28 45 pL pH fn m a1 n1 …[ak nk]

Decimal 28 40 69 pL pH fn m a1 n1 …[ak nk]

Range 4 ≤ (pL +pH x 256) ≤ 12

(However, (pL + pH x 256) = 2 x k + 2: 4 ≤ pL ≤ 12, pH = 0)
1≤k≤5

Value of fn 64

Value of m 2

Value of a 48, 64 to 67

Value of n 48, 49

Default l n = 49 (when a = 48)

l n = 48 (when a = 64)
l n = 49 (when a = 65)
l n = 49 (when a = 66)
l n = 48 (when a = 67)

This command makes extended settings for top/bottom logo printing.

a Function

48 Prints the top logo while paper feeding to the cutting position.

64 Prints the top logo at power-on.

65 Prints the top logo when the roll paper cover is closed.

66 Prints the top logo while clearing the buffer to recover from a recoverable error.

67 Prints the top logo after paper feeding with the paper Feed button has finished.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
443
Extended settings when a = 1 to 3

n Function

48 Disabled

49 Enabled

Flash memory is used as the storage area for set values (n).

Note
Setting values are maintained even after power off.

Enable/disable top/bottom logo printing

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS ( E pL pH fn m a n

Hexadecimal 1C 28 45 pL pH fn m a n

Decimal 28 40 69 pL pH fn m a n

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 4

(pL = 4, pH = 0)

Value of fn 65

Value of m 2

Value of a 48, 49

Value of n 48, 49

Default n = 48 (when a = 48)

n = 48 (when a = 49)

This command specifies top/bottom logo printing by a and enables or disables

top/bottom logo printing by n.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
444
Top/bottom logo printing specified by a is as follows:

a Function

48 Specifies top logo printing.

49 Specifies bottom logo printing.

Enabling/disabling setting specified by n is as follows:

n Function

48 Enables

49 Disables

Flash memory is used as the storage area for set values (n).

Note
Setting values are maintained even after power off.

This command is used when changing the setting of “Logo printing enabled” set
with <fn=64> FS ( E to Disabled temporarily.

Select bit image mode

For details, refer to Select bit image mode on page 75.

Transmit entire capacity of user-defined logo in flash memory

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn

Range of pL,pH (pL + pH x 256) = 2

(pL = 2, pH = 0)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
445
 ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 2

(p1 =2 , p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 0,48

This command transmits the entire capacity of the Flash Memory area (number
of bytes in the Flash Memory area).
Response format
The decimal value is converted to text data and sent starting from the high order
end.

Example
123456 byte -> 0x37 0x30 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36
0x00

Response Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier 30H 48 1 byte

(3) Data 30H to 39H 48 to 57 1 to 8 byte

(4) NUL 00H 0 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
446
Print the graphics data in the print buffer
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn

Range of pL,pH (pL + pH x 256) = 2

(pL = 2, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 2

(p1 =2, p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 2, 50

This command prints the buffered graphics data stored by processing of GS (

L <fn= 112>.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
447
Transmit remaining size for user-defined logo area in flash
memory
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn

Range of pL,pH (pL + pH x 256) = 2

(pL = 2, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 2

(p1 =2, p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 3, 51

This command transmits the number of bytes of remaining memory (unused

area) in the Flash memory area.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
448
Response format
The decimal value is converted to text data and sent starting from the high order
end.

Example
123456 byte -> 0x37 0x31 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36
0x00

Response Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier 31H 49 1 byte

(3) Data 30H to 39H 48 to 57 1 to 8 byte

(4) NUL 00H 0 1 byte

Transmit remaining size for user-defined logo area in RAM

For details, refer to Transmitting remaining size for user-defined logo area on
page 98.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
449
Transmit the key code for user-defined logo in flash memory
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn d1 d2

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn d1 d2

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 4

(pL = 4, pH = 0)

ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn d1 d2

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn d1 d2

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 4

(p1 =4, p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 64

Value of d1 75

Value of d2 67

This command transmits the key code list for defined in Flash Memory.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
450
Transmission data

Response Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier 72H 114 1 byte

(3) Type 40H 64 1 byte

(4) Data 30H to 39H 48 to 57 0 byte ~

(5) NUL 00H 0 1 byte

Example
When two logos are defined with key code ”kc1=0x20, kc2=0x21” and
“kc1=0x22, kc2=0x23”, command response is “0x37 0x72 0x40 0x20 0x21
0x22 0x23 0x00”. If no logo with key code is defined, the response is “0x37
0x72 0x40 0x00”.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
451
Delete all logo in flash memory
ASCII GS L ( pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3

Range 29 40 76 pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 5

(pL = 5, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2 d3

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2 d3

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2 d3

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 5

(p1 =5, p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 65

Value of d1 67

Value of d2 76

Value of d3 82

This command deletes all defined logo in Flash Memory.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
452
Delete specified logo in flash memory
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 4

(pL = 4, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 + p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 4

(p1 =4, p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 66

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

This command deletes the logo in the user-defined logo area of the flash
memory defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2) of Define Logo in Flash Memory
by the key code command.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for logos defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo
(1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1
... dn) command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
453
Define logo in flash memory by the key code
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Range of pL,pH 12 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 65535

Note
It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after pH.

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1…[c d1 … dk] b

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk ] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Range of pL,pH 12 ≤ (p1 + p2 × 256 + p3 × 65536 + p4 × 16777216) ≤ 663566

(0 ≤ p1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p2 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p3 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p4 ≤ 255)

Note
It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after p4.

Value of m 48

Value of fn 67

Value of a 48, 52

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Range of b b=1 (when a=48)

1 ≤ b ≤ 4 (when a=52)

Range of xL, xH 1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 576 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 2)

Range of yL, yH 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)

Range of c 49 (when a=48)

49 ≤ c ≤ 52 (when a=52)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
454
 Range of d 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Value of k (int ((xL + xH × 256) + 7) / 8) × (yL + yH × 256)

It defines the graphics data (raster format) as the logo specified by the key codes
(kc1, kc2) in the user- defined logo area of the flash memory.

a Specifies the data format of the defined data.

l 48—monochrome (digital)
l 52—multi-tone

b Specifies the number of the color of the defined data.

The number of the selectable color:

l (b) =1 (when a = 48)

l (b) =1–4 (when a = 52)

xL, xH Specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256).

yL, yH Specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256).

c Specifies the color of the defined data

l 49—Color 1
l 50—Color 2
l 51—Color 3
l 52—Color 4

The color of the selectable defined data:

l (c)=Color 1 (when a = 48)

l (c)=Color 1–4 (when a = 52)

d Specifies the defined data (raster format).

Exceptions:
The maximum width of each logo is 576/203 inches, and the maximum height of
each logo is 2304/203 inches. If a logo size is more than this, it is not printed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
455
If the graphic size defined by this command is larger than the free space of the
user defined logo area of the flash memory, it firstly erases all logo data in the
user-defined area and defines this new logo data. To avoid erasure on the
current logo data in the user-defined area, it is recommended to use Transmit
Remaining Size for User-defined Logo Area in Flash Memory command to
validate the remain flash memory can fit by new define logo size.

This command is sharing the same flash memory area with Define Bitmap File as
Logo (1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo command.
However, they are incompatible to each other due to different command
parameters data storing structure.

When this command is executed, all images stored in the user defined logo area
of the flash memory defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo (1B + BMP file)
command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1 ... dn)
command are erased.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
456
Print user-defined logo in flash memory
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 6

(pL = 6, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 + p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 6

(p1 =6 , p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 69

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Value of x 1, 2

Value of y 1, 2

This command prints the user-defined logo defined by the key codes (kc1 and
kc2) of Define Logo in Flash Memory by the key code command. The logo image
is enlarged by x and y in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for logos defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo
(1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1
... dn) command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
457
Transmit the key code for user-defined logo in RAM
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn d1 d2

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn d1 d2

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 4

(pL = 4, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 + p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 4

(p1 =4 , p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 80

Value of d1 75

Value of d2 67

This command transmits the key code list for defined in RAM.
Transmission data

Response Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37 H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier 73 H 115 1 byte

(3) Type 40 H 64 1 byte

(4) Data 30 H to 39H 48 to 57 0 byte ~

(5) NUL 00 H 0 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
458
Example
When two logos are defined with the key code ”kc1=0x20, kc2=0x21” and
“kc1=0x22, kc2=0x23”, command response is “0x37 0x73 0x40 0x20
0x21 0x22 0x23 0x00”. If no logo with key code is defined, response
is “0x37 0x73 0x40 0x00”.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
459
Delete all User-defined logo in RAM
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3

Range of pL,pH (pL + pH x 256) = 5

(pL = 5, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 ( L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2 d3

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2 d3

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn d1 d2 d3

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 5

(p1 =5 , p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 81

Value of d1 67

Value of d2 76

Value of d3 82

This command deletes all defined download logo in RAM.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
460
Delete specified user-defined logo in RAM
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 4

(pL = 4, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) =4

(p1 =4 , p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 82

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

This command deletes the logo in the user-defined logo area of RAM defined by
the key codes (kc1 and kc2) of Define Logo in RAM by the key code command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
461
Define logo in RAM by the key code
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Range of pL,pH 12 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 65535

Note
It indicates indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after
pH.

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Decimal: 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1 … dk] 1 …[c d1 … dk] b

Range of pn 12 ≤ (p1 + p2 × 256 + p3 × 65536 + p4 × 16777216) ≤ 663566

Note
It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after p4.

Value of m 48

Value of fn 83

Value of a 48, 52

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Range of b b = 1 (when a = 48)

1 ≤ b ≤ 4 (when a = 52)

Range of xL, xH 1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 576 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 2)

Range of yL, yH 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
462
 Range of c c = 49 (when a = 48)
49 ≤ c ≤ 52 (when a = 52)

Range of d 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Value of k k= (int ((xL + xH × 256) + 7) / 8) × (yL + yH × 256)

It defines the graphics data (raster format) as the logo specified by the key codes
(kc1, kc2) in the user- defined logo area of RAM. Graphic data format is
completely same as Define Logo in Flash Memory by the key code command (1D
38 4C).

a Specifies the data format of the defined data.

l 48—Monochrome (digital)
l 52—Multi-tone

b Specifies the number of the color of the defined data:

l (b)=1(when a = 48 )
l (b)=1–4 (when a = 52)

xL, xH Specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256).

yL, yH Specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256).

c Specifies the color of the defined data.

l 49—Color 1
l 50—Color 2
l 51—Color 3
l 52—Color 4
l (c)=Color 1 (when a = 48)
l (c)=Color 1–4 (when a = 52 )

d Specifies the defined data (raster format).

Exceptions:
The maximum width of each logo is 576/203 inches, and the maximum height of
each logo is 2304/203 inches. If a logo size is more than this, it is not printed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
463
If the graphic size defined by this command is larger than the free space of the
user defined logo area of the flash memory, it firstly erases all logo data in the
user-defined area and defines this new logo data. To avoid erasure on the
current logo data in the user-defined area, it is recommended to use Transmit
Remaining Size for User-defined Logo Area in RAM command to validate the
remain RAM memory can fit by new define logo size.

This command is sharing the same RAM memory area with Define Bitmap File as
Logo (1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo command.
However, they are incompatible to each other due to different command
parameters data storing structure.

When this command is executed, all images stored in the user defined logo area
of RAM defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo (1B + BMP file) command and
Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1 ... dn) command are erased.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
464
Print user-defined logo in RAM
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH x 256) = 6

(pL = 6, pH = 0)

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn kc1 kc2 x y

Range of pn (p1 + p2 x 256 +p3 x 65536 + p4 x 16777216) = 6

(p1 =6 , p2 = 0, p3 = 0, p4 = 0)

Value of m 48

Value of fn 85

Range of kc1 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126

Range of kc2 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126

Value of x 1, 2

Value of y 1, 2

This command prints the user-defined logo defined by the key codes (kc1 and
kc2) of Define Logo in RAM by the key code command. The logo image is enlarged
by x and y in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Exceptions:
This command is not available for logos defined by Define Bitmap File as Logo
(1B + BMP file) command and Define Bit Image as Logo (1D 2A n1 n2 d1
... dn) command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
465
Store the graphics data in the print buffer
ASCII GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4C pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Decimal 29 40 76 pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Range of pL,pH 12 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 65535

Note
It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after pH.

ASCII GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 38 4C p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Decimal 29 56 76 p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1 … dk

Range of pn 12 ≤ (p1 + p2 × 256 + p3 × 65536 + p4 × 16777216) ≤ 165898

(0 ≤ p1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p2 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p3 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ p4 ≤ 255)

Note
It indicates the total number of bytes of subsequent data after p4.

Value of m 48

Value of fn 112

Value of a 48, 52

Range of bx 1,2

Range of by 1,2

Range of xL, xH 1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 576 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 2)

Range of yL, yH 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)

Range of c c = 49 (when a = 48)

49 ≤ c ≤ 52 (when a = 52

Range of d 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
466
 Value of k k = (int ((xL + xH × 256) + 7) / 8) × (yL + yH × 256)

It stores the graphics data (raster format) in the print buffer.

a Specifies the data format of the defined data.

l 48—Monochrome (digital)
l 52—Multi-tone

bx, by The graphic image is enlarged by bx and by in the horizontal and vertical directions.

xL, xH Specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256).

yL, yH Specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256).

c Specifies the color of the defined data.

l 49—Color 1
l 50—Color 2
l 51—Color 3
l 52—Color 4
l (c)=Color 1 (when a = 48)
l (c) =Color 1–4 (when a = 52)

d Specifies the defined data (raster format).

Note
To print long grayscale image larger than over maximum range of height
size (y=2304) with this command, it is recommended to divide image to
small image block per height size (y=50) to print smoothly. For USB NHPI
interface, it is recommended to set USB speed mode setting to High speed
mode to print smoothly.

Define bit image as logo

For details, refer to Define bit image as logo on page 81.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
467
Cancel set values for top/bottom logo printing
ASCII FS ( E pL pH fn m c d1 d2 d3

Hexadecimal 1C 28 45 pL pH fn m c d1 d2 d3

Decimal 28 40 69 pL pH fn m c d1 d2 d3

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 6

(pL = 6, pH = 0)

Value of fn 60

Value of m 2

Value of c 48, 49

Value of d1 67 (Character “C”)

Value of d2 76 (Character “L”)

Value of d3 82 (Character “R”)

This command cancels set values for top /bottom logo printing by specifying c.

c Function

48 Cancels setting set values for top logo printing.

49 Cancels setting set values for bottom logo printing.

After canceling set values for top/bottom logo printing, no settings remain for
logo printing.

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
468
Print current logo
ASCII GS / m

Hexadecimal 1D 2F m

Decimal 29 47 m

Value and Range of m:

Value of m Print Mode Vertical DPI Horizontal DPI

0,48 Normal 203 203

1,49 Double Width 203 101

2,50 Double Height 101 203

3,51 Quadruple 101 101

This command prints the current logo. As for the detail of logo definition
sequence, please refer to Select the current logo on page 79 command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
469
Print logo
GS ( L <fn=69>, which is the upward-compatible command replacing FS p,
is recommended to use, since FS p is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS
command system.

ASCII FS p n m

Hexadecimal 1C 70 n m

Decimal 28 112 n m

Value of n Logo ID

Range of n 0–255

Value and Range of m:

Value of m Print Mode Vertical DPI1 Horizontal DPI1

0, 48 Normal 203 203

1, 49 Double Width 203 101

2, 50 Double Height 101 203

3, 51 Quadruple 101 101

This command prints the logo specified by n in the density specified by m.

As for the detail of logo definition sequence, please refer to Select the current
logo on page 79.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
470
Define bit image in flash memory
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

GS ( L <fn=67>, which is the upward-compatible command replacing FS q,

is recommended to use, since FS q is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS
command system.

ASCII FS q n [xL xH yL yH d1…dk] 1…[xL xH yL yH d1… dk]n

Hexadecimal 1C 71 n [xL xH yL yH d1…dk] 1…[xL xH yL yH d1… dk]n

Decimal 28 113 n [xL xH yL yH d1…dk] 1…[xL xH yL yH d1… dk]n

Range 1 ≤ n ≤ 255
1 ≤ (xL + xH x 256) ≤ 1023 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 3)
1 ≤ (yL + yH x 256) ≤ 288 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, yH = 0, 1)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (xL + xH x 256) x (yL + yH x 256) x 8

This command defines the bit image in Flash Memory.

n Specifies the number of defined bit images.

xL, xH Specify the number of bytes in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH x 256).

yL, yH Specify the number of bytes in the vertical direction as (yL + yH x 256).

d Specifies the defined data (column format).

Draw Line
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Draw Line on page 99.

Draw Rectangle
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Draw Rectangle on page 103.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
471
Print raster bit image
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

GS ( L <fn= 112, 50>, which is the upward-compatible command

replacing GS v 0, is recommended to use, since GS v 0 is an obsolete
command in the ESC/POS command system.

ASCII GS v 0 m xL xH yL yH d1…dk

Hexadecimal 1D 76 30 m xL xH yL yH d1…dk

Decimal 29 118 48 m xL xH yL yH d1…dk

Decimal 29 118 48 m xL xH yL yH d1…dk

Range 0 ≤ m ≤ 3, 48 ≤ m ≤ 51
1 ≤ (xL + xH x 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 255)
1 ≤ (yL + yH x 256) ≤ 2303 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 8)
1 ≤ (yL + yH x 256) ≤ 2303 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 8)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (xL + xH x 256) x (yL + yH x 256)

This command prints a raster bit image using the mode specified by m.

m Mode Vertical direction Horizontal direction

0, 48 Normal 203 dpi 203 dpi

1, 49 Double-width 203 dpi 203/2 dpi

2, 50 Double-height 203/2 dpi 203 dpi

3, 51 Quadruple 203/2 dpi 203/2 dpi

xL, xH Specify the number of bytes in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH x 256).

yL, yH Specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL + yH x 256).

d Specifies the defined data (raster format).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
472
Define Windows BMP graphics data in flash memory
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS D m fnakc1kc2bc d1…dk

Hexadecimal 1D 44 m fnakc1kc2bc d1…dk

Decimal 29 68 m fnakc1kc2bc d1…dk

Value of m 48

Value of fn 67

Value of a 48

Value of b 48, 52

Value of c 49

Range l 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126 (20H ≤ kc1 ≤ 7Eh)

l 32 ≤ kc2 ≤126 (20h ≤ kc2 ≤ 7Eh)
l 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Note
The value of k depends on the BMP file
size.

Default None

This command converts Windows BMP data to the specified tone and defines
Flash Memory graphics data (raster format) that corresponds to the key codes
(kc1, kc2).

b specifies the tone of data to define.

b Tone of Data to Define

48 Monochrome (digital)

52 Multi-tone

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
473
c specifies the color of data to define.

c Color of Data to Define

49 Color 1

d specifies the defined data (Windows BMP format).

Monochrome BMP (1bpp) and color BMP (24bpp, 8bpp, 4bpp) are supported.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
474
Define Windows BMP graphics data in RAM
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS D m fnakc1kc2bc d1… dk

Hexadecimal 1D 44 m fnakc1kc2bc d1… dk

Decimal 29 68 m fnakc1kc2bc d1… dk

Value of m 48

Value of fn 83

Value of a 48

Value of b 48, 52

Value of c 49

Range l 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126 (20h ≤ kc1 ≤ 7Eh)

l 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126 (20h ≤ kc2 ≤ 7Eh)
l 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Note
The value of k depends on the BMP file
size.

Default None

This command converts Windows BMP data to the specified tone and defines
download graphics data (raster format) that corresponds to the key codes (kc1,
kc2).

b specifies the tone of data to define.

b Tone of Data to Define

49 Monochrome (digital)

52 Multi-tone

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
475
c specifies the color of data to define.

b Tone of Data to Define

49 Color 1

d specifies the data to define (Windows BMP format).

Monochrome BMP (1bpp) and color BMP (24bpp, 8bpp, 4bpp) are supported.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
476
Status commands
Transmit printer ID
Note
The functionality of this command is different in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS I n

Hexadecimal 1D 49 n

Decimal 29 73 n

Range n = 1, 2, 49, 50 (the printer ID)

65 ≤ n ≤ 69 (printer information B)

This command transmits the printer ID or the information of the printer

specified.

The printer IDs that can be specified are as follows:

n Printer ID Definition ID(hex) Remark

1, 49 Printer model ID NCR 7199 0x19 (7199)

2, 50 Type ID Installed options Refer to the following table

Type ID (n=2)

bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function Remark

0 Off 00 0 No DBCS font is installed

On 01 1 DBCD font is installed

1 Off 00 0 Cutter is not installed

On 02 2 Cutter is installed (Fixed to “On”)

2 - - - Undefined

3 - - - Undefined

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
477
 bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function Remark

4 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to off.

5 - - - Undefined

6 - - - Undefined

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to off.

The information B that can be specified is as follows:

n Type of printer information Contents

65 Firmware version Depends on firmware version

66 Manufacturer “NCR”

67 Printer Name “7199” (7199)

68 Serial Number Depends on serial number

69 Reserved

111 Reserved

Each printer information B is composed of [header to NUL] (when 65 ≤ n ≤ 68).

Response Hex Decimal Data (in bytes)

Header 5FH 95 1 byte

Printer information B Depends on the model Depends on the model 0~80 bytes

Terminator 00H 0 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
478
Transmit status
Note
The functionality of this command is different in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS r n

Hexadecimal 1D 72 n

Decimal 29 114 n

Values of n l 1, 49—printer
status
l 2, 50—cash
drawer status

Range of n l 1–2
l 49–50

This command transmits the status specified by n. This is a batch mode

command which transmits the response after all prior data in the receive buffer
has been processed. There may be a time lag between the printer receiving this
command and transmitting the response, depending on the receive buffer
status.

Exceptions:
When n is out of the specified range, the command is ignored.
Paper sensor status (n = 1, 49)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status

0, Off 00 0 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper adequate.

1
On 03 3 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper near-end.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
479
 Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status

2, Off 00 0 Roll paper end sensor (Paper sensor): paper present

3 And Roll paper jam sensor: no paper jam

On 0C 12 Roll paper end sensor (Paper sensor): paper not

present.
Or Roll paper jam sensor: paper jam

4 Off 00 0 Fixed

5,6 - - - Reserved.

7 Off 00 0 Fixed.

Bits 2 and 3: While the cover is open, this shows the state when the cover was
still closed (this command is not executed).
Drawer kick-out connector status (n = 2, 50)

Bit Off/on Hex Decimal Status

0 Off 00 0 One or both cash drawers open

On 01 1 Both cash drawers closed

1–3 - - - Reserved

4 Off 00 0 Fixed

5, 6 - - - Reserved

7 Off 00 0 Fixed

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
480
Transmit peripheral device status
GS r, which is the upward-compatible command replacing ESC u, is
recommended to use, since ESCu is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS
command system.

ASCII ESC u n

Hexadecimal 1B 75 n

Decimal 27 117 n

Return Value Bit 0 Bit 1

l 1—Drawer1 l 1—Drawer 2
closed closed
l 0—Drawer 1 l 0—Drawer 2
open open

(Bits 2-7 are not used; those are fixed to zero)

This command transmits the current status of the cash drawers. If a drawer is
not connected, this status indicates that the drawer is closed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
481
Specifies the process ID response
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( H pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3 d4

Hexadecimal 1D 28 48 pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3 d4

Decimal 29 40 72 pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3 d4

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 6 (pL =6, pH = 0)

Value of fn 48

Value of m 48

Range of d1, d2, d3, d4 32 ≤ d1 ≤ 126

32 ≤ d2 ≤ 126

32 ≤ d3 ≤ 126

32 ≤ d4 ≤ 126

This command specifies process ID related to the processed data, which can be
either print data or other command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
482
After the data is processed, the process ID is transmitted to the host, in a format
shown below.
Transmission data

Send data Hex Decimal Number of bytes

Header 37 55 1 byte

Identifier 22 34 1 byte

Process ID 20–7E 32–126 4 byte

NUL 00 0 1 byte

Process ID is specified by character string data format.

When transmitting process ID, response occurs while some untransmitted

process ID is being stored. The printer only transmits the latest process ID.

Unprocessed data with specified process ID can be cleared by DLE DC4 or

DLE ENQ.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
483
Transmit printer status
Note
The functionality of this command is different in 7199 Emulation.

GS r, which is the upward-compatible command replacing ESC v, is

recommended to use, since ESC v is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS
command system.

ASCII ESC v

Hexadecimal 1B 76

Decimal 27 118

This command transmits the status of paper sensors as 1 byte of data, as shown
in the table below.

Note
Bits 2 and 3: While the cover is open, this shows the state when the cover
was still closed. (This command is not executed).

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status

0,1 Off 00 0 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper adequate

On 03 3 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper near-end

2, 3 Off 00 0 Roll paper end sensor: paper present

And Roll paper jam sensor: no paper jam

On 0C 12 Roll paper end sensor: paper is not present

Or Roll paper jam sensor: paper jam

4 Off 00 0 Fixed

5, 6 - - - Reserved

7 Off 00 0 Fixed

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
484
Real-time commands
Real-time status transmission
Note
The functionality of this command is different in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII DLE EOT n

Hexadecimal 10 04 n

Decimal 16 4 n

Value of n l 1—Transmit printer

status
l 2—Transmit offline status
l 3—Transmit error status
l 4—Transmit receipt
paper status

The printer immediately transmits its status in accordance with the parameter n
once it receives this command.

Note
This ESC/POS emulation Real Time command is supported to receive and
respond with same method as other commands in each interface mode
(USB NHPI, PRTR, ION, RS232, Ethernet).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
485
Transmit printer status (n =1)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to on.

2 Off 00 0 One or both cash drawers open.

On 04 4 Both cash drawers closed.

3 Off 00 0 Online state.

On 08 8 Offline state.

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to on.

5 - - - Undefined.

6 - - - Undefined.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to off.

Transmit offline status (n = 2)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to on.

2 Off 00 0 Cover is closed.

On 04 4 Cover is opened.

3 Off 00 0 Paper Feed button is not pressed.

On 08 8 Paper Feed button is pressed.

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to on.

5 Off 00 0 No stop printing due to paper low.

On 20 32 Printer stopped printing due to paper low

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
486
 Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

6 Off 00 0 No error condition.

On 40 64 Error condition exists in the printer

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to off.

Transmit error status (n = 3)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to on.

2 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to off.

3 Off 00 0 No cutter error.

On 08 8 Cutter error.

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to on.

5 Off 00 0 No unrecoverable error.

On 20 32 Unrecoverable error occurred.

6 Off 00 0 No automatically recoverable error.

On 40 64 Automatically recoverable error occurred.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to off.

Transmit paper roll status (n = 4)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Undefined. Fixed to off.

1 On 02 2 Undefined. Fixed to on.

2 Off 00 0 No paper low condition.

On 04 4 Paper low.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
487
 Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

3 Off 00 0 No paper low condition.

On 08 8 Paper low.

4 On 10 16 Not used. Fixed to on.

5 Off 00 0 Paper present and no paper jam.

On 20 32 Paper exhausted or paper jam.

6 Off 00 0 Paper present and no paper jam.

On 40 64 Paper exhausted or paper jam.

7 Off 00 0 Not used. Fixed to off.

Bit 5 and 6: While the cover is open, this shows the state when the cover was still
closed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
488
Real-time request to printer
ASCII DLE ENQ n

Hexadecimal 10 05 n

Decimal 165 n

Value of n l 1—Recover and restart

l 2—Recover and clear buffers

The printer immediately takes the recovery action from an error condition in
accordance with the parameter n once it receives this command. This command
is valid when the printer is in an error condition.
n=1
It clears errors and restarts printing. This command does not affect any
attributes and settings specified by previous commands, and it does not clear
any data in the printer as well. Even if the error is cleared by this command, it will
detect same error again after recovery unless an inducement of the error is
eliminated.
n=2
It clears errors and buffers. This command does not affect any attributes and
settings specified by previous commands. Even if the error is cleared by this
command, it will detect same error again after recovery unless an inducement of
the error is eliminated.

Exception
The command is ignored if n is out of range.

Note
This ESC/POS emulation Real Time command is supported to receive and
respond with same method as other commands in each interface mode
(USB NHPI, PRTR, ION, RS232, Ethernet).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
489
Generate pulse in real time
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII DLE DC4 fn m t

Hexadecimal 10 14 fn m t

Decimal 16 20 fn m t

Value of fn 1

Value of m l 0—Drawer 1
l 1—Drawer 2

Value of t 1≤t≤8

Note
t specifies the pulse on time or off time as [ t x 100 ms]

This command outputs the signal specified by t in real time to the output pulse
specified by m. When the setting of “Enabling/disabling buzzer” is enabled with
the customized value, <fn= 05> GS ( E <a = 119>, the internal buzzer
sounds with pulse signal for cash drawer.

Note
l For the sound pattern and buzzer frequency for the internal buzzer, follow
the customized value setting, <fn= 05> GS ( E <a =123 to 126>.
l This ESC/POS emulation Real Time command is supported to receive and
respond with same method as other commands in each interface mode
(USB NHPI, PRTR, ION, RS232, Ethernet).

When DLE DC4 (fn=1) command is set to “Not processed” by GS ( D

"Enable/disable real-time command" command, this command is ignored.
(Default is “Not processed”).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
490
Execute power off sequence
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII DLE DC4 fn a b

Hexadecimal 10 14 fn a b

Decimal 16 20 fn a b

Value of fn 2

Value of a 1

Value of b 8

This command executes the printer power-off sequence and transmits the
power-off notice. It also performs the following:

l Stores the values of the maintenance counter

l Sets the interface to BUSY
l Sets the printer to power off mode.

This command does not shut the power off. The operator must turn the power
off after receiving the power-off notice.

If this command is executed, the printer will not continue to process anything. To
recover the printer to print again, it is necessary to turn the power on again or
execute a hardware reset by pressing the Feed key.

Note
This ESC/POS emulation Real Time command is supported to receive and
respond with same method as other commands in each interface mode
(USB NHPI, PRTR, ION, RS232, Ethernet).

When DLE DC4 (fn=2) command is set to “Not processed” by GS ( D

"Enable/disable real-time command" command, this command is ignored.
(Default is “Not processed”)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
491
Control buzzer (internal buzzer)
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII DLE DC4 fn a n r t1 t2

Hexadecimal 10 14 03 a n r t1 t2

Decimal 16 20 3 a n r t1 t2

Value of fn 3

Value of a 0

Value of n 0

Value of r 0

Value of t1 1

Value of t2 0

This command stops sounding the internal buzzer. When the buzzer has stopped
sounding by this function, the printer transmits the buzzer sound end response
as shown below to the host PC.

Data Group of Buzzer Sound End Response Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier 54H 84 1 byte

(3) Data 40H 64 1 byte

(4) NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Note
This ESC/POS emulation Real Time command is supported to receive and
respond with same method as other commands in each interface mode
(USB NHPI, PRTR, ION, RS232, Ethernet).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
492
Control buzzer
ASCII ESC ( A pL pH fn n c

Hexadecimal 1B 28 41 pL pH fn n c

Decimal 27 40 65 pL pH fn n c

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of fn 97

Value of n 1≤n≤7

Value of c 0 ≤ c ≤ 255

This command sounds a pattern specified by n the number of times specified by

c.

When c = 0, it repeats the specified sound pattern infinitely.

If the cover is opened during sounding and a sound stop is requested by < fn=
03> DLE DC 4, the sound stops.
Sound patterns

Sound Pattern
Pattern
n Xth sound
Name
Counter for making frequency Sound time

Pattern A 1 1st 777h (2093.005 Hz) 3

2nd 5EDh (2637.020 Hz) 3

3rd 4FCh (3135.963 Hz) 3

4th 3BCh (4186.009 Hz) 3

Pattern B 2 1st 3BCh (4186.009 Hz) 6

2nd 4FCh (3135.963 Hz) 6

3rd 0h (0.000 Hz) 0 (no setting)

4th 0h (0.000 Hz) 0 (no setting)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
493
 Sound Pattern
Pattern
n Xth sound
Name
Counter for making frequency Sound time

Pattern C 3 1st 4FCh (3135.963 Hz) 3

2nd 5Edh (2637.020 Hz) 3

3rd 4FCh (3135.963 Hz) 3

4th 777h (2093.005 Hz) 3

Pattern D 4 1st 777h (2093.005 Hz) 3

2nd 6A7h (2349.318 Hz) 2

3rd 5EDh (2637.020 Hz) 1

4th 598h (2793.826 Hz) 2

Pattern E 5 1st 3BCh (4186.009 Hz) 3

2nd 4FCh (3135.963 Hz) 3

3rd 5EDh (2637.020 Hz) 3

4th 777h (2093.005 Hz) 3

Pattern for 6 1st 3BCh (4186.009 Hz) 1

error
2nd 3F4h (3951.066 Hz) 2

3rd 470h (3520.000 Hz) 1

4th 4FCh (3135.963 Hz) 2

Pattern for 7 1st 4FCh (3135.963 Hz) 2

paper end
2nd 0h (0.000 Hz) (no sound) 1

3rd 3F4h (3951.066 Hz) 2

4th 0h (0.000 Hz) (no sound) 1

Sound time units: 100 ms

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
494
When the buzzer has stopped sounding the pattern specified by n, the printer
transmits the buzzer sound end response as shown below to the host PC.

Data Group of Buzzer Sound End Response Hex Decimal Data

Header 37H 55 1 byte

Identifier 54H 84 1 byte

Data 30H 48 1 byte

NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Note
When the setting of “Enabling/disabling internal buzzer” is disabled
(default) with the customized value,<fn= 05> GS ( E <a = 119>,
this command will not generate buzzer sound. Then, printer transmits the
buzzer sound end response.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
495
Clear buffer(s)
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII DLE DC4 fn d1...d7

Hexadecimal 10 14 fn d1...d7

Decimal 16 20 fn d1...d7

Value of fn 8

Value of d1 1

Value of d2 3

Value of d3 20

Value of d4 1

Value of d5 6

Value of d6 2

Value of d7 8

This command clears all data stored in the receive buffer and print buffer and
transmits Clear response. If a recoverable error occurs, recovers from the error.
Transmission data

Data Group of Buzzer Sound End Response Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Data 25H 37 1 byte

(3) NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Note
This ESC/POS emulation Real Time command is supported to receive and
respond with same method as other commands in each interface mode
(USB NHPI, PRTR, ION, RS232, Ethernet).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
496
Enable/disable real-time command
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( D pLpHm [a1 b1]… [ak bk]

Hexadecimal 1D 28 44

Decimal 29 40 68

Range 3 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)

Value of m 20

Value of a 1, 2

Value of b 0, 1, 48, 49

Default of b l 1 (when a = 1)
l 0 (when a = 2)

This command enables or disables the real-time command specified by a.

pL, pH specify (pL + pH x 256) as the number of bytes after pH (m and [a1b1]…
[akbk]).

a b

1 0, 48 DLE DC4 fnmt (fn = 1): Not processed (disabled)

1, 49 DLE DC4 fnmt (fn = 1): Processed (enabled)

2 0, 48 DLE DC4 fnab (fn = 2): Not processed (disabled)

1, 49 DLE DC4 fnab (fn = 2): Processed (enabled)

If the graphics data includes a data string matching DLE DC4 (fn = 1 or
2), it is recommended to use this command in advance to disable the real-time
commands.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
497
Unsolicited Status commands
Enable/disable automatic status back (ASB)
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS a n

Hexadecimal 1D 61 n

Decimal 29 97 n

Range 0 ≤ n ≤ 255

Default n=0

This command enables or disables basic ASB (Automatic Status Back).

(n) Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 Off 00 0 Drawer kick-out connector status disabled

On 01 1 Drawer kick-out connector status enabled

1 Off 00 0 Online/offline status disabled

On 02 2 Online/offline status enabled

2 Off 00 0 Error status disabled

On 04 4 Error status enabled

3 Off 00 0 Roll paper sensor status disabled

On 08 8 Roll paper sensor status enabled

4–7 Off 00 0 Reserved

While basic ASB status is active, the selected enabled basic ASB status is
transmitted whenever the status changes.

The basic ASB status to be transmitted is the four bytes that follow.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
498
First Byte (Printer Information)

(n) Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status

0, 1 Off 00 0 Fixed

2 Off 00 0 One or both cash drawers open

On 04 4 Both cash drawers closed

3 Off 00 0 Online

On 08 8 Offline

4 On 10 16 Fixed

5 Off 00 0 Cover is closed

On 20 32 Cover is open

6 Off 00 0 Paper is not being fed with the paper feed button

On 40 64 Paper is being fed with the Paper Feed button

7 Off 00 0 Fixed

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
499
Second Byte (Printer Information)

(n) Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status

0–2 - - - Reserved

3 Off 00 0 No auto cutter error

On 08 8 Auto cutter error occurred

4 Off 00 0 Fixed

5 Off 00 0 No unrecoverable error

On 20 32 Unrecoverable error occurred

6 Off 00 0 No automatically recoverable error

On 40 64 Automatically recoverable error occurred

7 Off 00 0 Fixed

Third Byte (Paper Sensor Information)

(n)
Off/On Hex Decimal Status
Bit

0, 1 Off 00 0 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper adequate

On 03 3 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper near end

2, 3 Off 00 0 Roll paper end sensor (paper sensor): paper present

And

Roll paper jam sensor: no paper jam

On 0C 12 Roll paper end sensor (paper sensor): paper not

present

Or

Roll paper jam sensor: paper jam

4 Off 00 0 Fixed

5, 6 - - - Reserved

7 Off 00 0 Fixed

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
500
Bit 2 and 3: While the cover is open, this shows the state when the cover was still
closed.
Fourth Byte (Paper Sensor Information)

(n) Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status

0–3 - - - Reserved

4 Off 00 0 Fixed

5, 6 - - - Reserved

7 Off 00 0 Fixed

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
501
Enable/disable automatic status back (ASB) for optional
functions (Extended status)
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS ( e pl ph m n

Hexadecimal 1C 28 65 pl ph m n

Decimal 29 40 101 pl ph m n

Range of pl, ph (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

Value of m m=0

Range of n 0 ≤ n ≤ 255

Default n=0

This command enables or disables extended ASB (Automatic Status Back).

(n) Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0–2 Off 00 0 Reserved

3 Off 00 0 Command execution status disabled

On 08 8 Command execution status enabled

4–7 Off 00 0 Reserved

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
502
The extended ASB status is a 4-byte message as shown in the following table.

Send data Hex Decimal Number of bytes

Header 39 57 1 byte

Status A Refer table Status A below. 1 byte

Status B 40 64 1 byte

NUL 00 0 1 byte

Status A values are shown in the folowing table.

(n) Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function

0 On 01 1 Reserved

1 Off 00 0 Reserved

2 Off 00 0 Receipt unit is online

On 04 4 Receipt unit is offline

3 Off 00 0 Reserved

4 Off 00 0 Command execution disabled

On 10 16 Command execution enabled

5 Off 00 0 Reserved

6 On 40 64 Fixed

7 Off 00 0 Fixed

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
503
Bar code commands
QR code: Select the model
For details, refer to QR code: Select the model on page 177.

QR code: Select the size of module

For details, refer to QR code: Set the size of module on page 178.

QR code: Select the error correction level

For details, refer to QR code: Select the error correction level on page 179.

QR code: Store the data in the symbol storage area

For details, refer to QR code: Store the data in the symbol storage area on
page 180.

QR code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area

For details, refer to QR code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area on
page 181.

QR code: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in

the symbol storage area
For details, refer to QR code: Transmit the size Information of the symbol data in
the symbol storage area on page 182.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
504
2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Set the module width
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 51

Value of fn 67

Value of n 1≤n≤6

This command sets the width of one module of 2-dimensional GS1 DataBar to n
dots.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
505
2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Set the maximum width of GS1
DataBar expanded stacked
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pLpHcnfnnLnH

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pLpHcnfnnLnH

Decimal 29 40 107 pLpHcnfnnLnH

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0)

Value of cn 51

Value of fn 71

Value of n (nL + nH x 256) = 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22

Default of n (nL + nH x 256) = 4 (nL = 4, nH = 0)

This command sets the maximum width (segment number) of GS1 DataBar
Expanded Stacked (2-dimensional GS1 DataBar).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
506
2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Store data in the symbol storage
area
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m n d1...dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m n d1...dk

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m n d1...dk

Range of pL, pH 6 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 259 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, pH = 0, 1)

Value of cn 51

Value of fn 80

Value of m 48

Value of n l 72—GS1 DataBar Stacked

l 73—GS1 DataBar Stacked
Omnidirectional
l 76—GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked

Range of d 0 ≤ d ≤ 255

Range of k k = (pL + pH × 256) - 4

This command stores symbol data (d1…dk) in 2-dimensional GS1 DataBar in the
symbol storage.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
507
2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Print data in the symbol storage
area
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pLpHcnfnm

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 51

Value of fn 81

Value of m 48

This command encodes and prints the symbol data stored by GS ( k

<fn=80>) in the symbol.

Note
The user must secure the quiet zones (the space at the top, bottom, right,
and left of the symbols, which is specified by the 2-dimensional GS1
DataBar standard.)

In Standard Mode, if the symbol size exceeds the print area, feed the paper as
much as the symbol’s height, without printing the symbol.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
508
2-Dimensional GS1 DataBar: Transmit size information of the
symbol data in the symbol storage area
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Range of pL, pH (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 51

Value of fn 82

Value of m 48

This command transmits the size information when printing the symbol data
stored by GS ( k <fn=80>) in the symbol storage area.

Note
Printing is excluded from the processing executed by this function.

The size information excludes the quiet zones (the space at the top, bottom,
right, and left of the symbols, which is specified by the 2-dimensional GS1
DataBar standard.)
Transmission data

Description Hex Decimal Data

Header 37 55 1 byte

Identifier 4F 79 1 byte

Horizontal size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Vertical Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
509
 Description Hex Decimal Data

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Fixed Value 31 49 1 byte

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Other information 30 or 31 48 or 49 1 byte

NULL 00 0 1 byte

Select printing position of HRI characters

For details, refer to Select printing position for HRI characters on page 169.

Select font for HRI character

ASCII GS f n

Hexadecimal 1D 66 n

Decimal 29 102 n

Value of n Pitch

l 0, 48—Character Font A on
receipt
l 1, 49—Character Font B on
receipt

Default 0—Character Font A on receipt

This command specifies the character pitch of HRI characters.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
510
Set bar code height
ASCII GS h n

Hexadecimal 1D 68 n

Decimal 29 104 n

Value of n Number of dots

Range of n 1–255

Default 162

This command specifies the bar code height in dots. n dots are equal to n/8 mm
(n/203 inches).

Exceptions
This command is not available for GS1 data bar and QR code.

Set bar code width

ASCII GS w n

Hexadecimal 1D 77 n

Decimal 29 119 n

Value of n 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Default 6

This command sets the bar code width to n dots.

Formulas
n + 1/8 mm (n + 1/203 inch) for receipt.

Caution
When selecting a bar code width of 1, the readability rate is impacted.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
511
Print bar code
Note
The functionality of this command is different in 7199 Emulation.

First Variation Second Variation

ASCII GS k md1...dk NUL GS k m n d1...dn

Hexadecimal 1D 6B md1...dk 0 1D 6B m n d1...dn

Decimal 29 107 md1...dk 0 29 107 m n d1...dn

This command selects the bar code type and prints a bar code for the ASCII
characters specified. If the bar code width is more than the printable area, it is
not printed.

Bar code horizontal position can be aligned by the Select Justification(1B 61)
command.

There are two formulas to specify the bar code type by this command. The first
formula uses a NULL as a terminator of the string. The second formula has the
length parameter of the string instead of a terminator so that it can include NULL
in the string. Therefore, a bar code which defines NULL as data, e.g. Code 128,
can be specified by the second formula.

Check Digit of UPC and JAN (EAN) codes is automatically calculated and
processed by the printer if it is not sent from a system.

Start/Stop characters of Code 39 are automatically added and processed by the

printer if they are not sent from a system.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
512
First Variation: String terminated by NULL
Value of m: 0–6, 10

Value of d: 32–126 (see the table)

Value of n: 1–255 (see the table)

First Formula

Bar Code
m Data n; Length
Type

0 UPC-A 48–57 (ASCII numerals) Fixed Length: 11, 12

1 UPC-E 48–57 Fixed Length: 11, 12

2 JAN-13 48–57 Fixed Length: 12, 13

(EAN13)

3 JAN-8 (EAN8) 48–57 Fixed Length: 7, 8

4 CODE39 l 48–57 Variable length

l 65–90 (ASCII alphabet)

l 32, 36, 37, 43, 45, 46, 47 (ASCII alphabet)
l d1 = dk = 42 (start/stop code is supplied by
printer if necessary)

5 Interleaved 2 48–57 Variable length (even

of 5 number)

(ITF)

6 CODABAR l 65–68 Variable length

(NW-7) l start code 48–57

l 36
l 43
l 45
l 46
l 47
l 58

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
513
Second Variation: Length of Byte Specified at Beginning of String
Value of m: 65–73, 75–82 (see the table)

Value of d: 0–127 (see the table)

Value of n: 1–255 (see the table)

Second Formula

m Bar Code Type Data n; Length

65 UPC-A 48–57 (ASCII numerals) Fixed Length: 11, 12

66 UPC-E 48–57 Fixed Length: 11, 12

67 JAN-13 (EAN13) 48–57 Fixed Length: 12, 13

68 JAN-8 (EAN8) 48–57 Fixed Length: 7, 8

69 CODE39 l 48–57 Variable length

l 65–90 (ASCII alphabet)

l 32, 36, 37, 43, 45, 46, 47 (ASCII
special characters)

d1=dk=42 (start/stop code is supplied by

printer if necessary)

70 Interleaved 2 of 5 48–57 Variable length (even

(ITF) number)

71 CODABAR l 65–68 Variable length

(NW-7) l start code

l 48–57
l 36
l 43
l 45
l 46
l 47
l 58

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
514
 m Bar Code Type Data n; Length

72 Code 93 0–127 Variable length (A748

native mode only)

73 Code 128 l 0–105 Variable length

l d1=103 – 105 (must be a start

code)
l d2=0 – 102 (data bytes)

Note
Stop code is provided by the printer.

75 GS1 DataBar 48–57 Fixed Length: 13

Omnidirectional

76 GS1 DataBar 48–57 Fixed Length: 13

Truncated

77 GS1 DataBar 48–57 Fixed Length: 13

Limited
(However, d1 = 48, 49)

78 GS1 DataBar l 32–34 Variable length (2–70)

Expanded
l 37–47
l 48–57
l 58–63
l 65–90
l 95
l 97–122
l 123

(However, d1 = 40, 48 <= d2 <= 57)

Exceptions
Illegal data cancels this command.

The command is valid only at the beginning of a line.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
515
Related information
In all GS1 DataBar except Expanded and Expanded Stacked, the printer
automatically adds Application Identifier (AI), Check Digit (C/D). Hence n (Length)
is 13 (Fixed Length).
AI & C/D addition

Type of GS1 DataBar Example AI & C/D

GS1 DataBar Input data: AI & C/D are added automatically.

Omnidirectional 2001234567890 The AI is ‘(01)’.

HRI print:
GS1 DataBar Truncated
(01)20012345678909
GS1 DataBar Stacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked

Omnidirectional

GS1 DataBar Limited

GS1 DataBar Expanded Input data: Neither AI nor C/D is added

{(01{)15012345678907{(30{)23{1 automatically.
{(17{)950827
GS1 DataBar Expanded HRI print:
Stacked
(01)15012345678907(30)23
(17)950827

To express AI in HRI, AI is surrounded by the bracket and printed. Because this

parenthesis needs to distinguish from the usual data, it is necessary to use
special data.

In the case of Expanded and Expanded stacked, C/D is used for only HRI
characters printing. Even if the input data including wrong C/D is received, the
printer prints the data without correction.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
516
In the case of Expanded and Expanded stacked, when attaching the bracket to AI
in HRI, it is necessary to transmit data as follows.
Special data

Transmit data from HOST

Special Data Use
ASCII Hex Decimal

( {+( 7B + 28 123 + 40 To express AI in HRI

) {+) 7B + 29 123 + 41 To express AI in HRI

FNC1 {+1 7B + 31 123 + 49 To recognize the end of variable length data

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
517
PDF417: Set the number of columns in the data region
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Range l (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

l 0 ≤ n ≤ 30
l cn = 48
l fn = 65

Default of n 0

This command sets the number of columns in the data region for PDF417.

When n = 0, it specifies automatic processing. In this case, the number of

columns in the data region is calculated from the number of code words or the
range of the print area.

When n ≠ 0, it sets the number of columns in the data region to n code words.

The following data is not included in the number of columns:

l Start pattern and stop them.

l Left-row indicator code words and right–row indicator code words.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
518
PDF417: Set the number of rows
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pHcn fn n

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 48

Value of fn 66

Value of n 0, 3 ≤ n ≤ 90

Default of n 0

This command sets the number of rows for PDF417.

When n = 0, it specifies automatic processing. In this case, the number of rows in

the data region is calculated from the number of code words or the range of the
print area.

When n ≠ 0, it sets the number of rows to n rows.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
519
PDF417: Set the width of the module
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Range l (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

l 1≤n≤6

Value of cn 48

Value of fn 67

Default of n 3

This command sets the width of the module for PDF417 to n dots.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
520
PDF417: Set the row height
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn n

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn n

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn n

Range l (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

l 2≤n≤8

Value of cn 48

Value of fn 68

Default of n 3

This command sets the row height for PDF417 to [n x (the width of the module)].

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
521
PDF417: Set the error correction level
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pLpHcnfnmn

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pLpHcnfnmn

Decimal 29 40 107 pLpHcnfnmn

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 4 (pL =4, pH = 0)

Value of cn 48

Value of fn 69

Value of m l 48, 49
l 48 ≤ n ≤ 53 (when m = 48)
l 1 ≤ n ≤ 40 (when m = 49)

Default of m 49

Default of n 1

This command sets the error correction level for PDF417.

When m = 48, the error correction level is set by the “Level Setting” and the error
correction level set by “Ration Setting” is canceled. The numbers of error
correction code words are shown in the following table.

n Function Number of Error Correction Code Words

48 Select error correction level 0 2

49 Select error correction level 1 4

50 Select error correction level 2 8

51 Select error correction level 3 16

52 Select error correction level 4 32

53 Select error correction level 5 64

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
522
When m = 49, the error correction level is set by the “Ratio Setting” to the level
indicated by the number for encoded data, and the error correction level set by
the “Level Setting” is canceled. The rate is set to [n x 10%].

The error correction levels in the following table are determined by the
calculation [Data code word x n x 0.1 = (A)].

Note
Fractions of 0.5 and over are rounded up, and others are truncated.

Number of Error Correction

Result (A) User the Error Correction Level
Code Words

0 to 3 Select error correction level 1 4

4 to 10 Select error correction level 2 8

11 to 20 Select error correction level 3 16

21 to 45 Select error correction level 4 32

46 to 100 Select error correction level 5 64

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
523
PDF417: Select the options
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pLpHcnfnm

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pLpHcnfnm

Decimal 29 40 107 pLpHcnfnm

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 48

Value of fn 70

Value of m 0, 1

Default of m 0

This command selects the options for PDF417.

m Function

0 Selects the standard PDF417

1 Selects the truncated PDF417

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
524
PDF417: Store the data in the symbol storage area
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pLpH cn fn m d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pLpH cn fn m d1 … dk

Decimal 29 40 107 pLpH cn fn m d1 … dk

Range l 4 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)

l 0 ≤ d ≤ 255
l k = (pL + pH x 256) – 3

Value of cn 48

Value of fn 80

Value of m 48

This command stores the PDF417 symbol data (d1…dk) in the symbol storage
area.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
525
PDF417: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B pL pH cn fn m

Decimal 29 40 107 pL pH cn fn m

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 48

Value of fn 81

Value of m 48

This command encodes and prints the PDF417 symbol data in the symbol
storage area with GS ( k <fn= 080>.

User must secure the quiet zone (left, right, upward, and download space areas
defined by the PDF417 symbol specifications) for PDF417 printing.

In Standard Mode, symbols higher than 831 dots cannot be printed with this
printer.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
526
PDF417: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the
symbol storage area
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( k pL pH cn fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 6B

Decimal 29 40 107 pLpHcnfnm

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of cn 48

Value of fn 82

Value of m 48

It transmits the size information for the encoded PDF417 symbol data in the
symbol storage area with GS ( k < fn = 080>.

This function does not print. The size information does not include the quiet zone
(left, right, upward, and downward space areas defined by the PDF417 symbol
specifications).
Transmission data

Description Hex Decimal Data

Header 37 55 1 byte

Identifier 2F 47 1 byte

Horizontal size 30-39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Vertical Size 30–39 48–57 1–5 bytes

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Fixed Value 31 49 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
527
 Description Hex Decimal Data

Separator 1F 31 1 byte

Other information 30 or 31 48 or 49 1 byte

NULL 00 0 1 byte

Maxicode: Select the mode

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to MaxiCode : Select the mode on page 184.

Maxicode: Store the data in the symbol storage area

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to QR code: Store the data in the symbol storage area on
page 180.

Maxicode: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Maxicode : Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
on page 186.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
528
Maxicode: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in
the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Maxicode : Transmit the size information of the symbol data
in the symbol storage area on page 188.

Composite Symbology: Set the width of the module

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Composite Symbology: Set the width of the module on
page 190.

Composite Symbology: GS1 DataBar Expanded stacked

maximum width setting
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Composite Symbology: GS1 DataBar Expanded stacked

maximum width setting on page 191.

Composite Symbology: Select HRI character font

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Composite Symbology: Select HRI character font on page 192.

Composite Symbology: Store the data in the symbol storage

area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Composite Symbology: Store the data in the symbol storage
area on page 193.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
529
Composite Symbology: Print the data in the symbol storage
area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Composite Symbology: Print the data in the symbol storage
area on page 196.

Composite Symbology: Transmit the size information of the

symbol data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Composite Symbology: Transmit the size information of the
symbol data in the symbol storage area on page 197.

Aztec Code: Set the number of mode types and data layers
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Aztec Code: Set the number of mode types and data layers on
page 200.

Aztec Code: Set the size of the module

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Aztec Code: Set the size of the module on page 202.

Aztec Code: Set the error correction level

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Aztec Code: Set the error correction level on page 203.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
530
Aztec Code: Store the data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Aztec Code: Store the data in the symbol storage area on
page 204.

Aztec Code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to Aztec Code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
on page 205.

Aztec Code: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in

the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to QR code: Transmit the size Information of the symbol data in
the symbol storage area on page 182.

DataMatrix: Set the symbol type, number of columns, number

of rows
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to DataMatrix: Set the symbol type, number of columns,
number of rows on page 209.

DataMatrix: Set the size of the module

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to DataMatrix: Set the size of the module on page 211.

DataMatrix: Store the data in the symbol storage area

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
531
For details, refer to DataMatrix: Store the data in the symbol storage area on
page 212.

DataMatrix: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area

Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to DataMatrix: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area
on page 213.

DataMatrix: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in

the symbol storage area
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

For details, refer to DataMatrix: Transmit the size information of the symbol data
in the symbol storage area on page 214.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
532
Page code commands
Select page mode
For details, refer to Select page mode on page 219.

Select standard mode

For details, refer to Select standard mode on page 220.

Select print direction in page mode

For details, refer to Select print direction in page mode on page 221.

Set printing area in page mode

ASCII ESC W n1, n2 ...n8

Hexadecimal 1B 57 n1, n2 ...n8

Decimal 27 87 n1, n2 ...n8

Value of n 0–255

Default l n1 – n4 =
0
l n5 = 64
l n6 = 2
l n7 = 64
l n8 = 2

This command sets the logical origin and the size of the printing area in Page
Mode.

Formulas
x0, y0: The logical origin specified by the calculation of parameters n1, n2, n3 and
n4 based on the absolute origin which is located at the upper left side of the
printing area.

dx, dy: The size of the printing area dx and dy is specified by the calculation of
parameters n5, n6, n7, and n8.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
533
The unit of xy direction of each formula are Horizontal Motion Unit and Vertical
Motion Unit which are specified by “Set Horizontal and Vertical Minimum Motion
Units” command (1D 50).

x0 = n1 + n2 x 256
y0 = n3 + n4 x 256
dx = n5 + n6 x 256
dy = n7 + n8 x 256

The maximum printable area in the x direction is 576/203 inches.

The maximum printable area in the y direction is 2000/203 inches.

Exception
This command is valid in Page Mode.

Set absolute vertical print position in page mode

For details, refer to Set absolute vertical print position in page mode on
page 223.

Print and return to standard mode (in page mode)

For details, refer to Print and return to standard mode on page 218.

Cancel print data in page mode

For details, refer to Cancel print data in page mode on page 218.

Print data in page mode

For details, refer to Print data in page mode on page 219.

Set relative vertical print position in page mode

For details, refer to Set relative vertical print position in page mode on page 224.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
534
Macro commands
Start and terminate macro definition
For details, refer to Start or end macro definition on page 225.

Execute macro
For details, refer to Execute macro on page 226.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
535
User data storage commands
Write to user memory in flash memory
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS g 1 m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH d1... dk

Hexadecimal 1C 67 31 m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH d1... dk

Decimal 28 103 49 m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH d1... dk

Value of m 0

Value of k (nL + nH x 256)

Range l 0 ≤ (a1 + a2 x 256 + a3 x 65536 + a4 x 16777216)

≤ 1023
l (0 ≤ a1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ a2 ≤ 3, a3 = 0, a4 = 0)
l 1 ≤ (nL + nH x 256) ≤ 1024 (0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤
4)
l 32 ≤ d ≤ 255

The entire capacity size = 1 kB

This command stores the data (d1… dk) in the area from (a1 + a2 x256 + a3 x
65536 + a4 x 16777216) to (nL + nH x 256) bytes in the Flash Memory.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
536
Read from user memory in flash memory
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS g 2 m a1a2a3a4 nL nH

Hexadecimal 1C 67 32 m a1a2a3a4 nL nH

Decimal 28 103 50 m a1a2a3a4 nL nH

Range l m=0
l 0 ≤ (a1 + a2 x 256 + a3 x 65536 + a4 x 16777216)
≤ 1023
l 0 ≤ a1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ a2 ≤ 3, a3 = 0, a4 = 0)
l 1 ≤ (nL + nH x 256) ≤ 80 (1 ≤ nL ≤ 80, nH = 0)

This command transmits the data in the area from (a1 + a2 x 256 + a3 x 65536 +
a4 x 16777216) to (nL + nH x 256) bytes in the Flash Memory.
Transmission data

Data Group of User Memory Data Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 5FH 95 1 byte

(2) Data 20H–FFH 32–255 1–80 byte

(3) NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
537
Change into the user setting mode
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2

Hexadecimal 1D 28 45 pL pH fn d1 d2

Decimal 29 40 69 pL pH fn d1 d2

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

Value of fn 1

Value of d1 73

Value of d2 78

This command enters the user setting mode and transmits a mode change
notice as below.

Data Group of Change Use Setting Mode Notice Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(1) Data 20H 32 1 byte

(3) NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
538
End the user setting mode session
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 d3

Hexadecimal 1D 28 45 pL pH fn d1 d2 d3

Decimal 29 40 69 pL pH fn d1 d2 d3

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0)

Value of fn 2

Value of d1 79

Value of d2 85

Value of d3 84

This command ends the user setting mode and performs a software reset.

It clears the receive and print buffers.

It resets all setting values in RAM (the print area, the character styles, and others)
that were in effect at power on. (The data in the Flash memory are not reset).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
539
Set the customized setting values
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 n1L n1H]… [ak nkL nkH]

Hexadecimal 1D 28 45

Decimal 29 40 69

Range of pL, pH 4 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤65533 (0 ≤ pL ≤255, 0 ≤ pH ≤255)

Value of fn 5

It sets the customized value specified by a to the values specified by (nL + nH x

256).

Flash memory is used as the storage area for setting values. (Setting values are
maintained even after power off).

This command is processed in user setting mode. (“Change into the user setting
mode” command need to be sent before this command, and “End the user
setting mode session” need to be sent after this command).

Note
Other configuration can be changed by US DC1 (1Fh 11h) command.
Please refer to 7199 POS Printer FW specification for detail.

Value of a

a Type of Customized Value

3 Roll paper width

5 Print density when printing in monochrome and multi-tone

6 Print speed

8 Default character code table

9 Default international character

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
540
a Type of Customized Value

10 Reserved

13 Specification for the top margin by backfeed

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

97 Reserved

98 Power supply output

100 Paper auto cutting after closing the roll paper cover

101 Enabling/disabling reduction of excessive top margin

102 Enabling/disabling reduction of excessive bottom margin

103 Reduction ratio of line spacing

104 Reduction ratio of line spacing where extra line feeds are included

105 Reduction ration of bar code height

111 Automatic replacement of Font A

112 Automatic replacement of Font B

117 Print density when printing in monochrome and multi-tone

119 Buzzer function: Enabling /disabling internal buzzer

120 Buzzer function: Buzzer frequency (error)

Note
The functions are enabled for the internal buzzer.

122 Buzzer function: Sound pattern (autocut)

Note
The functions are enabled for the internal buzzer.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
541
 a Type of Customized Value

123 Buzzer function: Sound pattern (pulse 1)

Note
The functions are enabled for the internal buzzer.

124 Buzzer function: Buzzer frequency (pulse 1)

Note
The functions are enabled for the internal buzzer.

125 Buzzer function: Sound pattern (pulse 2)

Note
The functions are enabled for the internal buzzer.

126 Buzzer function: Buzzer frequency (pulse 2)

Note
The functions are enabled for the internal buzzer.

Roll Paper Width (when a = 3)

(nL + nH x 256) Roll Paper Width

2 58 mm

6 80 mm (default)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
542
Print Density Setting When Printing in Monochrome and Multi-tone (a = 5,
117)

(nL + nH x 256) Print Density

100 Density level depending on the DIP switch settings

65530 Print density level 1 Light

65531 Print density level 2 |

65532 Print density level 3 |

65533 Print density level 4 |

65534 Print density level 5 |

65535 Print density level 6 |

0 Print density level 7 Standard (default)

1 Print density level 8 |

2 Print density level 9 |

3 Print density level 10 |

4 Print density level 11 |

5 Print density level 12 |

6 Print density level 13 Dark

Print Speed Setting (a = 6)

(nL + nH x 256) Print Density

1 Print speed level 1 Slow

2 Print speed level 2 |

3 Print speed level 3 |

4 Print speed level 4 |

5 Print speed level 5 |

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
543
(nL + nH x 256) Print Density

6 Print speed level 6 |

7 Print speed level 7 |

8 Print speed level 8 |

9 Print speed level 9 |

10 Print speed level 10 |

11 Print speed level 11 |

12 Print speed level 12 |

13 Print speed level 13 |

14 Print speed level 14 |

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

15 Print speed level 15 |

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

16 Print speed level 16 |

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

17 Print speed level 17 Fast (default)

Note
This is supported in Series ii only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
544
Default character code table (When a = 8)

See (n) of the ESC t command to select character code table.

Default international character (When a = 9)

See (n) of the ESC R command to select international character.

Note
Print speeds 14 to 17 are supported in Series ii only.

Specification for the top margin by backfeed ( a = 13)

Note
This parameter is for Series ii only.

(nL + nH x 256) Top Margin

0–40 4.0 mm

41–45 4.5 mm

46–50 5.0 mm

51–55 5.5 mm

56–60 6.0 mm

61–65 6.5 mm

66–70 7.0 mm

71–75 7.5 mm

76–-80 8.0 mm

81–85 8.5 mm

86–90 9.0 mm

91–95 9.5 mm

96–100 10.0 mm

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
545
 (nL + nH x 256) Top Margin

101–105 10.5 mm

106–110 11.0 mm

111–115 11.5 mm

116–255 12.0 mm (Without backfeed)

Power Supply Output (a = 98)

(nL + nH x 256) Power Supply Output

0 Term Pwr-Low Small

1 TermPwr-High (default)

2 NCR 75W Ext Pwr Large

Paper Auto Cutting after Closing the Roll Paper Cover (a = 100)

(nL + nH x 256) Paper Auto Cutting after Closing the Roll Paper Cover

0 Disabled (default)

1 Enabled

Enabling/Disabling Reduction of Excessive Top Margin (a = 101)

(nL + nH x 256) Reduction of Excessive Top Margin

0 Disabled (default)

1 Enabled

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
546
Enabling/Disabling Reduction of Excessive Bottom Margin (a = 102)

(nL + nH x 256) Reduction of Excessive Botttom Margin

0 Disabled (default)

1 Enabled

Reduction Ration of Line Spacing (a = 103)

(nL + nH x 256) Reduction Ration of Line Spacing

0 None (default)

1 25% reduction

2 50% reduction

3 75% reduction

Reduction Ration of Line Spacing Where Extra Line Feeds are Included (a =
104)

Reduction Ration of Line Spacing Where Extra Line Feeds

(nL + nH x 256)
are Included

0 None (default)

1 25% reduction

2 50% reduction

3 75% reduction

Reduction Ratio of Bar Code Height (a = 105)

(nL + nH x 256) Reduction Ration of Bar Code Height

0 None (default)

1 25% reduction

2 50% reduction

3 75% reduction

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
547
Automatic Replacement of Font A (a = 111)

(nL + nH x 256) Automatic Replacement of Font A

0, 48 Font A (same as no replacement) (default)

1, 49 Font B

Automatic Replacement of Font B (a = 112)

(nL + nH x 256) Automatic Replacement of Font B

0, 48 Font A

1, 49 Font B (same as no replacement) (default)

Buzzer Function: Enabling/Disabling Internal Buzzer (a = 119)

(nL + nH x 256) Enabling/Disabling Internal Buzzer

0 Disabled (default)

1 Enabled

Buzzer Function: Buzzer Frequency (Error) (a = 120) (Internal Buzzer)

(nL + nH x 256) Enabling/Disabling Internal Buzzer

0 No sound

1 1 time

65535 Continuous (default)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
548
Buzzer Function: Sound Pattern (a = 121,123, 125) (Internal Buzzer)

(nL + nH x 256) Sound Pattern

1 Pattern A (default)

2 Pattern B

3 Pattern C

4 Pattern D

5 Pattern E

Buzzer Function: Buzzer Frequency (a = 122, 124, 126) (Internal Buzzer)

(nL + nH x 256) Enabling/Disabling Internal Buzzer

0 No sound (default)

1 1 time

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
549
Transmit the customized setting values
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( E pL pH fn a

Hexadecimal 1D 28 45 pL pH fn a

Decimal 29 40 69 pL pH fn a

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

Value of fn 6

Range of a 3, 5, 6, 8 ≤ a ≤ 10, 13, 97 ≤ a ≤98, 100 ≤ a ≤105, 111 ≤ a ≤ 112, 117, 119 ≤ a ≤ 126

This command transmits the customized value specified by a. For the types of
customized values, refer to Value of a table in Set the Customized Setting Values
command.
Transmission data

Data Group of Transmit Customized Setting Value Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier 27H 39 1 byte

(3) Config type (value of a) (ASCII format) 30H–39H 48–57 1 byte–3 bytes

(4) Identifier 1FH 31 1 byte

(5) Current value (ASCII format) 30H–39H 48–57 1 byte–5 bytes

(6) NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Example
When “Roll paper width” setting is 80 mm, command 0x1D 0x28 0x45
0x02 0x00 0x06 0x03 response is 0x37 0x27 0x33 0x1F 0x36
0x00.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
550
Set the configuration item for the serial interface
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( E pL pH fn a d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 45 pL pH fn a d1 … dk

Decimal 29 40 69 pL pH fn a d1 … dk

Range 3 ≤ (pL + pH x256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)

Value of fn 11

Value of a 1

Default upon shipment d1 … dk = *19200* (ASCII format data)

This command sets the configuration item for the serial interface specified by a
to the values specified by d.

Flash memory is used as the storage area for setting values.

Note
Setting values are maintained even after power off.

This command is processed in user setting mode. (“Change into the user setting
mode” command needs to be sent before this command, and “End the user
setting mode session” needs to be sent after this command).

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
551
 a Configuration Item

1 Transmission speed

Transmission speed settings (a = 1) (ASCII format data)

Example
To set 9600, d1 = 0 x 39, d2 = 0 x 36, d3 = 0 x 30, d4 = 0 x30.

d1 ... dk Transmission Speed

*9600* 9600 bps

*19200* 19200 bps (default)

*38400* 38400 bps

*57600* 57600 bps

*115200* 115200 bps

The configuration item set by this function is enabled by executing GS ( E

<fn= 2> or restarting the printer. Note that the host PC must be set to enable
the printer to communicate with the host PC.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
552
Transmit the configuration item for the serial interface
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( E pL pH fn a

Hexadecimal 1D 28 45 pL pH fn a

Decimal 29 40 69 pL pH fn a

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

Value of fn 12

Value of a AS

This command transmits the configuration item for the serial interface specified
by a.

a Configuration Item

1 Transmission speed

Transmission data

Data Group of Transmit Serial Configuration Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier 33H 51 1 byte

(3) Type of configuration 31H 49 1 byte

(4) Separator 1FH 31 1 byte

(5) Current value (ASCII format) 30H–39H 48–57 1 byte–6 bytes

(6) NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Example
When serial interface configuration setting is 19200, command response
is 0x37 0x33 0x31 0x1F 0x31 0x39 0x32 0x30 0x30 0x00.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
553
Set conditions for USB communication
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( E pL pH fn a d1 … dk

Hexadecimal 1D 28 45 pL pH fn a d1 … dk

Decimal 29 40 69 pL pH fn a d1 … dk

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)

48 ≤ d ≤ 50

Value of fn 15

Value of a 1

This command transmits the set value of USB communication specified by a.

Flash memory is used as the storage area for setting values.

Note
Setting values are maintained even after power off.

This command is processed in user setting mode. (“Change into the user setting
mode” command needs to be sent before this command, and “End the user
setting mode session” command needs to be sent after this command.)

Note
Supported USB mode and USB protocol are same in both NCR7199 (7199)
mode and ESC/POS emulation mode.

USB VID/ PID or other USB Descriptor information are same for each USB mode
(NHPI, PRTR, ION) in both NCR7199 (7199)mode and ESC/POS emulation mode.

a Configuration Item

1 Class

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
554
Class Settings (a = 1)

d1 Class

48 ION (epic) (default)

49 Printer class

50 NHPI

The configuration item set by this function is enabled by executing <fn= 2> GS
( E or restarting the printer. Note that the host PC must be set to enable the
printer to communicate with the host PC.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
555
Transmit conditions for USB communication
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( E pL pH fn a

Hexadecimal 1D 28 45 pL pH fn a

Decimal 29 40 69 pL pH fn a

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

Value of fn 16

Value of a 1

This command transmits the set values for USB communication specified by a.

a Configuration Item

1 Class

Transmission data

Transmission Data Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 37H 55 1 byte

(2) Identifier 52H 82 1 byte

(3) Type of configuration item 30H–39H 48–57 1 byte–2 bytes

Separator 1FH 31 1 byte

(4) Set value 30H–39H 48–57 1 byte

(6) NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Example
When USB communication setting is NHPI, command response is 0x37
0x52 0x31 0x1F 0x31 0x00.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
556
Select the print speed
ASCII GS ( K pL pH fn m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 4B pL pH fn m

Decimal 29 40 75 pL pH fn m

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

0 ≤ m ≤ 13, 48 ≤ m ≤57

Value of fn 50

Default of m 0 (customized setting values of GS ( E <fn= 05: a = 6>)

This command selects the maximum print speed.

l Series i: Maximum of 14 ips

l Series ii: Maximum of 16 ips

Note
Print speed is dynamically changed depending on print density up to the
maximum speed.

m Print Speed

0,48 Setting <fn= 5> GS ( E Customized values (a = 6)

1, 49 Print speed level 1 Maximum 1.5 ips

2, 50 Print speed level 2 Maximum 2.2 ips|

3, 51 Print speed level 3 Maximum 4 ips|

4, 52 Print speed level 4 Maximum 6 ips|

5, 53 Print speed level 5 Maximum 6 ips|

6, 54 Print speed level 6 Maximum 8 ips

7, 55 Print speed level 7 Maximum 8 ips

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
557
m Print Speed

8, 56 Print speed level 8 Maximum 10 ips

9, 57 Print speed level 9 Maximum 10 ips

10,58 Print speed level 10 Maximum 10 ips

11,59 Print speed level 11 Maximum 12 ips

12,60 Print speed level 12 Maximum 12 ips

13,61 Print speed level 13 Maximum 14 ips

14,62 Print speed level 14 Maximum 14 ips

15,63 Print speed level 15 Maximum 16 ips

16,64 Print speed level 16 Maximum 16 ips

17,65 Print speed level 17 Maximum 16 ips

Note
Print speed levels 14 to 17 are supported in Series ii units only.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
558
Set print position to the beginning of print line
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS T n

Hexadecimal 1D 54 n

Decimal 29 86 n

Range of n 0,1,48,49

In Standard Mode, this command moves the print position to the beginning of
the print line after performing the operation specified by n, which specifies the
data processing in the print buffer when this command is executed.

n Function

0,48 Erases the data in the print buffer then moves the print position

1,49 Prints the data in the print buffer then moves the print position

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
559
 Note
l When printing is specified (n = 1, 49), this command prints the data in the
print buffer and starts a new line based on the set line spacing.
l When erasure is specified (n = 0, 48), this command executes cancel
processing for the print data currently in the print buffer and maintains
other data and settings.
l Setting values of each command, definitions, and receive buffer content
are not changed.
l In Page mode, this command is ignored.
l This command is ignored if the print position is already the beginning of
the line.
l If the print position is not set to the beginning of the line, when n = 1, 49,
this command functions the same as LF.
l The command execution moves the print position to left side of the
printable area. Also, the printer is in the status Beginning of the line.
l When using commands that are enabled only at the beginning of the line,
these commands are sure to be executed if this command is used
immediately before using those commands.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
560
Specify Batch Print
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

ASCII ESC ( Y pL pH m n

Hexadecimal 1B 28 59 pL pH m n

Decimal 27 40 89 pL pH m n

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

0≤m≤1

0≤n≤1
Select batch print Enable/Disable

m Function

0, 48 Disable batch print

1, 49 Enable batch print

Select print direction

n Function

0, 48 Forward (print from upper side of characters)

1, 49 Reverse (print upside-down)

This command is not affected by initialize command ESC @.

The printer starts to accumulate print data when m =1 and starts to print under
any of the following conditions:

l When m value is changed from 1 to 0.

l When n value is changed.
l When any of the following commands are received:
o FF, Print and return standard mode
o ESC ( A, Sound buzzer

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
561
 o ESC L, Select page mode
o ESC i, Full cut
o ESC m, Partial cut
o ESC p, Generate specific pulse
o GS ( A, Execute test print
o ESC ( E, Change into the setting user mode
o GS V, Select cut mode and cut paper
l When the accumulated print lines is 80 or more.

Note
l A Status command is executed even when batch print is enabled.
l When batch print is enabled, GS ! command set height
magnification of 3x or larger is ignored.
l When batch print is disabled and height magnification is set to 3x or
larger by GS ! command, subsequence set m =1 forces height
magnification to 2x.
l ESC { n Select or Cancel Upside & Down Printing Mode is ignored
when batch print is enabled.
l Accumulated data is cleared by the Clear Buffer command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
562
Asian character commands
Select Asian character mode
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS &

Hexadecimal 1C 26

Decimal 28 38

This command selects Kanji character mode.

Select print modes for Asian characters

For details, refer to Select print modes for Asian characters on page 266.

Turn underline mode ON/OFF in Asian mode

For details, refer to Turn underline mode ON/OFF in Asian mode on page 267.

Cancel Asian character mode

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS .

Hexadecimal 1C 2E

Decimal 28 46

This command cancels the Kanji character mode.

Define user-defined Asian characters

For details, refer to Define user-defined Asian characters on page 268.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
563
Select Asian character code system
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS C n

Hexadecimal 1C 43 n

Decimal 28 67 n

Range of n 0, 1, 48, 49

Default of n 0

This command selects a Kanji character code system for the Japanese model.

n Kanji Character Code System

0, 48 JIS code

1, 49 SHIFT JIS code

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
564
Set Asian character spacing
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS S n1n2

Hexadecimal 1C 53 n1n2

Decimal 28 83 n1n2

Value of n1 Character left side spacing dots (1/203 inch)

Value of n2 Character right side spacing dots (1/203 inch)

Default of n2

936, 949, 950 932

80 mm 58mm 80mm 58mm

Standard 1byte 1 1 1 0

Standard 2byte 2 2 2 0

Compressed 1byte 0 0

Compressed 2byte 0 0

This command sets the character left-side/right-side spacing for characters in

Asian character.

The underline is valid on the space set by this command. ESC SP command is
not valid for Asian character code pages. Therefore, this command is used to set
the character right side spacing for characters in Asian code page.

Set quadruple mode ON/OFF in Asian mode

For details, refer to Asian Character commands on page 266.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
565
Select character encode system
Note
This command is supported in Series ii only.

Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII FS ( C pL pH fn m

Hexadecimal 1C 28 43 pL pH fn m

Decimal 28 40 67 pL pH fn m

Range (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

Value of fn 48

Value of m 1,2,49,50

This command selects encode method of character strings.

m Function

1, 49 1-byte character encoding

2, 50 UTF-8

When UTF-8 encoding is selected, the setting of ESC t is ignored.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
566
Diagnostics commands
Execute test print
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS ( A pL pH n m

Hexadecimal 1D 28 41 pL pH n m

Decimal 29 40 65 pL pH n m

Range l (pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)

l 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48, ≤ n ≤ 50
l 1 ≤ m ≤ 3, 49 ≤ m ≤ 51

This command executes a specified test point. pL, pH specifies (pL + pH x 256) as
the number of bytes after pH (n and m).

n specifies the paper used for the test point.

n Paper Source

0, 48 Roll paper

1, 49

2, 50

m specifies a test pattern.

m Test pattern

1, 49 Reserved

2, 50 Printer status print

3, 51 Rolling pattern print

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
567
“Printer status print” print the current configuration setting which are stored in
Flash memory and customized with <fn=05> GS ( E: “Set the customized
setting values” and FS( E “top/bottom logo printing” commands.

“Rolling pattern print” print specific ASCII rolling pattern.

The printer executes a software reset after processing this command.

Clears the receive and print buffers.

Resets all setting values in RAM (the print area, the character styles, and others)
that were in effect at power on. (The data in the Flash memory is not reset.)

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
568
Initialize maintenance counter
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS g 0 m nL nH

Hexadecimal 1D 67 30 m nL nH

Decimal 29 103 48 m nL nH

Value of m 0

Range (nL + nH x 256) = 20, 21, 22, 50, 70 (nL = 20, 21, 22, 50, 70, nH = 0)

This command sets the resettable maintenance counter specified by (nL + nH x

256) to 0.

(nL + nH x 256)
Maintenance Counter [Units]
Hex Decimal

14,16 20, 22 Number of lines fed. [Lines]

15 21 Number of head energizations [Times]

32 50 Number of auto cutter operations [Times]

46 70 Duration of printer operation. [Hours]

“Number of lines fed. [Lines]”, “Number of head energizations [Times]” are

calculated with “Receipt length tally” value [meter] which is described in 7199
POS Printer FW specification. If either “Number of lines fed. [Lines]” or “Number
of head energizations [Times]” are initialized by the command, all “Number of
lines fed. [Lines]”, “Number of head energizations [Times]”and “Receipt length
tally” are initialized to 0.

“Number of autocutter operations [Times]” is same value as “Knife cut tally”

which is described in 7199 POS Printer FW specification. If either “Number of
autocutter operations [Times]” or “Knife cut tally” are initialized by the command,

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
569
both “Number of autocutter operations [Times]” and “Knife cut tally” are
initialized to 0.

“Duration of printer operation [Hours]” is same value as “Hours on tally” which is

described in 7199 POS Printer FW specification. If either “Duration of printer
operation [Hours]” or “Hours on tally” are initialized by the command, both
“Duration of printer operation [Hours]” and “Hours on tally” are initialized to 0.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
570
Transmit maintenance counter
Note
This function is not supported in 7199 Emulation.

ASCII GS g 2 m nL nH

Hexadecimal 1D 67 32 m nL nH

Decimal 29 103 50 m nL nH

Value of m 0

Range l (nL + nH x 256) = 20, 21, 22, 50, 70, 148, 149, 150, 178,198
l (nL = 20, 21, 22, 50, 70, 148, 149, 150, 178, 198, nH = 0)

This command transmits the value of the maintenance counter specified by (nL +
nH x 256)

(nL + nH x 256)
Maintenance Counter [Units] Type of Counter
Hex Decimal

14,16 20, 22 Number of lines fed [Lines] Resettable (can be

reset)
15 21 Number of head energizations [Times]

32 50 Number of autocutter operations

[Times]

46 70 Duration of printer operation [Hours]

94, 96 148, 150 Number of lines fed [Lines] Cumulative

95 149 Number of head energizations [Times]

B2 178 Number of autocutter operations

[Times]

C6 198 Duration of printer operation. [Hours]

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
571
Transmission data

Data Group of Transmit Serial Configuration Hex Decimal Data

(1) Header 5FH 55 1 byte

(2) Data 30H–39H 48–57 1 byte

(3) NULL 00H 0 1 byte

Example
When autocut operations is 123 times, 0x1D 0x67 0x00 0x32 0x00
command response is 0x5F 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x00.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
572
Maintenance commands
Below NCR emulation commands can be used commonly in ESC/POS emulation
mode for maintenance purpose.

User Data Storage commands

Command Function

US DC1 1FH 11H Printer setting change

US DC2 1FH 12H Read printer setting

US DC3 1FH 13H LED configuration

US DC4 1FH 14H Read LED configuration

Flash Download commands in IPL (CPMI)

Command Function

ESC [ } 1BH 5BH 7DH Switch to flash download mode

GS NULL 1DH 00H Request printer ID

GS SOH 1DH 01H Return segment number status of flash memory

GS STX 1DH 02H Select flash memory sector to download

GS ACK 1DH 06H Get firmware sector CRC

GS BEL 1DH 07H Return IPL firmware CRC

GS SO 1DH 0EH Erase all flash memory

GS SI 1DH 0FH Return main firmware CRC

GS DLE 1DH 10H Erase selected flash sector

GS DC1 1DH 11H Download to active flash sector

GS SP 1DH FFH Reboot the printer

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
573
Flash Download commands in Main Firmware
Command Function

ESC [ | 1BH 5BH 7CH Flash firmware

ESC [ { 1BH 5BH 7BH Activate firmware in the alternative area

Diagnostics commands
Command Function

ESC z 1BH 7AH Printer exercise

GS d 1DH 64H 01H Print maintenance information form

GS d 1DH 64H 05H Dot check pattern test

GS d 1DH 64H 06H Memory test

GS d 1DH 64H 11H Left margin adjustment

GS d 1DH 64H 15H Sensor calibration

GS d 1DH 64H 16H Reset all printer individual information

GS d 1DH 64H 20H Retrieve detail log

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
574
Same code commands with different parameters
Below commands are same code command with different behavior, response or
parameter between NCR 7199 mode and ESC/POS emulation mode.

The behavior, response or parameters of those commands depend on emulation

mode which is either NCR 7199 mode or ESC/POS emulation mode.

Command Function

DLE EOT 10H 04H Real-time status transmission

ESC % 1BH 25H Select or cancel user-defined character set

ESC R 1BH 52H Select international character set

ESC t 1BH 74H Select character code table

GS l 1DH 49H Transmit printer ID

GS a 1DH 61H Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB)

GS k 1DH 6BH Print bar code

GS r 1DH 72H Transmit status

FS S 1CH 53H Set Asian character spacing

ESC v 1BH 76H Transmit printer status

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
575
Resolution commands
In below commands, printing output depend on the resolution (203dpi).

Therefore, the output with those commands is different from 180dpi printer.

Command Function

ESC SP 1BH 20H Set character right-side spacing

ESC $ 1BH 24H Set absolute starting position

ESC * 1BH 2AH Select bit image mode

ESC 2 1BH 32H Set line spacing to 1/6 inch

ESC 3 1BH 33H Set line spacing

ESC J 1BH 4AH Print and feed paper

ESC W 1BH 57H Set printing area in page mode

ESC ¥ 1BH 5CH Set relative print position

ESC d 1BH 64H Print and feed n lines

GS $ 1DH 24H Set absolute vertical print position in page mode

GS 8L 1DH 38H 4CH Define logo in flash memory by the key code

GS 8L 1DH 38H 4CH Define logo in RAM by the key code

GS (L 1DH 38H 4CH Store the graphics data in the print buffer

GS * 1DH 2AH Define bit image as logo

GS / 1DH 2FH Print current logo

GS D 1DH 44H Define Windows BMP graphics data in flash memory

GS D 1DH 44H Define Windows BMP graphics data in RAM

GS L 1DH 4CH Set left margin

GS P 1DH 50H Set horizontal and vertical minimum motion units

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
576
Command Function

GS W 1DH 57H Set print area width

GS ¥ 1DH 5CH Set relative vertical print position in page mode

GS h 1DH 68H Select bar code height

GS w 1DH 77H Select bar code width

FS p 1CH 70H Print logo

FS q 1CH 71H Define bit image in flash memory

GS v 0 1DH 76H 30H Print raster bit image

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
577
SBCS2, SBCS3 Font Support
There is the functionality to print the different size of SBCS font named SBCS2,
SBCS3 for ESC/POS emulation.

To activate this functionality, SBCS2/SBCS3 font set has to be registered as the

printer resident font. In addition to this, the printer has to be configured to
SBCS2/SBCS3 font mode in Special Font setting. If SBCS2/SBCS3 font set are not
registered in SBCS font data, SBCS2/SBCS3 font mode cannot be configured in
Special Font setting.

Font cell size height is different between Font A and Font B in SBCS2, but it is the
same in SBCS3.

Note
48 Character Mode is not available when SBCS2, SBCS3 font is selected.

SBCS1 Font Size

Font Cell Size Printable Area

Dots mm CPL Dots mm

W H W H 80mm 58mm 80mm 58mm 80mm 58mm

SBCS 13 24 1.63 3.00 44 32 572 416 71.57 52.05

Font A

SBCS 10 24 1.25 3.00 56 42 560 420 70.07 52.55

Font B

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
578
SBCS2 Font Size
Font Cell Size Printable Area

Dots mm CPL Dots mm

W H W H 80mm 58mm 80mm 58mm 80mm 58mm

SBCS2 13 28 1.63 3.50 42 30 546 390 68.32 48.80

Font A

SBCS2 10 20 1.25 2.50 56 40 560 400 70.07 50.05

Font B

SBCS3 Font Size

Font Cell Size Printable Area

Dots mm CPL Dots mm

W H W H 80mm 58mm 80mm 58mm 80mm 58mm

SBCS3 13 28 1.63 3.50 42 30 546 390 68.32 48.80

Font A

SBCS3 10 28 1.25 3.50 56 40 560 400 70.07 50.05

Font B

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
579
Paper End Detection
To immediately detect paper end, the printer automatically switches to
Sync. Mode 1. The printer is also set to send the batch command responses after
the physical knife cut.

Note
This feature is not related to the paper low detection condition setting.
Regardless of the paper low detection setting (enabled or disabled), Sync
Mode 1 switching will happen.

Batch Commands Response vs Sync Mode 1 Switching Internally at last

Sync Mode
Knife Cut 10 ft

Sync. Mode Batch command, which is coming When the paper is at 10 ft, the printer
Disable after knife cut, are sent after the automatically switches to Sync. Mode 1 to
physical knife cut. immediately detect paper end.

Other batch commands will reply

immediately.

Sync. Mode Batch commands will reply N/A

Legacy Immediately

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
580
Paper Low Detection
The Paper Low Sensor detects when the remaining paper length is only 40 ft.
Depending on the diagnostic form setting, the firmware counts the paper length
to report the Paper low warning status.

l Paper low sensor status—updated based on the paper low sensor

detection when the remaining paper length is 40 ft.
l Paper low warning status—updated based on the “Paper Low Detection”
setting in the Diagnostic form.

Series i

Paper Low
Receipt Firmware count (Sensor Paper low warning update
Detection
Direction level – Diag setting) in Power Off/On state
(Remaining ft)

Front Exit 40 ft 0 Immediate

30 ft 10 ft Not immediate

20 ft 20 ft Not immediate

15 ft (default) 25 ft (40 to 15 ft) Not immediate

Top Exit 40 ft 0 Not immediate

30 ft 0 Not immediate

20 ft 10 ft Not immediate

15 ft (default) 15 ft (30 to 15 ft) Not immediate

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
581
Series ii

Paper Low Detection Firmware count (Sensor level – Paper low warning update in
(Remaining ft) Diag setting) Power Off/On state

40 ft 0 Immediate

30 ft 10 ft Not immediate

20 ft 20 ft Not immediate

15 ft (default) 25 ft (40 to 15 ft) Not immediate

Note
Receipt direction setting is not applicable for Series ii. Both receipt top exit
and front exit are using common criteria as above table.

Note
Take note of the following:

l When the printer is in power off/on or receipt cover open/close state

and if the loaded paper does not cover the paper low sensor, the
printer immediately detects paper low warning as it starts printing.
l For Series ii, printer does not support receipt direction setting. Refer
to firmware count conditions of “Front Exit” only for horizontal or
vertical mount.
l In the Top Exit receipt direction, the paper low sensor can detect
when there is only 30 ft of paper remaining. This means that the
paper low detection length is the same (at 30 ft) for both "Enable
(Remaining 40ft)" and "Enable (Remaining 30ft)". After paper low
sensor detection, the printer needs to print a minimum of 3 ft to
detect the stable paper low. The same logic applies to printer power
off and on condition that if a small paper roll is loaded and it does
not cover the paper low sensor, the printer cannot immediately
detect paper low warning. The printer need to print a minimum of
3 ft to detect paper low.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
582
Paper Low Detection Process
The following table provides the process of detecting paper low in different
printer settings.

Paper Low Detection Setting

Step
Remaining 15ft (default), 20ft, 30ft Remaining 40ft

1 The user load a full paper roll in receipt The user load a full paper roll in receipt
station and starts printing. station and starts printing.

Note Note
The paper roll should cover the paper The paper roll should cover the paper
low sensor. low sensor.

2 When the firmware detects paper low at When the firmware detects paper low at
40 ft, the firmware saves this in the Flash 40 ft, the firmware saves this in the Flash
ROM. ROM and the printer status is set as paper
low.

3 The printer prints the receipt, and the The printer prints the receipt, and the
firmware start to count the paper feed firmware start to count the paper feed
length. length.

4 When the paper feed reaches the next 5 ft When the paper feed reaches the next 5 ft
(that is, remaining 35 ft, 30 ft, 25 ft, 20 ft, (that is, remaining 35 ft, 30 ft, 25 ft, 20 ft,
15 ft), the firmware saves this in the Flash 15 ft), the firmware saves this in the Flash
ROM. ROM.

Note Note
If the printer is turned off and then on, If the printer is turned off and then on,
the firmware does not retrieve the latest the firmware does not retrieve the latest
stored value. For example, if the printer stored value. For example, if the printer
is turned off after printing 2 ft of paper, is turned off after printing 2 ft of paper,
the 2-ft count is lost after the printer is the 2-ft count is lost after the printer is
turned back on again. turned back on again.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
583
 Paper Low Detection Setting
Step
Remaining 15ft (default), 20ft, 30ft Remaining 40ft

l Steps 3 and 4 continue until the l Steps 3 and 4 continue until the
configured paper low detection remaining 10 ft is reached.
setting is reached. l At 10 ft remaining, the printer
l At 15 ft remaining, the printer status switches to Receipt Sync Mode 1 for
is set as paper low. effective paper end detection.
l At 10 ft remaining, the printer
switches to Receipt Sync Mode 1 for
effective paper end detection.

Note
Receipt Sync Mode 1 is effective both in Paper low detection enable and
disable. To check functionality related to paper low, use the larger paper
roll that covers the paper roll sensor.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
584
Buffered Printing
Note
This section is applicable to Series ii only.

Printers start to accumulate print data when Buffered Printing Setting is enabled
and start to print under any of the following conditions:

l When the following commands are received:

o FF, Print and return standard mode
o ESC BEL, Generate tone
o ESC L, Select page mode
o ESC i, Full cut
o ESC m, Partial cut
o GS V, Select cut mode and cut paper
o US t, Print Configuration Form
l When the accumulated print lines is 80 or more.

Status command will be executed even when Buffered Printing is enabled.

When Buffered Printing is enabled, GS ! command set height magnification of

3x or larger is ignored.

When Buffered Printing is disabled and height magnification is set to 3x or larger

by GS ! command, subsequence set m =1 forces the height magnification to 2x.

ESC { n Select or Cancel Upside & Down Printing Mode is ignored when
Buffered Printing is enabled.

Accumulated data is cleared by the Clear Buffer command.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
585
USB PRTR and NHPI Real-time
Command
Note
This section is applicable to Series ii only.

For USB PRTR and NHPI interface, Real-time commands are immediately
processed regardless of the condition of the receiving buffer and the printer
status as soon as it is received.

PRTR
PRTR supports two types of data transfer endpoints, which are control transfer
and BULK transfer. The Real-time command is sent through control transfer,
while print data are sent through BULK transfer. Since the Real-time command is
sent through control transfer, which is different endpoint from print data, the
printer can process command and provide response immediately.

For Windows application, it is suggested to use deviceiocontrol for sending Real-

time commands. For more information, refer to the following Microsoft
webpage: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/devio/calling-
deviceiocontrol.

NHPI
NHPI is a type of Human Interrupt Device (HID) interface. It has similar
characteristics with PRTR, which uses Real-time command and print data for
different transfer endpoints. The Real-time command is sent through HID feature
set transfer, while print data are sent through Interrupt OUT transfer.

For Windows application, it is suggested to use HidD_SetFeature for sending

Real-time commands. For more information, refer to the following Microsoft
webpage: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-
hardware/drivers/ddi/hidsdi/nf-hidsdi-hidd_setfeature

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
586
Change USB Type Setting by Feed
Key Operation
Note
This section is applicable to Series ii only.

If the printer cover is opened and the feed key is continuously pressed for 5 or
15 seconds, it triggers the printer to process USB Type setting change. This
process repeats if the feed key is released and then pressed again while the
printer cover is still open. In this case, closing the printer cover triggers the
printer application to print the diagnostic form and reboot the printer to apply
the new USB Type setting.

NHPI
If the current USB Type setting is PRTR or ION(Epic), opening the printer cover
and continuously pressing the feed key for 5 seconds change the USB Type
setting to NHPI mode. The printer emits one beep to indicate that the setting is
changed.

ION(Epic)
If the current USB Type setting is NHPI, opening the printer cover and
continuously pressing the feed key for 5 seconds change the USB Type setting to
ION(Epic) mode. The printer emits two beeps to indicate that the setting is
changed.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
587
PRTR
Regardless of current USB Type setting, opening the printer cover and
continuously pressing the feed key for 15 seconds change the USB Type setting
to PRTR mode. After continuously pressing the feed key for 5 seconds, the
USB Type setting still changes to NHPI or ION(Epic) and the printer still emits one
or two beeps. However, if the feed key is not released and is pressed for another
10 seconds, the printer emits three times to indicate that the printer is now in
PRTR mode.

Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.

Unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
588